10-K

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017

Commission file number 000-21783

8x8, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Delaware	77-0142404
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

2125 O'Nel Drive
San Jose, CA    95131
(Address of Principal Executive Offices including Zip Code)

(408) 727-1885
(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.001 PER SHARE Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES    x        NO    ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES    ¨        NO    x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES    x        NO    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     YES  x     NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K, or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer    x Accelerated filer    ¨ Non-accelerated filer    ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company    ¨ Emerging growth company    ¨

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
YES    ¨        NO    x

Based on the closing sale price of the Registrant's common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market System on September 30, 2016, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was $1,362,839,166. For purposes of this disclosure only, shares of common stock held by officers and directors of the Registrant and their respective affiliates, if any, have been excluded as shares that might be deemed to be held by affiliates of the Registrant. The determination of affiliate status for this purpose is not necessarily a conclusive determination for any other purpose.

The number of shares of the Registrant's common stock outstanding as of May 25, 2017 was 91,620,610.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III incorporate information by reference from the Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days of March 31, 2017 for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

8X8, INC.

INDEX TO
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2017

Part I.		Page
Item 1.	Business	2
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	11
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	31
Item 2.	Properties	31
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	31
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	32
Part II.
Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Stock and Related Security Holder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	32
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	34
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	35
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	46
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	46
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	79
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	79
Item 9B.	Other Information	79
Part III.
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	80
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	80
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	80
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	80
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	80
Part IV.
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	80
Signatures		82

PART I

Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors

Statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K, or Annual Report, regarding our expectations, beliefs, estimates, intentions or strategies are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. For example, words such as "may," "will," "should," "estimates," "predicts," "potential," "continue," "strategy," "believes," "anticipates," "plans," "expects," "intends," and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Actual results and trends may differ materially from historical results and those projected in any such forward-looking statements depending on a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to-

• market acceptance of new or existing services and features,
• success of our efforts to sell to and support mid-market and larger distributed enterprises,
• changes in the competitive dynamics of the markets in which we compete,
• customer cancellations and rate of churn,
• our ability to scale our business,
• our reliance on infrastructure of third-party network services providers,
• risk of failure in our physical infrastructure,
• risk of failure of our software,
• our ability to maintain the compatibility of our software with third-party applications and mobile platforms,
• continued compliance with industry standards and regulatory requirements in the United States and foreign countries in which we make our software solutions available,
• risks relating to our strategies and objectives for future operations, including the execution of integration plans and realization of the expected benefits of our acquisitions,
• the amount and timing of costs associated with recruiting, training and integrating new employees,
• introduction and adoption of our cloud software solutions in markets outside of the United States, and
• general economic conditions that could adversely affect our business and operating results.

The forward-looking statements may also be impacted by the additional risks faced by us as described in this Annual Report, including those set forth under the section entitled "Risk Factors." All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report are based on information available to us on the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Readers are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made in this Annual Report, which attempt to advise interested parties of the risks and factors that may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our fiscal year ends on March 31 of each calendar year. Each reference to a fiscal year in this Annual Report, refers to the fiscal year ended March 31 of the calendar year indicated (for example, fiscal 2017 refers to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017). Unless the context requires otherwise, references to "we," "us," "our," "8x8" and the "Company" refer to 8x8, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

A leading provider of enterprise cloud communications solutions, 8x8 helps businesses get their employees, customers and applications talking, to make people more connected and productive, no matter where they are in the world.   From a single, proprietary platform, which we refer to as the 8x8 Communications Cloud™, we offer unified communications, team collaboration, contact center, analytics and other services to our business customers on a Software-as-a Service (SaaS) model.

2

While organizations of all sizes have started to migrate from legacy, on-premises systems to cloud communications solutions like ours, the adoption of cloud communications by larger businesses has increased markedly in recent years and will, we believe, drive the next phase of cloud communications growth. Small businesses were the first to transition their communications to the cloud several years ago, often based on its cost effectiveness, ease of deployment and inherent flexibility. Now, larger businesses that have adopted cloud-based solutions for other applications and processes are increasingly looking to modernize their communications in a similar fashion. We believe this adoption is being driven by the convergence of several market trends, including the increasing costs of maintaining installed legacy communications systems; the fragmentation resulting from use of multiple on-premises systems, which has worsened as workforces have become more distributed and international; and the proliferation of personal mobile devices in the workplace.

Our solutions offer businesses a secure, reliable and simplified approach for businesses to transition their legacy, on-premises communications systems to the cloud. Our comprehensive solution, built from core cloud technologies that we own and manage internally, enables 8x8 customers to rely on a single provider for their global communications, contact center and customer support requirements. Combining these services allows our customers to eliminate information silos and expose vital, real-time communications data spanning multiple services, applications and devices — which, in turn, can improve productivity, business performance and customer experience.

Our customers are spread across more than 100 countries and range from small businesses to large enterprises with more than 10,000 employees. In recent years, we have increased our focus on the mid-market and enterprise customer segments, and in fiscal 2017, we generated a majority of our services revenue from customers in these business segments. We provide most of our communications services on a SaaS model, with monthly billing of service fees and usage charges, under contracts with terms that generally range from one to four years.

Our Industry

Businesses today face increasing cost and complexity with deployments of communications and collaboration solutions. Companies of all sizes are managing a global, distributed, remote and multigenerational workforce that seeks to leverage multiple forms of communication in their day-to-day interactions. The rapid rise of mobile devices in the enterprise has created demand for BYOD (bring your own device) integration as part of s typical business' communications needs.  Companies are looking to increase their competitive edge by also integrating their communications with ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning), CRM (Customer Relationship Management), HCM (Human Capital Management) applications and other back-office IT (information technology) systems within their communications infrastructure. Further complicating matters, business users are circumventing their IT departments by using a variety of self-selected third-party tools for team communications and collaboration, driving a shift in the buying center for communications and collaboration from IT to individuals, a phenomenon known in the industry as "shadow IT."

We believe traditional on-premises communications systems are unable to accommodate all of these needs in a cost-efficient manner. In addition to being difficult to deploy and expensive to maintain in multiple locations for a globally distributed workforce, these solutions often fail to provide the mobility, business continuity and integration capabilities required by modern business customers. BYOD demands from employees further complicate the delivery of a company-wide communication system using on-premises equipment. The result is a patchwork of communications systems with security risks that stretch across the organization.

3

The 8x8 Solution

We offer unified communications, team collaboration, contact center, and analytics in a scalable platform that is used by businesses of all sizes across the globe, and can be accessed utilizing available Internet connections.

The key attributes of the 8x8 Communications Cloud solution include:

• Seamless Communication and Collaboration within a Single Integrated Software Platform. We believe that seamless, continuous communications and collaboration drives more effective employee and customer engagement and greater business productivity. Our ownership of the core technology underlying each of our offerings enables us to tightly integrate our solutions and provide users with the tools needed to communicate and collaborate with others in an integrated and fluid manner.  A single global corporate directory providing presence and click-to-contact functionality across all devices is the hallmark of our platform approach to communications.
• Integrated Unified Communications and Contact Center Solutions. A feature that we believe is unique to the 8x8 Communications Cloud is the integration of our 8x8 Virtual Office Unified Communications solution with our Virtual Contact Center solution within a single cloud platform. One of the primary benefits of this integration is the unification of contact center agents with the rest of the organization through the global corporate directory - facilitating, for example, the involvement of subject matter experts outside of the call center in customer interactions.  In addition to our full-featured Virtual Contact Center solution, we also offer 8x8 ContactNow, an intelligent, scalable and easy-to-use contact center solution for teams.
• Team Collaboration Interoperability. With the rise in popularity of team collaboration tools, including Slack, HipChat and various other team collaboration environments, we see a growing need for interoperability between these environments to support contextual communications between teams that are utilizing these tools. A recent addition to the 8x8 Communications Cloud, our Sameroom technology enables team-to-team collaboration via interoperability between the most popular of these tools in the market today.
• Big Data and Analytics. We believe that visibility into communications data and trends helps businesses optimize productivity and customer engagement. To address this need, we have developed a robust suite of web-based tools to help customers make informed business decisions based on underlying communications data. These analytics tools deliver rapid, easy-to-use, customizable insights into the communications information associated with all 8x8 extensions and supported devices in an organization's communications network.  
• Global Reach®. 8x8's Global Reach® initiative refers to our global strategy to provide enterprise-grade quality of service, reliability, security and support for our multinational customers. We serve customers operating in over 100 countries, through 12 data centers that cover seven dispersed regions - United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Continental Europe, Singapore/Asia, Australia and Philippines - helping provide superior call quality to customers worldwide.
• Integration with other Business Applications. Many businesses are faced with customer communication challenges due to gaps in employee communication, poor internal collaboration, and little or no contextual data available at the time of customer contact. Our software uses a combination of open application program interfaces (APIs) and pre-built integrations to enhance functionality with data from other third-party enterprise applications including Salesforce, Microsoft Dynamics, NetSuite, Zendesk, Oracle Sales Cloud and Hubspot. These integrations expose rich communications data to the applications used every day by groups such as sales, marketing, customer service, HR, finance, and more to improve workflows and drive better productivity.
• Customer & Partner APIs. The 8x8 Communications Cloud offers a number of open APIs that allow customers and partners to expose rich communications data to their existing enterprise applications. These include APIs for direct access to messaging and chat, meetings, interactive voice response (IVR) /auto attendant, short messaging service (SMS), fax, analytics and data extraction, and provisioning and service management.
• Intuitive User Experience. Because we deliver our software from one integrated platform, we believe our solutions offer a seamless, intuitive communication experience across voice, messaging, collaboration and video.  Our web interfaces act as the communications portal for all 8x8 services and provide customers with a familiar and consistent user experience across all endpoints, as well as integration with many commonly used business productivity application, CRM solutions and vertical business applications.
• Rapid Deployment. Business agility in the global, modern economy is a competitive necessity, and we embrace the notion that communication services should be deployable as quickly as possible. Our services can be generally be provisioned in minutes from web-based administrative tools. We have automated our provisioning, billing and other systems to provide greater speed and flexibility in deployment for our customers. To ensure consistency and quality across our products and customer base, we have developed a deployment methodology, branded as Elite Touch®, that we apply to all of our deployments, from single-site remote implementation to complex deployments involving multiple sites, global implementation and integration with CRM or other back-end systems.

4

• Committed Service Quality over the Public Internet. We currently offer qualifying customers a service level agreement (SLA) with commitments regarding "end-to-end" service availability and voice quality, for calls transmitted over the public Internet. This end-to-end SLA provides for at least 99.99% uptime and a voice-quality mean opinion score (MOS) of 3.0 or higher for at least 98% of all calls carried over the network, subject to customary exceptions and conditions, including the customer's implementation of dual diverse connections to the Internet and adherence to our setup guidelines. We are able to provide these commitments because of our proprietary audio technology stack and the geographical and network architecture, designed to optimize the path for voice data across the Internet.
• Emphasis on Security and Compliance. Security and compliance in this cloud environment is difficult and expensive to achieve. We believe we have created a top-down culture of security and compliance, including a commitment to secure architecture and development. We have also invested heavily in system security and compliance with U.S. federal regulations including FISMA (Federal Information Security Management Act), HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act), CPNI (Customer Proprietary Network Information), and International Standards such as ISO/IEC 27001, ISO/IEC 9001, the U.K. Government's Cyber Essentials Plus, and the EU-US Privacy Shield Framework.

Our Strategy

We are committed to developing and delivering the most innovative, reliable, scalable and secure cloud software for global business communications as part of the 8x8 Communications Cloud. Our strategy is informed by evolving market dynamics, including the growing adoption of cloud communications software by larger commercial and enterprise customers, along with the unique attributes of our technology.

Key elements of our strategy include:

• Providing Superior, Enterprise Grade Functionality. We have invested in our software and software delivery infrastructure to provide a high-level of availability, reliability, security and compliance, and will continue to invest in this area. We intend to continue to expand our customer deployment and support capabilities, including our program management, professional services, and partner delivery capabilities, to meet the needs of larger, multinational customers.
• Focusing on Mid-Market and Enterprise Market Segments. We plan to capitalize on the growing adoption of cloud-based communications and collaboration solutions by commercial/mid-market and enterprise customers through increased focus on these market segments, through both a direct and channel sales strategy.
• Maintaining a Single Integrated Platform. We believe business communications solutions are increasingly requiring a breadth of software capabilities, from simple voice and video collaboration to complex multi-channel contact center capabilities, and we expect this trend to continue. We believe our ability to deliver a full spectrum of capabilities within a single cloud platform from a single vendor is a competitive advantage, especially for larger customers. We plan to continue expanding these services within our platform, including extending our contact center capabilities, adding deeper collaboration services, and bringing an increasing number of analytics-driven applications to market. Additionally, we intend to upsell our products and services by educating our customers on the additional services we offer, and the value of using them in concert.
• Expanding our Global Footprint. As more and more businesses establish international operations, we believe companies will view traditional communication solutions bridging multiple geographies and carrier networks as cumbersome and expensive. We will continue to focus on expanding our ability to effectively and efficiently deliver our services into the countries and regions we currently serve. In addition, we plan to continue expanding the distribution of our services into new countries through a combination of organic growth, regional acquisitions and channel partners.
• Expanding Paths to Market with Self-Service Solutions. We are investing in web-based, self-service capabilities in order to enable a broader set of customers to discover, purchase and implement our products. We have recently launched 8x8 ContactNow, our simplified contact center solution for teams, into the US market with full self-service capabilities, and we expect to leverage this model across additional services in the future.
• Acquiring Strategic Assets. We intend to identify, acquire and integrate strategic technologies, assets and businesses to expand the breadth and adoption of our cloud software offerings and drive growth, both domestically and internationally.

5

Our Products

Powered by internally owned and managed technologies, 8x8's solutions serve businesses of all sizes, scaling readily to serve large, globally distributed enterprise customers. All of our core software components work together and can be combined into different bundles depending on the business needs of our customers.

Our current suite of products includes:

8x8 Virtual Office

8x8 Virtual Office (VO) delivers high quality voice and unified communications-as-a-service globally. 8x8 Virtual Office is a self-contained, end-to-end solution that enables a customer to use a single business phone number to place and receive calls from any supported device (including desktop phones, computers with an installed software telephone app and mobile devices) over any available broadband Internet connection. We offer metered, unlimited, and international service plans.

The basic feature set of 8x8 Virtual Office includes auto attendants; unlimited, metered or international calling plans; worldwide extension dialing; corporate directory with click-to-call functionality; presence, messaging and chat; voicemail to email notification; conferencing; ring groups (ringing multiple extensions at the same time or in sequence); hot-desking (multiple people sharing the same physical device); call recording; fax; call monitoring; music on hold; and a receptionist console with a night-attendant feature to answer and route calls when no employees are available. A web-based portal enables system administrators to manage their Virtual Office solution, including setting up user profiles; configuring auto-attendants, ring groups, call queues and branches; managing corporate directories; and viewing call detail records and billing information.

We also provide, at no additional cost, Virtual Office Mobile software that turns Apple iOS and Android-based mobile devices into extensions on the 8x8 Virtual Office platform. Virtual Office Mobile can be downloaded from the Apple or Google Play stores as an application.

8x8 Virtual Contact Center

8x8 Virtual Contact Center (VCC) is a multi-channel cloud based solution that enables even the smallest contact center to enjoy customer experience and agent productivity benefits that were previously available only to large contact centers at a much higher cost. 8x8 Virtual Contact Center is suitable for customer support, sales and any other corporate function that generates a high volume of inbound interactions with customers.

Basic features of the 8x8 Virtual Contact Center solution include a programmable IVR tool for greeting customers, automatic queuing and routing of inbound inquiries, skills-based routing of inquiries to the appropriate call center agents, browser-based agent console, multimedia management, real-time monitoring and reporting, internal chat, voice recording and logging, historical reporting, contact and case management tools, and integration with popular third-party CRM tools. To give customers a truly global presence, 8x8 Virtual Contact Center seamlessly connects an organization's international agents over a single platform with integrated presence, multilingual chat with automatic translation, call routing, reporting and management.

Recent enhancements to 8x8 Virtual Contact Center include Customer Journey analytics capabilities that offer insight into customer experience and cloud-native Quality Management tools that help contact center managers evaluate every customer interaction and make timely improvements.

8x8 Virtual Office Meetings (Web and Video Conferencing/Collaboration)

8x8 Virtual Office Meetings is a cloud-based video conferencing and collaboration solution that enables secure, continuous collaboration with borderless high definition (HD) video and audio communications from mobile and desktop devices, anywhere in the world. Virtual Office Meetings is built seamlessly into 8x8's Virtual Office desktop and mobile experience which allows users to schedule meetings, initiate instant collaboration on the fly, and transition IM conversations into a meeting from a single application. In addition, the solution gives users access to their corporate directory for easy engagement and eliminates the need for users and IT to manage multiple logins and passwords.

6

Inside a Virtual Office Meeting, participants experience high definition audio conferencing (for employees or external participants using a software download), content sharing, chat conversations, high definition video conferencing and meeting recordings. Meetings can be scheduled in advance either from the software itself or from Microsoft Outlook or Google Calendar. When in a meeting, users can take advantage of 8x8's integrated presence feature to bring additional participants directly into a collaboration session using their preferred method of communication, including IM, email and voice.

8x8 Sameroom (Team Collaboration Interoperability)

With the surge in team messaging and collaboration apps such as Slack and HipChat, enterprises are increasingly subject to application proliferation and fragmentation that is hard to manage and govern securely. 8x8 Sameroom provides an interoperability platform that enables cross-team messaging and collaboration within a large organization and between organizations. With the Sameroom technology, our customers can collaborate across more than twenty disparate team messaging solutions.

8x8 ContactNow (Contact Center Solution for Teams)

8x8 ContactNow is an intelligent, scalable and easy-to-use cloud contact center solution that we market for use by teams.  ContactNow provides call center functionality for teams that regularly interact with internal and external customers, such as sales, marketing, human resources, recruiting and help desks, but do not require the capabilities and feature set of a full scale, traditional contact center solution. 8x8 ContactNow offers a flexible pay-as-you-go model and is readily scalable and customizable through self-service configuration, allowing customers to add and subtract agents "on the fly" based on customer demand. We expect 8x8 ContactNow generally to be more affordable and better suited for the needs of small teams than 8x8 VCC.

Script8 (Scripting Engine)

Script8 is a dynamic communications flow and routing engine that offers a scripting environment for intelligently routing communications data for specific workflows. Script8 allows end-users to create simple, personalized and customizable communications experiences, including communications control, external data source integration and intelligent routing. Script8 use cases have included, for example: routing priority calls based on sales pipeline data in CRM system; IVR with two-factor authentication; sending SMS with directions to a retail store; and emergency dialing with Caller ID override.

Our Technology

We introduced our first communications SaaS offering in 2002, and have since expanded our solutions, features and capabilities. Our services are powered by internally-owned and operated technologies and are delivered to our customers from our 8x8 Communications Cloud platform. From inception through March 31, 2017 we have been awarded 131 United States patents covering a variety of voice and video communications, signaling, processing and storage technologies. Many patents in our portfolio relate to the communications software used in our various SaaS solutions.

We developed our Global Reach patented technology to ensure that 8x8 voice communications, placed or received anywhere on the globe on any compatible device, can have the same consistent quality as a local call within a single area code. Many hosted Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) solutions route call data through the same data center, regardless of the physical or geographic location of callers. By contrast, when an end-user makes a call using our solution, our patented technology seeks out the closest data center to the caller's location, subject to service quality, security and data sovereignty considerations. We call this "geo-routing." Our proprietary technologies take into account current Internet and carrier network conditions and determine the best route virtually instantaneously, ensuring that latency is minimized within the available routing options.

7

Many of our software solutions provide mission critical services to our business customers. We have therefore developed technologies and architectures that embed high reliability and uptime into our software. Based on this reliability and our Global Reach techology, we are able to offer qualifying enterprise customers an end-to-end SLA that provides commitments as to both the availability of our solutions, or uptime, and voice call quality.

We believe one of the key areas that differentiates 8x8 from our competitors is the quality of our real-time service delivery over the public Internet. Real-time voice is perhaps the most difficult application to be delivered over the public Internet as there is no time for retransmission and there is little buffering that can be done without impacting the quality of a real-time conversation. As such, quality of the connection well beyond just the available bandwidth is the most important element of service delivery for VoIP. By having diverse routes and connectivity as well as full and granular Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) control over these connections, 8x8 is constantly inspecting the state of the Internet to optimize our service delivery to customers.

In addition, we have instrumented hundreds of thousands of 8x8 endpoints to provide details of quality of connection information at the end of each call to 8x8's internal network operations environment. This is possible due to our full control over the core networking stack/equipment and the transit connections in our data centers.  

Our technologies include a number of deployment methodologies that represent best practices for implementing our software at a customer site and driving customer adoption of our more advanced software features. We also manage and port existing business numbers globally, and we provide local number porting services in more than 40 countries. We provide software connectivity to emergency services and other regulatory services required by law in different regions of the world. We have developed our own billing software, and provide our customers with electronic monthly billing.

Finally, a key aspect of our technology, especially critical for larger enterprise customers and certain industry verticals (such as healthcare), is our emphasis on security and compliance, which we have addressed through specific measures such as our end-to-end encryption technologies and certifications with various regulations and industry standards as described above.

Sales, Marketing and Promotional Activities

We market our services directly to end users through a variety of means, including search engine marketing and optimization, third-party lead generation sources, industry conferences, trade shows, and webinars, as well as traditional advertising channels. We employ a direct sales organization, consisting of inside and field-based sales agents, and an indirect channel partner network consisting of value-added resellers (VARs), master agents, system integrators and service providers. We typically contract directly with the end customer and use these channel partners to identify, qualify and manage prospects throughout the sales cycle, and have arrangements with a number of partners who resell our services to their customers. For mid-market and enterprise customers, our sales professionals work closely with inside technical support, sales engineers and deployment specialists to develop customized solution proposals based on individual customer requirements.

In fiscal 2017, we invested in new resources and support tools for our channel partner program, including new sales enablement training and resources, deployment and support certification programs, online customer return on investment (ROI) tools, co-branded marketing materials and our new "PartnerConnect" portal which, among other capabilities, allows partners to launch and manage pre-built, multi-touch digital co-marketing campaigns.

Competition

Given the size and stage of the current market opportunity and the breadth of our communications and collaboration service platform, we face competition from many companies, including other cloud services providers, communications and collaboration software vendors and incumbent telephone companies and other resellers of legacy communications equipment. For more information regarding the risks associated with such competition, please refer to our "Risk Factors" below.

8

Cloud Services Providers

For customers looking to implement cloud-based communications, we compete with other cloud communication software providers such as RingCentral, Fuze, Vonage, Five9 and InContact/Nice. We believe that the integration of our services over a common platform, including contact center, differentiates our services from those offered by these competitors. We believe we also compare favorably as to security, reliability, quality of service, analytics and global coverage.

Communications and Collaboration Software Vendors

We also face competition from communications and collaboration software vendors such as Cisco, Google, Amazon and Microsoft Corporation, some of which are well-established in the communications industry while others have only recently begun to market cloud communications solutions. Some of these competitors have developed strong software solutions for its respective communications and/or collaboration silo. Many of these competitors are substantially larger, better capitalized, and more well-known than we are. However, we believe that a collective deployment of these software solutions is likely to be more expensive and cumbersome for customers, when compared to similar deployments of our services.

Incumbent Telephony Companies and Legacy Equipment Providers

Our cloud-based software replaces wire line business voice services sold by incumbent telephone and cable companies such as AT&T, CenturyLink, Comcast, and Verizon Communications, often in conjunction with on-premises hardware solutions from companies like Avaya, Cisco and Mitel. We believe that the solutions offered by these competitors are typically more expensive to adopt, require cumbersome on-premises implementations, and need regular hardware and IT infrastructure upgrades. Furthermore, the offerings often do not provide all the functionality needed for larger customers to integrate their communication systems with their IT infrastructure, therefore requiring additional system integration investments.

Operations

Our operations infrastructure consists of data management, monitoring, control and billing systems that support all of our products and services. We have invested substantial resources to develop and implement our real-time call management information system. Key elements of our operations infrastructure include a prospective customer quotation portal, customer provisioning, customer access, fraud control, network security, call routing, call monitoring, media processing and normalization, call reliability, detailed call record storage and billing and integration with third-party applications. We maintain a call-switching platform in software that manages call admission, call control and call rating and routes calls to an appropriate destination or customer premises equipment.

Network Operations Center

We maintain global network operations centers at our headquarters in San Jose, California and in Cluj-Napoca, Romania, and employ a staff with experience in voice and data operations to provide 24-hour operations support, seven days per week. We use various tools to monitor and manage all elements of our network and our partners' networks in real time. We also monitor the network elements of some of our larger business customers. Additionally, our network operations center provides technical support to troubleshoot equipment and network problems. We also rely upon the network operations centers and resources of our telecommunications carrier partners and data center providers to augment our monitoring and response efforts.

In the event of a major disruption at a data center, such as a natural disaster, failover between data centers for 8x8 Virtual Office is designed to occur instantly. Active calls may disconnect, but new calls can be generated immediately. In addition, most of the maintenance services performed by 8x8 are seamless and non-disruptive to customers. For example, we can move the core call flow processing from one data center to another without dropping a call. We offer local redundancy (i.e., failover to a data center within the same region) as a standard feature of 8x8 Virtual Contact Center, and geographical redundancy (i.e., failover to a data center in a different region) can be enabled as an option to provision geo-redundant tenants on multiple sites. Our ContactNow product is geographically redundant in the U.S. and, in the UK, across multiple sites in London.

9

Customer and Technical Support

8x8 maintains a global customer support organization with operations in the United States, United Kingdom, Philippines and Romania. Customers can access 8x8 customer support services directly from the company website or receive multi-channel technical support via phone, chat, web and email. Emergency support is available on a 24x7 basis.

We take a lifecycle approach to customer support, supporting customers from onboarding to deployment and training, and through the renewal process, to drive greater user adoption of 8x8 services. For our larger enterprise customers, our Elite Touch implementation methodology utilizes a Deployment Management team and provides active support through the "go-live" date at each customer site.  We also provide a Customer Success Manager as a single point of contact for every aspect of the post-sale relationship.  Finally, we offer a variety of training classes through our 8x8 Academy, either through instructor-led classes or self-paced eLearning.

Interconnection Agreements

We are a party to telecommunications interconnect and service agreements with VoIP providers and public switched telephone network (PSTN) telecommunications carriers in the United States and other global regions.  Pursuant to these agreements, VoIP calls originating on our network can be terminated on other VoIP networks or the PSTN, and likewise, calls originating on other VoIP networks and the PSTN can be terminated on our network.

Research and Development

The cloud communications market is characterized by rapid technological changes and advancements, typical of most SaaS markets. Accordingly, we make substantial investments in the design and development of new products and services, as well as the development of enhancements and features to our existing products and services, and make these enhancements available to our customers frequently. Research and development expenses in each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $27.5 million, $24.0 million and $15.1 million, respectively.

We plan to invest in expanding the set of services within our platform, including extending our contact center capabilities, adding deeper collaboration services, and bringing an increasing number of analytics-driven applications to market. We expect our future development programs also to focus on the integration and functionality of our products and services with other SaaS products, such as Salesforce.com, NetSuite, Zendesk and others.

We currently employ individuals in research, development and engineering activities in our facilities in San Jose, California, London, England and Cluj, Romania as well as outsourced software development consultants.

Regulatory Matters

In the United States, VoIP and other software communications and collaboration services, like ours, have been subject to less regulation at the state and federal levels than traditional telecommunications services. The FCC has subjected VoIP service providers to a smaller subset of regulations that apply to traditional telecommunications service providers and has not yet classified VoIP services as either telecommunications or information. The FCC is currently examining the status of VoIP service providers and the services they provide in multiple open proceedings.

Many state regulatory agencies impose taxes and other surcharges on VoIP services, and certain states take the position that offerings by VoIP providers are intrastate telecommunications services and therefore subject to state regulation. These states argue that if the beginning and end points of communications are known, and if some of these communications occur entirely within the boundaries of a state, the state can regulate that offering. We believe that federal regulations largely pre-empt state regulations that treat VoIP offerings in the same manner as providers of traditional telecommunications services. However, there are many areas of regulation where pre-emption has not been resolved as a matter of law. It is possible that the FCC could determine that VoIP services are not information services, or that there could be a judicial or legislative determination that the states are not pre-empted from regulating VoIP services as traditional telecommunications services. We cannot predict how or when these issues will be resolved or the potential future impact on our business at this time.

10

In addition to regulations addressing Internet telephony and broadband services, other regulatory issues relating to the Internet generally could affect our ability to provide our services. Congress has adopted legislation that regulates certain aspects of the Internet including online content, user privacy, taxation, liability for third-party activities and jurisdiction. In addition, a number of initiatives pending in Congress and state legislatures would prohibit or restrict advertising or sale of certain products and services on the Internet, which may have the effect of raising the cost of doing business on the Internet generally.

Internationally, we are subject to a complex patchwork of regulations that vary from country to country. Some countries have adopted laws that make the provision of VoIP services illegal within the country. Other countries have adopted laws that impose stringent licensing obligations on providers of VoIP services like ours. In many countries, it is not clear how laws that have historically been applied to traditional telecommunications providers will be applied to providers of VoIP services like us.

The effect of any future laws, regulations and orders, or any changes in existing laws or their enforcement, on our operations cannot be determined. But as a general matter, increased regulation and the imposition of additional funding obligations increases service costs that may or may not be recoverable from our customers. An increase in these costs could make our services less competitive with traditional telecommunications services, if we increase our prices, or decrease our profit margins, if we attempt to absorb such costs.

Federal, state, local and foreign governmental organizations are considering other legislative and regulatory proposals that would regulate and/or tax applications running over the Internet. We cannot predict whether new taxes will be imposed on our services, and depending on the type of taxes imposed, whether and how our services would be affected thereafter. Increased regulation of the Internet may decrease its growth and hinder technological development, which may negatively impact the cost of doing business via the Internet or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Please refer to Part I, Item 1A "Risk Factors," for a discussion of regulatory risks, proceedings and issues that could adversely affect our business and operating results in the future.

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

Our ability to compete depends, in part, on our ability to obtain and enforce intellectual property protection for our technology in the United States and internationally. We currently rely primarily on a combination of trade secrets, patents, copyrights, trademarks and licenses to protect our intellectual property. From inception through March 31, 2017, we have been awarded 131 United States patents, of which we expect to expire between 2017 and 2035. We have additional United States and foreign patent applications pending. We cannot predict whether our pending patent applications will result in issued patents.

To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we require our employees to sign agreements providing for the maintenance of confidentiality and also the assignment of rights to inventions made by them while employed by us. There can be no assurance that our means of protecting our proprietary rights in the United States or abroad will be adequate or that competition will not independently develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology, duplicate our technology or design around any of our patents. In addition, the laws of foreign countries in which our products are or may be sold may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Our failure to protect our proprietary information could cause our business and operating results to suffer.

We are also subject to the risks of adverse claims and litigation alleging infringement of the intellectual property rights of others. Such claims and litigation could require us to expend substantial resources and distract key employees from their normal duties, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, cash flows and financial condition. The communications and software industries are subject to frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Moreover, the VoIP service provider community has historically been a target of patent holders. There is a risk that we will be a target of assertions of patent rights and that we may be required to expend significant resources to investigate and defend against such assertions of patent rights. For information about specific claims, please refer to Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors - "Our infringement of a third party's proprietary technology could disrupt our business" and Part I, Item 3. "LEGAL PROCEEDINGS."

11

We utilize certain technology, including hardware and software, that we license from third parties. Most of these licenses are on standard commercial terms made generally available by the companies providing the licenses. To date, the cost and terms of these licenses individually has not been material to our business. There can be no assurance that the technology licensed by us will continue to provide competitive features and functionality or that licenses for technology currently utilized by us or other technology which we may seek to license in the future will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all, however. The loss of, or inability to maintain, existing licenses could result in shipment delays or reductions until equivalent technology or suitable alternative products could be developed, identified, licensed and integrated, and could harm our business.

Geographic Areas

We have two reportable segments. Financial information relating to revenues generated in different geographic areas are set forth in Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Employees

As of March 31, 2017, our workforce consisted of 1,019 full time employees spread across the globe. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or are subject to a collective bargaining arrangement.

Available Information

We were incorporated in California in February 1987 and reincorporated in Delaware in December 1996. We maintain a corporate Internet website at the address http://www.8x8.com. The contents of this website are not incorporated in or otherwise to be regarded as part of this Annual Report. We file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, which are available on our website free of charge. These reports include annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports, each of which is provided on our website as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such materials with or furnish them to the SEC. You can also read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You can obtain additional information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1.800.SEC.0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including 8x8.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Our executive officers as of the date of this report are listed below.

Vikram Verma, Chief Executive Officer. Vikram Verma, age 52, has served as Chief Executive Officer since September 2013 and as a director since January 2012. From October 2008 through August 2013, Mr. Verma was President of Strategic Venture Development for Lockheed Martin. From 2006 through 2008, Mr. Verma was President of the IS&GS Savi Group, a division of Lockheed Martin. Prior to 2006, Mr. Verma was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Savi Technology, Inc. Mr. Verma received a B.S.E.E. degree from Florida Institute of Technology, a M.S.E. degree from the University of Michigan in electrical engineering, and a graduate degree of Engineer in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University.

Bryan Martin, Chairman and Chief Technology Officer. Bryan Martin, age 49, has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since December 2003, has served as Chief Technology Officer since September 2013 and as a director since February 2002. From February 2002 to September 2013, he served as Chief Executive Officer. From March 2007 to November 2008, and again from April 2011 to December 2011, he served as President. From February 2001 to February 2002, he served as our President and Chief Operating Officer. He served as our Senior Vice President, Engineering Operations from July 2000 to February 2001 and as Chief Technical Officer from August 1995 to August 2000. He also served as a director of the Company from January 1998 through July 1999. In addition, Mr. Martin served in various technical roles for the Company from April 1990 to August 1995. He received a B.S. and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University.

Mary Ellen Genovese, Chief Financial Officer. Mary Ellen Genovese, age 58, has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2014.  Ms. Genovese had been serving as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources since July 2014 and prior to that, as a consultant to the Company since April 2012. Prior to joining the Company, from 2008 to 2011, Ms. Genovese served as a consultant to a Fortune 50 security company. From 2004 through 2006, Ms. Genovese was the Chief Financial Officer of Savi Technology, Inc. Prior to joining Savi Technology, she was Chief Financial Officer of Trimble Navigation Limited from 2000 to 2004. Between 1992 and 2000, Ms. Genovese worked at Trimble in a succession of other financial and accounting positions, including VP of Finance and Corporate Controller. Ms. Genovese holds a B.S. Degree in Accounting from Fairfield University and received her CPA license from the State of Connecticut.

Darren Hakeman, Senior Vice President of Product and Strategy. Darren Hakeman, age 47, has served as our Senior Vice President of Product and Strategy since September 2013, and was a consultant to the Company starting in May 2013. From 2009 to 2013, Mr. Hakeman worked as a strategic advisor to leading Silicon Valley companies and emerging start-ups including Authentication Metrics, Inc. (now Agari), Blackfire Research, and a major global security company. Prior to 2009, he served as Senior Vice President of Operations for a SaaS Business Unit of Lockheed Martin that emerged following Lockheed's acquisition of Savi Technology, Inc. He received a B.S. and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University.

12

Puneet Arora, Senior Vice President of Global Sales. Puneet Arora, age 42, has served as Senior Vice President of Global Sales since January 2015. From January 2013 to January 2015, Mr. Arora was Vice President and Head of North America Sales at LivePerson. From August 2010 to August 2012, Mr. Arora led Cloud CRM Sales - North America - West for Oracle. From September 2007 to November 2009, Mr. Arora was Vice President of Corporate Sales for Salesforce.com. He received a B.S. in Computer Engineering from Iowa State University and an M.B.A. from Babson College.

Henrik Gerdes, Chief Accounting Officer. Henrik Gerdes, age 41, has served as our Chief Accounting Officer, since March 2017. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Gerdes, served as Corporate Controller and Treasurer at Rocket Fuel Inc. from 2014 through March 2017, Director of Finance at TIBCO Software Inc. from 2011 through 2014 and SEC reporting manager from 2010 through 2011. Between 2002 and 2010, Mr. Gerdes served in different positions at PricewaterhouseCoopers in Germany and San Jose, USA. Mr. Gerdes holds a Masters of Business Economics from University of Goettingen, Germany.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer significantly.

Our success depends on the growth and customer acceptance of our services.

Our future success depends on our ability to significantly increase revenue generated from sales of our cloud software solutions to business customers, including small and midsize businesses (SMBs) and mid-market and larger distributed enterprises. To increase our revenue, we must add new customers and encourage existing customers to continue their subscriptions (on terms favorable to us), increase their usage of our services, and/or purchase additional services from us. For customer demand and adoption of our cloud communications solutions to grow, the quality, cost and feature benefits of these services must compare favorably to those of competing services. For example, our cloud unified communications and contact center services must continue to evolve so that high-quality service and features can be consistently offered at competitive prices. As our target markets mature, or as competitors introduce lower cost and/or more differentiated products or services that compete or are perceived to compete with ours, we may be unable to renew or extend our agreements with existing customers or attract new customers, or new business from existing customers, on favorable terms, which could have an adverse effect on our revenue and growth.

The rate at which our existing customers purchase any new or enhanced services we may offer depends on a number of factors, including general economic conditions, the importance of these additional features and services to our customers, and the price at which we offer them. If our customers react negatively to our new or enhanced service offerings or our efforts to upsell are otherwise not as successful as we project, our business may suffer. Our sales strategies must also continue to evolve and adapt as our market matures, for example through the offering of additional customer self-service tools and automation for the SMB segment and the development of new and more sophisticated sales channels that leverage the strengths of our partners. In addition, marketing and selling new and enhanced features and services may require increasingly sophisticated and costly sales and marketing efforts, which may require us to incur additional expenses and may negatively impact the results of our operations.

To support the successful marketing and sale of our services to new and existing customers, we must continue to offer high-quality training, deployment, and customer support. Providing these services effectively requires that our customer support personnel have industry-specific technical knowledge and expertise, which may make it difficult and costly for us to locate and hire qualified personnel, particularly in the competitive Silicon Valley labor market where we are headquartered. Our support personnel also require extensive training on our products, which may make it difficult to scale up our support operations rapidly. The importance of high-quality customer support will increase as we expand our business globally and pursue new mid-market and distributed enterprise customers. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve post-deployment issues and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell additional features and services to existing customers will suffer and our reputation may be harmed.

As more of our sales efforts are targeted at enterprise customers, our sales cycle may become more time-consuming and expensive, we may encounter pricing pressure and implementation and customization challenges, and we may have to delay revenue recognition for some complex transactions, all of which could harm our business and operating results.

We currently derive a majority of our revenues from sales of our cloud software solutions to mid-market and larger distributed enterprises, and we believe increasing our sales to these customers is key to our future growth. Our sales cycle, which is the time between initial contact with a potential customer and the ultimate sale to that customer, is often lengthy and unpredictable for larger enterprise customers. Many of our prospective enterprise customers do not have prior experience with cloud-based communications and, therefore, typically spend significant time and resources evaluating our solutions before they purchase from us. Similarly, we typically spend more time and effort determining their requirements and educating these customers about the benefits and uses of our solutions. Enterprise customers also tend to demand more customizations, integrations and additional features than SMB customers. As a result, we may be required to divert more sales and engineering resources to a smaller number of large transactions than we have in the past, which means that we will have less personnel available to support other segments or that we will need to hire additional personnel, which would increase our operating expenses.

13

It is often difficult for us to forecast when a potential enterprise sale will close, the size of the customer's initial service order and the period over which the deployment will occur, which impacts our recognition of revenue. Enterprise customers may delay their purchases from one quarter to another as they assess their budget constraints, negotiate early contract terminations with their existing providers or wait for us to develop new features. Any delay in closing, or failure to close, a large enterprise sales opportunity in a particular quarter or year could significantly harm our projected growth rates and cause the amount of new sales we book to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. We may also have to delay revenue recognition on some of these transactions until the customer's technical or implementation requirements have been met.

In some cases, we may enter into a contract with a large enterprise customer, such as a preferred vendor agreement, that has little or no minimum purchase commitments but establishes the terms on which the customer's affiliates, clients or franchisees (as the case may be) may order services from us in the future. We may expend significant time and resources towards becoming a preferred vendor without booking significant sales from the opportunity until months or years after we sign the initial agreement. If we are unsuccessful in selling our services to the prospective purchasers under these agreements, we may not recognize revenue in excess of the expenses we incur in pursuing these opportunities, which could adversely impact our profitability and cash flow.

We also face significant risks in implementing and supporting the services we sell to mid-market and larger distributed enterprises and, if we do not manage these efforts effectively, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We have a limited history of selling our services to larger businesses and have experienced, and may continue to experience, new challenges in deploying and providing ongoing support for the solutions we sell to large customers.

Larger customers' networks are often more complex than those of smaller customers and generally require participation from the customer information technology (IT) team, and there is no guarantee that resources with adequate expertise will be available when we deploy our services. The lack of local resources may prevent us from ensuring the proper deployment of our services, which can in turn adversely impact the quality of services that we deliver over our customers' networks, and/or may result in delays in the implementation of our services. This may create a public perception that we are unable to deliver high quality of service to our customers, which could harm our reputation and make it more difficult to attract new customers and retain existing customers. Moreover, larger customers tend to require higher levels of customer service and individual attention (including periodic business reviews and in-person visits, for example), which may increase our costs for implementing and delivering services. If a customer is unsatisfied with the quality of services we provide or the quality of work performed by us or a third party, we may decide to incur costs beyond the scope of our contract with the customer in order to address the situation and protect our reputation, which may in turn reduce or eliminate the profitability of our contract with the customer. In addition, negative publicity related to our larger customer relationships, regardless of its accuracy, could harm our reputation and make it more difficult for us to compete for new business with current and prospective customers.

We also face challenges building and training an integrated sales force capable of addressing the services and features of our comprehensive product suite, as well as a staff of expert engineering and customer support personnel capable of addressing the full range of installation and deployment issues that tend to arise more frequently with larger customers. Also, we have only limited experience in developing and managing sales channels and distribution arrangements for larger businesses. If we fail to effectively execute the sale, deployment and ongoing support of our services to mid-market and larger distributed enterprises, our results of operations and our overall ability to grow our customer base could be materially and adversely affected.

Intense competition in the markets in which we compete could prevent us from increasing or sustaining our revenue growth and increasing or maintaining profitability.

The cloud communications industry is competitive, and we expect it to become increasingly competitive in the future. We may also face competition from companies in adjacent or overlapping industries.

14

In connection with our unified communication services, we face competition from other providers of cloud communication services, such as RingCentral, Fuze, Vonage and Dialpad. In connection with our cloud contact center services, we face competition from other providers of cloud and premise-based contact center software services, such as inContact (recently acquired by NICE), Five9 and Interactive Intelligence. In addition, because many of our target customers have historically purchased communications services from incumbent telephone companies along with legacy on-premises communication equipment, we compete with these customers' existing providers. These competitors include, for example, AT&T, CenturyLink, Comcast and Verizon Communications in the United States, as well as local incumbent communications providers in the international markets where we operate, such as Vodafone, Telefonica, Orange, America Movil and Deutsche Telekom, all in conjunction with on-premises hardware solutions from companies like Avaya, Cisco and Mitel.   We may also face competition from large Internet and cloud service companies such as Google Inc., Amazon Inc., Oracle Corporation and Microsoft Corporation, any of which might launch a new cloud-based business communications service, expand its existing offerings or acquire other cloud-based business communications companies in the future.

Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater resources and brand awareness, and a larger base of customers than we have. As a result, these competitors may have greater credibility with our existing and potential customers. They also may be able to adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products. Our competitors may also offer bundled service arrangements that present a more differentiated or better integrated product to customers. Increased competition could require us to lower our prices, reduce our sales revenue, lower our gross profits and/or cause us to lose market share. In addition, many of our customers are not subject to long-term contractual commitments and have the ability to switch from our services to our competitors' offerings on relatively short notice.

Given the significant price competition in the markets for our services, we may be at a disadvantage compared with those competitors who have substantially greater resources than us or may otherwise be better positioned to withstand an extended period of downward pricing pressure. The adverse impact of a shortfall in our revenues may be magnified by our inability to adjust our expenses to compensate for such shortfall. Announcements, or expectations, as to the introduction of new products and technologies by our competitors or us could cause customers to defer purchases of our existing products, which also could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

We have a history of losses and are uncertain of our future profitability.

We recorded an operating loss of approximately $6.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 and ended the period with an accumulated deficit of approximately $115 million. Although we have achieved operating income in three of our five most recent fiscal years, we incurred substantial operating losses prior to that period and we may incur operating losses in the future, and those loses could be substantial. As we expand our geographic reach and range of service offerings, and further invest in research and development, sales and marketing, and regulatory compliance, we will need to increase revenues in order to generate sustainable operating profit. Given our history of fluctuating revenues and operating losses, we cannot be certain that we will be able to achieve or maintain operating profitability on an annual basis or on a quarterly basis in the future.

Our churn rate may increase in future periods due to customer cancellations or other factors, which may adversely impact our revenue or require us to spend more money to grow our customer base.

Our customers generally do not have long-term contracts with us and may discontinue their subscriptions for our services after the expiration of their initial subscription period, which typically range from one to three years. In addition, our customers may renew for lower subscription amounts or for shorter contract lengths. We may not accurately predict cancellation rates for our customers. Our cancellation rates may increase or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including customer usage, pricing changes, number of applications used by our customers, customer satisfaction with our service, the acquisition of our customers by other companies and deteriorating general economic conditions. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions for our service or decrease the amount they spend with us, our revenue will decline and our business will suffer.

15

Our average monthly business service revenue churn was less than 1% over the past two fiscal years. Our method of computing this revenue churn rate may be different from methods used by our competitors and other companies in our industry to compute their publicly disclosed churn rates. As a result, only limited reliance can be placed on our churn rate when attempting to compare it to that of other companies. Also, our churn rate can vary based on events that may not be indicative of actual trends in our business. Our churn rate could increase in the future if customers are not satisfied with our service. Other factors, including increased competition from other providers of communications and collaborations services, alternative technologies, and adverse business conditions also influence our churn rate.

Because of churn, we must acquire new customers on an ongoing basis to maintain our existing level of customers and revenues. As a result, marketing expenditures are an ongoing requirement of our business. If our churn rate increases, we will have to acquire even more new customers in order to maintain our existing revenues. We incur significant costs to acquire new customers, and those costs are an important factor in determining our net profitability. Therefore, if we are unsuccessful in retaining customers or are required to spend significant amounts to acquire new customers beyond those budgeted, our revenue could decrease and our net loss could increase.

Our rate of customer cancellations may increase in future periods due to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, such as the financial condition of our customers or the state of credit markets. In addition, a single, protracted service outage or a series of service disruptions, whether due to our services or those of our carrier partners, may result in a sharp increase in customer cancellations.

Due to the length of our sales cycle, especially in adding new mid-market and larger distributed enterprises as customers, we may also experience delays in acquiring new customers to replace those that have terminated our services. Such delays would be exacerbated if general economic conditions worsen. An increase in churn, particularly in challenging economic times, could have a negative impact on the results of our operations.

The market for cloud software solutions is subject to rapid technological change, and we depend on new product and service introductions in order to maintain and grow our business.

We operate in an emerging market that is characterized by rapid changes in customer requirements, frequent introductions of new and enhanced products, and continuing and rapid technological advancement. To compete successfully in this emerging market, we must continue to design, develop, manufacture, and sell new and enhanced cloud software solutions products and services that provide higher levels of performance and reliability at lower cost. If we are unable to develop new services that address our customers' needs, to deliver our applications in one seamless integrated product offering that addresses our customers' needs, or to enhance and improve our services in a timely manner, we may not be able to achieve or maintain adequate market acceptance of our services. Our ability to grow is also subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies. Access and use of our services is provided via the cloud, which, itself, has been disruptive to the previous premises-based model.

If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver communications and collaboration services at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently or more securely, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete.

If we are unable to develop new features and services internally due to factors such as competitive labor markets, high employee turnover, lack of management ability or a lack of other research and development resources, we may miss market opportunities. Further, many of our competitors have historically spent a greater amount of funds on their research and development programs, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to our competitors' research and development programs. In addition, there is no guarantee that our research and development efforts will succeed, or that our new products and services will enable us to maintain or grow our revenue or recover our development costs. Our failure to maintain adequate research and development resources, to compete effectively with the research and development programs of our competitors and to successfully monetize our research and development efforts could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

16

We may not be able to scale our business efficiently or quickly enough to meet our customers' growing needs, in which case our operating results could be harmed.

As usage of our cloud software solutions by mid-market and larger distributed enterprises expands and as customers continue to integrate our services across their enterprises, we are required to devote additional resources to improving our application architecture, integrating our products and applications across our technology platform, integrating with third-party systems, and maintaining infrastructure performance. As our customers gain more experience with our services, the number of users and transactions managed by our services, the amount of data transferred, processed and stored by us, the number of locations where our service is being accessed, and the volume of communications managed by our services have in some cases, and may in the future, expand rapidly. In addition, we will need to appropriately scale our internal business systems and our services organization, including customer support and services and regulatory compliance, to serve our growing customer base. Any failure of or delay in these efforts could cause impaired system performance and reduced customer satisfaction. These issues could reduce the attractiveness of our cloud software solutions to customers, resulting in decreased sales to new customers, lower renewal rates by existing customers, the issuance of service credits, or requested refunds, which could hurt our revenue growth and our reputation. These system upgrades and the expansion of our support and services have been and will continue to be expensive and complex, requiring management time and attention and increasing our operating expenses. We could also face inefficiencies or operational failures as a result of our efforts to scale our infrastructure. Moreover, there are inherent risks associated with upgrading, improving and expanding our information technology systems. We cannot be sure that the expansion and improvements to our infrastructure and systems will be fully or effectively implemented on a timely basis, if at all. These efforts may reduce revenue and our margins and adversely impact our financial results.

To provide our services, we rely on third parties for all of our network connectivity and co-location facilities.

We currently use the infrastructure of third-party network service providers, including the services of Equinix, Inc., and Level 3 Communications, Inc., to provide all of our cloud services over their networks rather than deploying our own networks.

We also rely on third-party network service providers to originate and terminate substantially all of the PTSN calls using our cloud-based services. We leverage the infrastructure of third-party network service providers to provide telephone numbers, PSTN call termination and origination services, and local number portability for our customers rather than deploying our own network throughout the United States and internationally. This decision has resulted in lower capital and operating costs for our business in the short-term, but has reduced our operating flexibility and ability to make timely service changes. If any of these network service providers cease operations or otherwise terminate the services that we depend on, the delay in switching our technology to another network service provider, if available, and qualifying this new service provider could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. The rates we pay to our network service providers may also increase, which may reduce our profitability and increase the retail price of our service.

There can be no assurance that these service providers will be able or willing to supply cost-effective services to us in the future or that we will be successful in signing up alternative or additional providers. Although we believe that we could replace our current providers, if necessary, our ability to provide service to our subscribers could be impacted during any such transition, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The loss of access to, or requirement to change, the telephone numbers we provide to our customers also could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Due to our reliance on these service providers, when problems occur in a network, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. The occurrence of hardware and software errors, whether caused by our service or products or those of another vendor, may result in the delay or loss of market acceptance of our products and any necessary revisions may force us to incur significant expenses. Under the terms of the "end-to-end" service level commitments that we make for the benefit of qualifying customers, we are potentially at risk for service problems experienced by these service providers. Customers who do not qualify for these enhanced SLA commitments may nevertheless hold us responsible for these service issues and seek service credits, early termination rights or other remedies. Accordingly, service issues experienced by our service provider partners may harm our reputation as well as our business, financial condition or operating results.

17

Our physical infrastructure is concentrated in a few facilities and any failure in our physical infrastructure or services could lead to significant costs and disruptions and could reduce our revenue, harm our business reputation and have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Our leased network and data centers are subject to various points of failure. Problems with cooling equipment, generators, uninterruptible power supply, routers, switches, or other equipment, whether or not within our control, could result in service interruptions for our customers as well as equipment damage. Because our services do not require geographic proximity of our data centers to our customers, our infrastructure is consolidated into a few large data center facilities. Any failure or downtime in one of our data center facilities could affect a significant percentage of our customers. The total destruction or severe impairment of any of our data center facilities could result in significant downtime of our services and the loss of customer data. Because our ability to attract and retain customers depends on our ability to provide customers with highly reliable service, even minor interruptions in our service could harm our reputation. Additionally, in connection with the expansion or consolidation of our existing data center facilities from time to time, there is an increased risk that service interruptions may occur as a result of server relocation or other unforeseen construction-related issues.

We have experienced interruptions in service in the past. While we have not experienced a material increase in customer attrition following these events, the harm to our reputation is difficult to assess. We have taken and continue to take steps to improve our infrastructure to prevent service interruptions, including upgrading our electrical and mechanical infrastructure. However, service interruptions continue to be a significant risk for us and could materially impact our business.

Any future service interruptions could:

• cause our customers to seek service credits, or damages for losses incurred;
• require us to replace existing equipment or add redundant facilities;
• affect our reputation as a reliable provider of communications services;
• cause existing customers to cancel or elect to not renew their contracts; or
• make it more difficult for us to attract new customers.

Any of these events could materially increase our expenses or reduce our revenue, which would have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

We may also be required to transfer our servers to new data center facilities in the event that we are unable to renew our leases on acceptable terms, or at all, or the owners of the facilities decide to close their facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy or foreclosure, faced by our third-party data center operators, or any of the service providers with which we or they contract, may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. Additionally, if our data centers are unable to keep up with our increasing needs for capacity, our ability to grow our business could be materially and adversely impacted.

We depend on third-party vendors for IP phones and software endpoints, and any delay or interruption in supply by these vendors would result in delayed or reduced shipments to our customers and may harm our business.

We rely on third-party vendors for IP phones and software endpoints required to utilize our service. We currently do not have long-term supply contracts with any of these vendors. As a result, most of these third-party vendors are not obligated to provide products or services to us for any specific period, in any specific quantities or at any specific price, except as may be provided in a particular purchase order. The inability of these third-party vendors to deliver IP phones of acceptable quality and in a timely manner, particularly the sole source vendors, could adversely affect our operating results or cause them to fluctuate more than anticipated. Additionally, some of our products may require specialized or high-performance component parts that may not be available in quantities or in time frames that meet our requirements.

18

If we do not or cannot maintain the compatibility of our communications and collaboration software with third-party applications and mobile platforms that our customers use in their businesses, our revenue will decline.

The functionality and popularity of our cloud software solutions depends, in part, on our ability to integrate our services with third-party applications and platforms, including enterprise resource planning, customer relations management, human capital management and other proprietary application suites. Third-party providers of applications and application programmable interfaces, or APIs, may change the features of their applications and platforms, restrict our access to their applications and platforms or alter the terms governing use of their applications and APIs and access to those applications and platforms in an adverse manner. Such changes could functionally limit or terminate our ability to use these third-party applications and platforms in conjunction with our services, which could negatively impact our offerings and harm our business. If we fail to integrate our software with new third-party back-end enterprise applications and platforms used by our customers, we may not be able to offer the functionality that our customers need, which would negatively impact our ability to generate revenue and adversely impact our business. 

Our services also allow our customers to use and manage our cloud software solutions on smartphones, tablets and other mobile devices. As new smart devices and operating systems are released, we may encounter difficulties supporting these devices and services, and we may need to devote significant resources to the creation, support, and maintenance of our mobile applications. In addition, if we experience difficulties in the future integrating our mobile applications into smartphones, tablets or other mobile devices or if problems arise with our relationships with providers of mobile operating systems, such as those of Apple Inc. or Google Inc., our future growth and our results of operations could suffer.

If our software fails due to defects or similar problems, and if we fail to correct any defect or other software problems, we could lose customers, become subject to service performance or warranty claims or incur significant costs.

Our customers use our service to manage important aspects of their businesses, and any errors, defects, disruptions to our service or other performance problems with our service could hurt our reputation and may damage our customers' businesses. Our services and the systems infrastructure underlying our cloud communications platform incorporate software that is highly technical and complex. Our software has contained, and may now or in the future contain, undetected errors, bugs, or vulnerabilities. Some errors in our software code may only be discovered after the code has been released. Any errors, bugs, or vulnerabilities discovered in our code after release could result in damage to our reputation, loss of users, loss of revenue, or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect our business and financial results. We implement bug fixes and upgrades as part of our regularly scheduled system maintenance, which may lead to system downtime. Even if we are able to implement the bug fixes and upgrades in a timely manner, any history of defects, or the loss, damage or inadvertent release of confidential customer data, could cause our reputation to be harmed, and customers may elect not to purchase or renew their agreements with us and subject us to service performance credits, warranty claims or increased insurance costs. The costs associated with any material defects or errors in our software or other performance problems may be substantial and could materially adversely affect our operating results.

19

Internet access providers and Internet backbone providers may be able to block, degrade or charge for access to or bandwidth use of certain of our products and services, which could lead to additional expenses and the loss of users.

Our products and services depend on the ability of our users to access the Internet, and certain of our products require significant bandwidth to work effectively. In addition, users who access our services and applications through mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablets, must have a high-speed connection, such as Wi-Fi, 3G, 4G or LTE, to use our services and applications. Currently, this access is provided by companies that have significant and increasing market power in the broadband and Internet access marketplace, including incumbent telephone companies, cable companies and mobile communications companies. Some of these providers offer products and services that directly compete with our own offerings, which give them a significant competitive advantage. Some of these broadband providers have stated that they may exempt their own customers from data-caps or offer other preferred treatment to their customers. Other providers have stated that they may take measures that could degrade, disrupt or increase the cost of user access to certain of our products by restricting or prohibiting the use of their infrastructure to support or facilitate our offerings, or by charging increased fees to us or our users to provide our offerings, while others, including some of the largest providers of broadband Internet access services, have committed to not engaging in such behavior. These providers have the ability generally to increase their rates, which may effectively increase the cost to our customers of using our cloud software solutions.

On March 12, 2015, the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, released an order that would prevent broadband Internet access providers from degrading or otherwise disrupting a broad range of services provisioned over consumers' and enterprises' broadband Internet access lines. While this order was appealed by a number of providers and trade organizations, it was subsequently upheld by the United States Court of Appeals for the DC Circuit on June 14, 2016. A petition for rehearing seeking an en banc rehearing is currently pending. In addition, the current Chairman of the FCC has publicly expressed an interest in changing the regulatory model for broadband Internet access under the current rules. The regulatory treatment of prioritization or degradation of traffic over the Internet, also known as net neutrality, varies widely among the jurisdictions in which we operate. While certain jurisdictions, such as the European Union have strong protections for competitive services such as ours, other countries either lack a net neutrality framework altogether or otherwise have lax enforcement of their rules. Broadband Internet access provider interference could result in a loss of existing users and increased costs, and could impair our ability to attract new users, thereby negatively impacting our revenue and growth.

Vulnerabilities to security breaches, cyber intrusions and other malicious acts could adversely impact our business.

Our operations depend on our ability to protect our network from interruption by damage from unauthorized entry, computer viruses or other events beyond our control. In the past, we may have been subject to denial or disruption of service, or DDOS, and we may be subject to DDOS attacks in the future. We cannot assure you that our backup systems, regular data backups, security protocols, DDOS mitigation and other procedures that are currently in place, or that may be in place in the future, will be adequate to prevent significant damage, system failure or data loss.

Critical to our provision of service is the storage, processing, and transmission of confidential and sensitive data. We store, process and transmit a wide variety of confidential and sensitive information including credit card, bank account and other financial information, proprietary, trade secret or other data that may be protected by intellectual property laws, customers' and employees' personally identifiable information, as well as other sensitive information. We, along with others in the industry, will be subject to cyber threats and security breaches, given the nature of the information we store, process and transmit.

Depending on the evolving nature of cyber threats and the measures we may have to implement to continue to maintain the security of our networks and data, our profitability may be adversely impacted or we may have to increase the price of our services which may make our offerings less competitive with other communications providers.

20

If an individual obtains unauthorized access to our network, or if our network is penetrated, our service could be disrupted and sensitive information could be lost, stolen or disclosed which could have a variety of negative impacts, including legal liability, investigations by law enforcement and regulatory agencies, and exposure to fines or penalties, any of which could harm our business reputation and have a material negative impact on our business. In addition, to the extent we market our services as compliant with particular laws governing data privacy and security, such as Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act and foreign data protection laws, a security breach that exposes protected information may make us susceptible to a number of claims related to our marketing.

Many governments have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security incidents involving certain types of personal data. In addition, some of our customers contractually require notification of any data security compromise. Security compromises experienced by our competitors, by our customers or by us may lead to public disclosures, which may lead to widespread negative publicity. Any security compromise in our industry, whether actual or perceived, could harm our reputation, erode customer confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, negatively impact our ability to attract new customers, cause existing customers to elect not to renew their subscriptions or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

In contracts with larger enterprises, we often agree to assume liability for security breaches in excess of the amount of committed revenue from the contract. In addition, there can be no assurance that any limitations of liability provisions in our contracts for a security breach would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. We also cannot be sure that our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors or omissions will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Failure to comply with laws and contractual obligations related to data privacy and protection could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are subject to the data privacy and protection laws and regulations adopted by federal, state and foreign governmental agencies. Data privacy and protection is highly regulated and may become the subject of additional regulation in the future. For example, lawmakers and regulators worldwide are considering proposals that would require companies, like us, that encrypt users' data to ensure access to such data by law enforcement authorities. Privacy laws restrict our storage, use, processing, disclosure, transfer and protection of personal information, including credit card data, provided to us by our customers as well as data we collect from our customers and employees. We strive to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, policies and legal obligations relating to privacy and data protection. However, if we fail to comply, we may be subject to fines, penalties and lawsuits, and our reputation may suffer. We may also be required to make modifications to our data practices that could have an adverse impact on our business.

Governmental entities, class action lawyers and privacy advocates are increasingly examining companies' data collection, processing, use, storing, sharing, transferring and transmitting or personal data and data linkable to individuals. Self-regulatory codes of conduct, enforcement actions by regulatory agencies, and lawsuits by private parties impose additional compliance costs on us negative impacting our profitability as well as subject us to unknown potential liabilities. These evolving laws, rules and practices may also curtail our current business activities which may also result in slimmer profit margins and reduce new opportunities.

We are also subject to the privacy and data protection-related obligations in our contracts with our customers and other third parties. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with federal, state, or international laws, including laws and regulations regulating privacy, data or consumer protection, or to comply with our contractual obligations related to privacy, could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, contractual parties or others, which could result in significant liability to us as well as harm to our reputation. Additionally, third parties on which we rely enter into contracts to protect and safeguard our customers' data. Should such parties violate these agreements or suffer a breach, we could be subject to proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, contractual parties or others, which could result in significant liability to us as well as harm to our reputation.

21

There is considerable uncertainty with respect to the state of law governing data transfers between the European Union ("EU"), and other countries with similar data protection laws, and the U.S. There is ongoing litigation in the EU, as well as calls by certain political and governmental bodies in the EU to re-evaluate data transfers between the EU and the U.S., that could negatively impact the existing legally acceptable methods for transferring data between the EU and the U.S. on which we rely as do many other companies that transfer certain data between the EU and the U.S. Moreover, while we established alternative methods to transfer data between the EU and U.S. that addressed certain legal uncertainties that previously existed, some independent data regulators have adopted the position that other forms of compliance, including the methods we rely upon now as do many other companies, are also invalid though the legal grounds for these findings remains unclear at this time. Like many other companies, we continue to face uncertainty with respect to the measures we have implemented. Additionally, there is continued uncertainty regarding the legality of transferring certain data between the EU and U.S. caused by: (i) ongoing litigation that could invalidate the existing method that we, along with many other companies, rely upon for compliance with relevant law; and (ii) there is the possibility that political and other governmental bodies may invalidate the method we, along with many other companies, rely upon to comply with relevant law. We cannot predict how or if this issue will be resolved nor can we evaluate our potential liability at this time.

We could be liable for breaches of security on our website, fraudulent activities of our users, or the failure of third-party vendors to deliver credit card transaction processing services.

A fundamental requirement for operating an Internet-based, worldwide cloud software solutions and electronically billing our customers is the secure transmission of confidential information and media over public networks. Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to protect consumer information and prevent fraudulent credit card transactions and other security breaches, failure to mitigate such fraud or breaches may adversely affect our operating results. The law relating to the liability of providers of online payment services is currently unsettled and states may enact their own rules with which we may not comply. We rely on third-party providers to process and guarantee payments made by our subscribers up to certain limits, and we may be unable to prevent our customers from fraudulently receiving goods and services. Our liability risk will increase if a larger fraction of transactions effected using our cloud-based services involve fraudulent or disputed credit card transactions.

In addition, the functionality of our current billing system relies on certain third-party vendors delivering services. If these vendors are unable or unwilling to provide services, we will not be able to charge for our services in a timely or scalable fashion, which could significantly decrease our revenue and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We must maintain Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS, compliance to bill our customers via credit card. If we fail to meet minimum-security standards for PCI DSS compliance, credit card providers such as American Express Company or Visa Inc. could refuse to process credit card transactions on our behalf and our ability to collect payments from our customers would be adversely impacted.

We may also experience losses due to subscriber fraud and theft of service. Subscribers have, in the past, obtained access to our service without paying for monthly service and international toll calls by unlawfully using our authorization codes or by submitting fraudulent credit card information. If our existing anti-fraud procedures are not adequate or effective, consumer fraud and theft of service could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Natural disasters, war, terrorist attacks or malicious conduct could adversely impact our operations and could degrade or impede our ability to offer services.

Our cloud communications services rely on uninterrupted connection to the Internet through data centers and networks. Any interruption or disruption to our network, or the third parties on which we rely, could adversely impact our ability to provide service. Our network could be disrupted by circumstances outside of our control including natural disasters, acts of war, terrorist attacks or other malicious acts including, but not limited to, cyber-attacks. Our headquarters, global networks operations center and one of our third-party data center facilities are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. Should any of these events occur and interfere with our ability to operate our network even for a limited period of time, we could incur significant expenses, lose substantial amounts of revenue, suffer damage to our reputation, and lose customers. Such an event may also impede our customers' connections to our network, since these connections also occur over the Internet, and would be perceived by our customers as an interruption of our services, even though such interruption would be beyond our control. Any of these events could have a material adverse impact on our business.

22

Our infringement of a third party's proprietary technology could disrupt our business.

There has been substantial litigation in the communications, cloud communication services, semiconductor, electronics, and related industries regarding intellectual property rights and, from time to time, third parties may claim that we, our customers, our licensees or parties indemnified by us are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights. Third parties may also claim that our employees have misappropriated or divulged their former employers' trade secrets or confidential information. Our broad range of current and former technology, including IP telephony systems, digital and analog circuits, software, and semiconductors, increases the likelihood that third parties may claim infringement by us of their intellectual property rights.

During our 2017 fiscal year, we were named as defendants in two lawsuits, each brought by a non-practicing entity and alleging infringement of a single patent. During our 2016 fiscal year, we were similarly named as defendants in two lawsuits in which we were alleged to have infringed patents. We were successful in settling all four lawsuits relatively quickly, although we have in the past been involved in patent infringement lawsuits that spanned several years. Certain technology necessary for us to provide our services may, in fact, be patented by other parties either now or in the future. If such technology were held under patent by another person, we would have to negotiate a license for the use of that technology, which we may not be able to negotiate at a price that is acceptable or at all. The existence of such a patent, or our inability to negotiate a license for any such technology on acceptable terms, could force us to cease using such technology and offering products and services incorporating such technology.

If we are found to be infringing on the intellectual property rights of any third-party in lawsuits or proceedings that may be asserted against us, we could be subject to monetary liabilities for such infringement, which could be material. We could also be required to refrain from using, manufacturing or selling certain products or using certain processes, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. From time to time, we have received, and may continue to receive in the future, notices of claims of infringement, misappropriation or misuse of other parties' proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that we will prevail in these discussions and actions or that other actions alleging infringement by us of third-party patents will not be asserted or prosecuted against us. Furthermore, lawsuits like these may require significant time and expense to defend, may divert management's attention away from other aspects of our operations and, upon resolution, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Inability to protect our proprietary technology would disrupt our business.

We rely, in part, on trademark, copyright, and trade secret law to protect our intellectual property in the United States and abroad. We seek to protect our software, documentation, and other written materials under trade secret and copyright law, which afford only limited protection. We have additional United States and foreign patent applications pending. We cannot predict whether such pending patent applications will result in issued patents, and if they do, whether such patents will effectively protect our intellectual property. The intellectual property rights we obtain may not be sufficient to provide us with a competitive advantage, and could be challenged, invalidated, infringed or misappropriated. We may not be able to protect our proprietary rights in the United States or internationally (where effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited), and competitors may independently develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology, duplicate our technology or design around any patent of ours.

We attempt to further protect our proprietary technology and content by requiring our employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements and third parties to enter into nondisclosure agreements. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology.

Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to determine the validity and scope of our proprietary rights or the rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management time and resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. Any settlement or adverse determination in such litigation would also subject us to significant liability.

We also may be required to protect our proprietary technology and content in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful, or which we may not pursue in every location. In addition, effective intellectual property protection may not be available to us in every country, and the laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States. Additional uncertainty may result from changes to intellectual property legislation enacted in the United States and elsewhere, and from interpretations of intellectual property laws by applicable courts and agencies. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to obtain and maintain the intellectual property rights necessary to provide us with a competitive advantage.

23

Because our long-term growth strategy involves further expansion outside the United States, our business will be susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

An important component of our growth strategy involves the further expansion of our operations and customer base internationally. We have formed several subsidiaries outside the United States, including a Romanian subsidiary that contributes significantly to our research and development efforts. We have also acquired two UK-based companies — DXI in May 2015 and Voicenet in November 2013. The risks and challenges associated with sales and other operations outside the United States are different in some ways from those associated with our operations in the United States, and we have a limited history addressing those risks and meeting those challenges. Our current international operations and future initiatives will involve a variety of risks, including:

• localization of our services, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;
• regulation of our services as traditional telecommunications services, requiring us to obtain authorizations or licenses to operate in foreign jurisdictions, or alternatively preventing us from selling our full suite of services, or any services at all, in such jurisdictions;
• unexpected changes in a specific country or region's regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, or political or economic conditions;
• more stringent regulations relating to data security and the unauthorized use of, access to, and transfer of, commercial and personal information, particularly in the European Union;
• differing labor regulations, especially in the European Union and Latin America, where labor laws are generally more advantageous to employees as compared to the United States, including deemed hourly wage and overtime regulations in these locations;
• challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;
• difficulties in managing a business in new markets with diverse cultures, languages, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems and regulatory systems;
• increased travel, real estate, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with international operations;
• different pricing environments, longer sales cycles, longer accounts receivable payment cycles and other collection difficulties;
• currency exchange rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses, and the cost and risk of entering into hedging transactions if we chose to do so in the future;
• limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries;
• laws and business practices favoring local competitors or general preferences for local vendors;
• limited or insufficient intellectual property protection;
• political instability or terrorist activities;
• exposure to liabilities under anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and similar laws and regulations in other jurisdictions; and
• adverse tax burdens and foreign exchange controls that could make it difficult to repatriate earnings and cash.

24

We have limited experience in operating our business internationally, which increases the risk that any potential future expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful. We expect to invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations. If we are unable to do this successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

Acquisitions may divert our management's attention, result in dilution to our stockholders and consume resources that are necessary to sustain our business.

In fiscal 2017, we acquired LeChat, Inc., the developer of Sameroom. In fiscal 2016, we acquired DXI Limited, which developed the technology on which ContactNow was based, and substantially all of the assets of Quality Software Corporation, or QSC, which developed the technology behind our Quality Management service. In fiscal 2014, we acquired Voicenet Solutions Limited, a UK-based provider of cloud communication services in the United Kingdom. If appropriate opportunities present themselves, we may make additional acquisitions or investments or enter into joint ventures or strategic alliances with other companies. Risks commonly encountered in such transactions include:

• the difficulty of assimilating the operations and personnel of the combined companies;
• the risk that we may not be able to integrate the acquired services or technologies with our current services, products, and technologies;
• the potential disruption of our ongoing business;
• the diversion of management attention from our existing business;
• the inability of management to maximize our financial and strategic position through the successful integration of the acquired businesses;
• difficulty in maintaining controls, procedures, and policies;
• the impairment of relationships with employees, suppliers, and customers as a result of any integration;
• the loss of an acquired base of customers and accompanying revenue;
• the loss of an acquired base of customers and accompanying revenue while trying to transition the customer from the legacy systems to 8x8's technology due to mismatch of the features, usability, packaging, or pricing at the renewal times;
• the loss of an acquired base of customers and accompanying revenue due to failure and/or lack of maintenance/support for the legacy services and/or equipment/software/services being end of life;
• additional regulatory compliance obligations and costs associated with the acquired operations;
• litigation arising from or relating to the transaction;
• the assumption of leased facilities, other long-term commitments or liabilities that could have a material adverse impact on our profitability and cash flow; and
• the dilution to our existing stockholders from the issuance of additional shares of common stock or reduction of earnings per outstanding share in connection with an acquisition that fails to increase the value of our company.

As a result of these potential problems and risks, among others, businesses that we may acquire or invest in may not produce the revenue, earnings, or business synergies that we anticipate. In addition, there can be no assurance that any potential transaction will be successfully completed or that, if completed, the acquired business or investment will generate sufficient revenue to offset the associated costs or other potential harmful effects on our business.

Our future operating results may vary substantially from period to period and may be difficult to predict.

Our historical operating results have fluctuated significantly and will likely continue to fluctuate in the future, and a decline in our operating results could cause our stock price to fall. On an annual and a quarterly basis, there are a number of factors that may affect our operating results, some of which are outside our control. These include, but are not limited to:

• changes in market demand;
• the timing of customer subscriptions for our cloud software solutions;
• customer cancellations;
• changes in the competitive dynamics of our market, including consolidation among competitors or customers;
• lengthy sales cycles and/or regulatory approval cycles;
• new product introductions by us or our competitors;
• extent of market acceptance of new or existing services and features;
• the mix of our customer base and sales channels;
• the mix of services sold;
• the number of additional customers, on a net basis;

25

• the amount and timing of costs associated with recruiting, training and integrating new employees;
• unforeseen costs and expenses related to the expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;
• continued compliance with industry standards and regulatory requirements;
• material security breaches or service interruptions due to cyberattacks or infrastructure failures or unavailability;
• introduction and adoption of our cloud software solutions in markets outside of the United States; and
• general economic conditions.

Due to these and other factors, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not meaningful and should not be relied upon as indicators of our future performance. It is possible that in some future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. If this were to occur, the price of our common stock would likely decline significantly.

Our products must comply with industry standards, FCC regulations, state, local, country-specific and international regulations, and changes may require us to modify existing products and/or services.

In addition to reliability and quality standards, the market acceptance of telephony over broadband IP networks is dependent upon the adoption of industry standards so that products from multiple manufacturers are able to communicate with each other. Our cloud-based communications and collaboration services rely heavily on communication standards such as SIP, MGCP and network standards such as TCP/IP and UDP to interoperate with other vendors' equipment. There is currently a lack of agreement among industry leaders about which standard should be used for a particular application, and about the definition of the standards themselves. These standards, as well as audio and video compression standards, continue to evolve. We also must comply with certain rules and regulations of the FCC regarding electromagnetic radiation and safety standards established by Underwriters Laboratories, as well as similar regulations and standards applicable in other countries. Standards are frequently modified or replaced. As standards evolve, we may be required to modify our existing products or develop and support new versions of our products. We must comply with certain federal, state and local requirements regarding how we interact with our customers, including marketing practices, consumer protection, privacy, and billing issues, the provision of 9-1-1 or other international emergency services, including location data and the quality of service we provide to our customers. The failure of our products and services to comply, or delays in compliance, with various existing and evolving standards could delay or interrupt volume production of our communications and collaboration services, subject us to fines or other imposed penalties, or harm the perception and adoption rates of our service, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

For example:

• The FCC has adopted network neutrality rules. In March 2015, the FCC adopted new network neutrality rules that would prevent Internet service providers from blocking, degrading and engaging in other practices that would impair or otherwise interfere with services like ours. While the FCC order survived a court challenge, a further appeal remains pending. The current FCC chairman as well as certain members of Congress have expressed a desire to eliminate or narrow the current rules. We cannot predict if the current rules will remain in place. Interference with our service or higher charges for using our service could cause us to lose existing customers, impair our ability to attract new customers, and harm our revenue and growth. These problems could also arise in international markets. Most foreign countries outside of the European Union have not adopted formal net neutrality rules like those adopted by the FCC.
• Regulation of our services as telecommunications services may require us to obtain authorizations or licenses to operate in foreign jurisdictions and comply with legal requirements applicable to traditional telephony providers. Regulators around the world, including those in the European Union generally do not distinguish between our cloud-based communications services and traditional telephony services. By entering additional international markets we may subject ourselves to significant regulation from foreign telecommunications authorities, including obligations to obtain telecommunications licenses and authorizations, complying with consumer protection laws and cooperating with local law enforcement authorities. This regulation impacts our ability to differentiate ourselves from incumbent service providers and imposes substantial compliance costs on us. Regulation restricts our ability to compete and, in some jurisdictions, it may restrict how we are able to expand our service offerings. Moreover, the regulatory environment is constantly evolving and changes to the applicable regulations may have an adverse effect upon our business by imposing additional compliance costs, modifying our technology and operations and in general affecting our profitability.

26

• Reform of federal and state Universal Service Fund programs and payment of regulatory and other fees in international markets, could increase the cost of our service to our customers diminishing or eliminating our pricing advantage. The FCC and a number of states are considering reform or other modifications to Universal Service Fund programs. Furthermore, the FCC has ruled that states can require us to contribute to state Universal Service Fund programs. A number of states already require us to contribute, while others are actively considering extending their programs to include the services we provide. At the same time, foreign regulatory authorities may impose regulatory fees or other contributions on our services. Should the FCC, states or foreign regulators adopt new contribution mechanisms or otherwise modify contribution obligations that increase our contribution burden, we will either need to raise the amount we currently collect from our customers to cover these obligations or absorb the costs, which would reduce our profit margins. We currently pass-through Universal Service Fund contributions and certain other fees to our customers, which may result in our services becoming less competitive as compared to those provided by others.
• We may become subject to state regulation for certain service offerings. Certain states take the position that offerings by VoIP providers, like us, are intrastate and therefore subject to state regulation. These states argue that if the beginning and end points of communications are known, and if some of these communications occur entirely within the boundaries of a state, the state can regulate that offering. We believe that the FCC has preempted states from regulating VoIP services like ours in the same manner as providers of traditional telecommunications services. We cannot predict how this issue will be resolved or its impact on our business at this time.
• The FCC adopted rules concerning call completion rates to rural areas of the United States. It is possible that we, like other providers in the communications marketplace, may be subject to fines or other enforcement actions should the FCC determine that our call completion rates to rural areas are, or have been, unacceptable.
• The FCC and foreign regulators may require providers like us to comply with regulations related to how we present bills to customers. The adoption of such obligations may require us to revise our bills and may increase our costs of providing service which could either result in price increases or reduce our profitability.
• There may be risk associated with our ability to comply with U.S. and foreign rules concerning disabilities access requirements and the FCC and foreign regulators may expand disabilities access requirements to additional services we offer. We cannot predict whether we will be subject to additional accessibility requirements or whether any of our service offerings that are not currently subject to disabilities access requirements will be subject to such obligations. It is possible that we, like other providers in the communications marketplace, may be subject to fines or other enforcement actions if we are found not to be in compliance with the FCC's and foreign accessibility requirements.
• There may be risks associated with our ability to comply with requirements of the Telecommunications Relay Service and similar foreign statutes. The FCC requires providers of interconnected VoIP services to comply with certain regulations pertaining to people with disabilities and to contribute to the Telecommunications Relay Services fund. We are also required to offer 7-1-1 abbreviated dialing for access to relay services. At the same time, several foreign regulators also mandate accessibility requirements for people with disabilities. It is possible that we, like other providers in the communications marketplace, may be subject to fines or other enforcement actions if we are found not to be in compliance with these requirements, including the FCC's 7-1-1 abbreviated dialing obligations.
• There may be risks associated with our ability to comply with the requirements of U.S. and foreign law enforcement agencies. The FCC requires all interconnected VoIP providers to comply with the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA. Similarly, foreign regulatory frameworks require VoIP providers to comply with local assistance to law enforcement laws and cooperation with local authorities in conducting wiretaps, pentraps and other surveillance activities. The FCC and other regulators may allow VoIP providers to comply with CALEA and similar statutes through the use of a service provided by a trusted third-party with the ability to extract call content and call-identifying information from a VoIP provider's network. Regardless of our reliance on a third party for compliance, it is possible that we, like other providers in the communications marketplace, may be subject to fines or other enforcement actions if we are found not to be in compliance with our obligations under CALEA or other similar assistance with law enforcement statutes.

27

• U.S. and foreign regulations may require us to deploy an E-911 or access to emergency service that automatically determines the location of our customers. On June 1, 2007, the FCC released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, or the VoIP E-911 order, in which it tentatively concluded that all interconnected VoIP providers that allow customers to use their service in more than one location (nomadic VoIP service providers, such as us), must utilize an automatic location technology that meets the same accuracy standards which apply to providers of commercial mobile radio services (mobile phone service providers). Since then, the FCC has been conducting proceedings and inquiries concerning the implementation of such a rule, including possible changes to the manner providers provision E-911 services on mobile applications. At the same time, foreign regulatory authorities, have conducted similar proceedings mandating VoIP providers in the applicable jurisdiction to provide caller location data when completing calls to the local emergency service numbers. The outcome of these proceedings cannot be determined at this time and we may or may not be able to comply with any such obligations that may be adopted. At present, we currently have no means to automatically identify the physical location of one of our customers on the Internet. We cannot guarantee that emergency calling service consistent with the VoIP E-911 order and other similar foreign orders will be available to all of our customers, especially those accessing our services from outside of the United States. Compliance with these obligations could result in service price increases and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.
• The FCC adopted orders reforming the system of payments between regulated carriers that we partner with to interface with the public switch telephone network. The FCC reformed the system under which regulated providers of telecommunications services compensate each other for various types of traffic, including VoIP traffic that terminates on the PSTN and applied new call signaling requirements to VoIP providers and other service providers. The FCC's new rules require, among other things, interconnected VoIP providers, like us, that originate interstate or intrastate traffic destined for the PSTN, to transmit the telephone number associated with the calling party to the next provider in the call path. Intermediate providers must pass calling party number or charge number signaling information they receive from other providers unaltered, to subsequent providers in the call path. While we believe we are in compliance with this rule, to the extent that we pass traffic that does not have appropriate calling party number or charge number information, we could be subject to fines, cease and desist orders, or other penalties. The FCC's Order reforming payments between carriers for various types of traffic may result in increasing the payments we make to underlying carriers to access the PSTN, which may result in us increasing the retail price of our service, potentially making our offering less competitive with traditional providers of telecommunications services, or may reduce our profitability.

Our emergency and E-911 calling services are different from those offered by traditional wireline telephone companies and may expose us to significant liability. There may be risks associated with limitations associated with E-911 and other emergency dialing with the 8x8 service.

Both our emergency calling service and our E-911 calling service are different, in significant respects, from the emergency calling services offered by traditional wireline telephone companies in the United States and abroad. In each case, the differences may cause significant delays, or even failures, in callers' receipt of the emergency assistance they need.

The FCC may determine that our nomadic emergency calling service does not satisfy the requirements of its VoIP E-911 order because, in some instances, our nomadic emergency calling service requires that we route an emergency call to a national emergency call center instead of connecting our customers directly to a local public-safety answering point through a dedicated connection and through the appropriate selective router. Similarly, foreign telecommunications regulators may determine that our nomadic emergency calling service does not meet applicable local emergency dialing and location requirements.

Delays our customers may encounter when making emergency services calls and any inability of the answering point to automatically recognize the caller's location or telephone number can result in life threatening consequences. Customers may, in the future, attempt to hold us responsible for any loss, damage, personal injury or death suffered as a result of any failure of our E-911 services and other emergency dialing services.

In July 2008, the President signed into law the New and Emerging Technologies 911 Improvement Act of 2008. The law provides public safety entities, interconnected VoIP providers and others involved in handling 911 calls the same liability protections when handling 911 calls from interconnected VoIP users as from mobile or wired telephone service users. The applicability of the liability protections to our national call center service is unclear at the present time.

28

Alleged or actual failure of our solutions to comply with regulations governing outbound dialing, including regulations under the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 and similar foreign statutes, could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The legal and contractual environment surrounding calling consumers and wireless phone numbers is complex and evolving. In the United States, two federal agencies, the Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") and the FCC, and various states have enacted laws including, at the federal level, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991, or TCPA, that restrict the placing of certain telephone calls and texts to residential and wireless telephone subscribers by means of automatic telephone dialing systems, prerecorded or artificial voice messages and fax machines. Internationally, we are also subject to similar laws imposing limitations on marketing calls to wireline and wireless numbers and compliance with do not call rules. These laws require companies to institute processes and safeguards to comply with these restrictions. Some of these laws can be enforced by the FTC, FCC, State Attorneys General, foreign regulators or private party litigants. In these types of actions, the plaintiff may seek damages, statutory penalties, costs and/or attorneys' fees.

It is possible that the FTC, FCC, foreign regulators, private litigants or others may attempt to hold our customers, or us as a software provider, responsible for alleged violations of these laws. In the event that litigation is brought, or fines are assessed, against us, we may not successfully enforce or collect upon any contractual indemnities we may have from our customers. Additionally, any changes to these laws or their interpretation that further restrict calling consumers, any adverse publicity regarding the alleged or actual failure by companies, including our customers and competitors, to comply with such laws, or any governmental or private enforcement actions related thereto, could result in the reduced use of our solution by our clients and potential clients, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We anticipate that these risks will increase as we begin to market and sell our EasyContactNow service in the United States.

Failure of our back-end information technology systems to function properly could result in significant business disruption.

We rely on IT systems to manage numerous functions of our internal operations.  We have historically utilized internally developed IT systems that are not integrated with our ERP system. These IT systems require specialized knowledge for which we have to train new personnel, and if we were to experience an unusual increase in attrition of our IT personnel, we may not be adequately equipped to respond to an IT system failure. These IT systems were developed at a time when we provided services primarily to SMB customers and they may not be able to accommodate the requirements of larger enterprises as effectively as more modern and flexible solutions. Continued reliance on these systems may harm us competitively and impede our efforts to sell to larger enterprises.

Although we are in the process of upgrading a number of our IT systems, including our ERP software, our quote-to-cash software and our customer service and support software, we face risks relating to these transitions. For example, we may incur greater costs than we anticipate to train our personnel on the new systems; we may experience more errors in our records during the transition; and we may be delayed in meeting our various reporting obligations. To the extent any of these risks or events impact our customer service, we may experience an increase in customer attrition, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Our inability to use software licensed from third parties, or our use of open source software under license terms that interfere with our proprietary rights, could disrupt our business.

Our technology platform incorporates software licensed from third parties, including some software, known as open source software, which we use without charge. Although we monitor our use of open source software, the terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide our platform to our customers, content creators and brand advertisers. In the future, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our platform, which licenses may not be available on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Alternatively, we may need to re-engineer our platform or discontinue use of portions of the functionality provided by our platform. In addition, the terms of open source software licenses may require us to provide software that we develop using such software to others on unfavorable license terms. Our inability to use third- party software could result in disruptions to our business, or delays in the development of future offerings or enhancements of existing offerings, which could impair our business.

Increased energy costs, power outages, and limited availability of electrical resources may adversely affect our operating results.

Our data centers are susceptible to increased costs of power and to electrical power outages. Our customer contracts do not contain provisions that would allow us to pass on any increased costs of energy to our customers, which could affect our operating margins. Any increases in the price of our services to recoup these costs could not be implemented until the end of a customer contract term. Further, power requirements at our data centers are increasing as a result of the increasing power demands of today's servers. Increases in our power costs could impact our operating results and financial condition. Since we rely on third parties to provide our data centers with power sufficient to meet our needs, our data centers could have a limited or inadequate amount of electrical resources necessary to meet our customer requirements. We attempt to limit exposure to system downtime due to power outages by using backup generators and power supplies. However, these protections may not limit our exposure to power shortages or outages entirely. Any system downtime resulting from insufficient power resources or power outages could damage our reputation and lead us to lose current and potential customers, which would harm our operating results and financial condition.

29

Decreasing telecommunications rates and increasing regulatory charges may diminish or eliminate our competitive pricing advantage versus legacy providers.

Decreasing telecommunications rates may diminish or eliminate the competitive pricing advantage of our services, while increased regulation and the imposition of additional regulatory funding obligations at the federal, state, local and foreign level could require us to either increase the retail price for our services, thus making us less competitive, or absorb such costs, thus decreasing our profit margins. International and domestic telecommunications rates have decreased significantly over the last few years in most of the markets in which we operate, and we anticipate these rates will continue to decline in all of the markets in which we do business or expect to do business. Users who select our services to take advantage of the current pricing differential between traditional telecommunications rates and our rates may switch to traditional telecommunications carriers if such pricing differentials diminish or disappear, and we will be unable to use such pricing differentials to attract new customers in the future. Continued rate decreases would require us to lower our rates to remain competitive in the United States and abroad and would reduce or possibly eliminate any gross profit from our services. In addition, we may lose subscribers for our services.

Certain provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage takeover attempts and lead to management entrenchment.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors, including, among other things:

• no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;
• the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
• the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;
• a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;
• the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by a majority vote of our Board of Directors or by stockholders holdings shares of our common stock representing in the aggregate a majority of votes then outstanding, which could delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
• the ability of our board of directors, by majority vote, to amend our amended and restated bylaws, which may allow our board of directors to take additional actions to prevent a hostile acquisition and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend our amended and restated bylaws to facilitate a hostile acquisition; and
• advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders' meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

We are also subject to certain anti-takeover provisions under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL. Under Section 203 of the DGCL, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or (i) our board of directors approves the transaction prior to the stockholder acquiring the 15% ownership position, (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder acquiring the 15% ownership position, the stockholder owns at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock (excluding shares owned by directors or officers and shares owned by certain employee stock plans) or (iii) the transaction is approved by the board of directors and by the stockholders at an annual or special meeting by a vote of 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock (excluding shares held or controlled by the interested stockholder). These provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

30

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our principal operations are located in San Jose, California, in two facilities that are approximately 140,831 square feet of leased office space. Outside the United States our operations are conducted primarily in leased sites located in the United Kingdom and Romania. We believe our facilities will adequately meet our current and foreseeable future needs. For additional information regarding our obligations under leases, see Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we become involved in various legal claims and litigation that arise in the normal course of our operations. While the results of such claims and litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, we are not currently aware of any such matters that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

On February 22, 2011, we were named a defendant in Bear Creek Technologies, Inc. (BCT) v. 8x8, Inc. et al., filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware (the Delaware Court), along with 20 other defendants. Collectively this patent litigation is referred to as In re Bear Creek Technologies, Inc. (MDL No.: 2344). In August 2011, the suit was dismissed without prejudice but then refiled in the Delaware Court. On November 28, 2012, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office ("USPTO") initiated a Reexamination Proceeding through which the claims of the patent asserted against us were found to be invalid based on four separate grounds. During the Reexamination Proceeding, the Delaware Court granted the Company's motion to stay the proceeding (July 17, 2013) and administratively closed the case on May 5, 2015 with leave to reopen if needed. The outcome of the Reexamination Proceeding was first appealed to the USPTO Patent Trial and Appeal Board which affirmed the invalidity bases of all claims in a Decision dated Dec. 29, 2015 ("the Board Decision"). The Board Decision was then appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit ("Federal Circuit"), which also affirmed the invalidity bases of all claims as the Federal Circuit noted in a Judgment dated March 15, 2017. On April 21, 2017, the Federal Circuit issued a Mandate, which formally concludes the appeal and, absent any unforeseen circumstances, formally ended the Federal Circuit's jurisdiction of this matter, thereby for effecting finality of the Delaware Court's May 5, 2015 decision.

On November 14, 2016, we were named as a defendant in Serenitiva LLC v. 8x8, Inc., filed in U.S. District Court for the E.D. of Texas (Civil Action No. 6:16-cv-1290). Plaintiff Serenitiva sued us based on alleged infringement of U.S. Patent No. 6,865,268 concerning alleged activities involving our Virtual Contact Center Agent Console (Plaintiff Serenitiva sued nine other defendants, concurrently, based on the same patent. In April 2017, we settled the suit prior to answering the complaint under the terms of a settlement agreement between the Company and the plaintiff. Under the terms of a settlement agreement between the plaintiff and us, we agreed to pay plaintiff an amount that was not material to our business, and we were granted a limited license to the patent. A Joint Motion to Dismiss was filed April 20, 2017, and an Order of Dismissal With Prejudice should be forthcoming from the Court.

On December 2, 2016, we were named as a defendant in Paluxy Messaging LLC v. 8x8, Inc., filed in U.S. District Court for the E.D. of Texas, Tyler Division (Civil Action No. 6:16-cv-1346). Plaintiff Paluxy Messaging LLC sued us based on alleged infringement U.S. Patent No. 8,411,829 concerning alleged activities involving our voicemail system (Plaintiff Paluxy Messaging sued seven other defendants, concurrently, based on the same patent). Based on our subscription to certain patent risk management services, we settled the suit prior to answering the complaint. Under the terms of a settlement agreement between the plaintiff and us, we agreed to pay plaintiff an amount that was not material to our business, and we were granted a limited license to the patent. An Order of Dismissal With Prejudice was issued March 13, 2017.

On April 16, 2015, we were named as a defendant in a lawsuit, Slocumb Law Firm v. 8x8, Inc., filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Alabama. The Slocumb Law Firm has alleged that it purchased certain business services from us that did not perform as advertised or expected, and has asserted various causes of actions including fraud, breach of contract, violations of the Alabama Deceptive Trade Practices Act and negligence. On June 10, 2015, the United States Magistrate Judge issued a Report and Recommendation that the Court grant our motion to stay the case and compel the Slocumb Law Firm to arbitrate its claims against us in Santa Clara County, California pursuant to a clause mandating arbitration of disputes set forth in the terms and conditions to which Slocumb Law Firm agreed in connection with its purchase of business services from us. The Court closed this case administratively when it granted our motion to compel arbitration. Slocumb Law firm has not initiated arbitration. Under our standard business terms and conditions, as of March 31, 2017, the period to initiate arbitration has lapsed.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

31

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded under the symbol "EGHT" and is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market national securities exchange.

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and have no plans to do so in the foreseeable future. As of May 25, 2017, there were 223 holders of record of our common stock.

The following table sets forth the range of high and low close prices for each period indicated:

Period		High		Low
Fiscal 2017:
First quarter	$	14.61	$	10.19
Second quarter	$	15.43	$	12.94
Third quarter	$	15.63	$	13.05
Fourth quarter	$	16.50	$	14.20
Fiscal 2016:
First quarter	$	9.49	$	8.34
Second quarter	$	9.05	$	7.62
Third quarter	$	12.17	$	8.16
Fourth quarter	$	12.91	$	9.29

See Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report regarding information about securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.

The graph below shows the cumulative total stockholder return over a five-year period assuming the investment of $100 on March 31, 2012 in each of 8x8's common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Telecommunications Index. The graph is furnished, not filed, and the historical return cannot be indicative of future performance.

32

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The registrant did not make any repurchases of stock during the quarter ended March 31, 2017 under a stock repurchase program. The last plan authorized by the Company's board of directors expired in October 2016 with an unused authorized repurchase amount of $15.0 million.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data of 8x8 Inc. for each year in the five-year period ended March 31, 2017. The following selected consolidated financial data is qualified by reference to and should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and with the consolidated financial statements, related notes thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015		2014		2013
		(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenues	$	253,388	$	209,336	$	162,413	$	128,597	$	103,786
Net income (loss)	$	(4,751)	$	(5,120)	$	1,926	$	2,514	$	13,939
Net income (loss) per share :
Basic	$	(0.05)	$	(0.06)	$	0.02	$	0.03	$	0.20
Diluted	$	(0.05)	$	(0.06)	$	0.02	$	0.03	$	0.19
Total assets	$	333,855	$	313,452	$	295,624	$	299,203	$	152,611
Accumulated deficit	$	(114,610)	$	(109,859)	$	(104,739)	$	(106,665)	$	(109,179)
Total stockholders' equity	$	288,601	$	275,306	$	272,211	$	278,178	$	137,033

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

We are a leading provider of enterprise cloud communications solutions, helping businesses get their employees, customers and applications talking, to make people more connected and productive, no matter where they are in the world.   From a single, proprietary platform, which we refer to as the 8x8 Communications Cloud, we offer unified communications, team collaboration, contact center, analytics and other services to our business customers on a Software-as-a Service (SaaS) model.

SUMMARY AND OUTLOOK

In fiscal year 2017, we displayed continued momentum in four key areas of our business. First, our increased focus on mid-market and distributed enterprise customers resulted in approximately 54% of our total service revenue coming from this customer segment, compared with 48% in fiscal 2016. Over the course of the fiscal year, we continued to show an increase in our average monthly service revenue per customer (ARPU). In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, our ARPU grew 11% to $426, compared with $385 in the same period of fiscal 2016. The increase resulted from our success in selling a greater number of subscriptions to larger, more established customers.

Second, we continued the advancement of our technology and product development work on several key platform infrastructure and product development initiatives. Initiatives include our new micro services platform, admin portal, desktop and mobile clients, and back office improvements to enable end-to-end quoting, ordering, provisioning, configuring, and billing our expanded mid-market and enterprise customer base. We also launched the 8x8 Communication Cloud Platform, an industry first solution which combines unified communications, team collaboration interoperability, contact center, and real time analytics in a single open platform.

Third, we have made significant progress with increasing the effectiveness of our global channel network to ensure our channel partners are properly engaged and prepared to transition their customers to 8x8. We enhanced our partner enablement offering with a new Partner Connect global web portal, which offers extensive sales, technical resources, marketing, and lead generation support.

33

Fourth, we have made significant progress enhancing our global systems and customer support capabilities to better serve our multinational customers. We went live on Salesforce Service Cloud, an enterprise-scalable platform that is fully integrated with our sales automation system. This enables any of our contact centers around the world to view and manage any customer case, allowing for seamless case handoffs across regions.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES & ESTIMATES

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report describes the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

We have identified the policies below as some of the more critical to our business and the understanding of our results of operations. These policies may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application and represent the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Although we believe our judgments and estimates are appropriate, actual future results may differ from our estimates. If different assumptions or conditions were to prevail, the results could be materially different from our reported results. The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations is discussed throughout Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations where such policies affect our reported and expected financial results.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and equity and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, we evaluate such estimates, including, but not limited to, those related to bad debts, returns reserve for expected cancellations, valuation of inventories, income and sales tax, and litigation and other contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities, and equity that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Additional information regarding risk factors that may impact our estimates is included above under Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors."

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue recognition policies are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report. As described below, significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with the revenue recognized in any accounting period. Material differences may result in the amount and timing of our revenue for any period if our management made different judgments or utilized different estimates.

Service and Product Revenue

We recognize service revenue, mainly from subscription services related to its cloud-based voice, call center, video, and collaboration solutions, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We defer recognition of service revenues in instances when cash receipts are received before services are delivered and we recognize deferred revenues ratably, over the course of the contract, as services are provided.

Under the terms of our typical subscription agreements, new customers can terminate their service within 30 days of order placement and receive a full refund of fees previously paid. We have determined that we have sufficient history of subscriber conduct to make a reasonable estimate of cancellations within the 30-day trial period. Therefore, we recognize new subscriber revenue that is fixed and determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables, in the month in which the new order was shipped, net of an allowance for expected cancellations.

34

We recognize revenue from product sales, mainly 8x8 IP telephones, for which there are no related services to be rendered upon shipment to customers provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, title has transferred, collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured, there are no customer acceptance requirements, and there are no remaining significant obligations. Gross outbound shipping and handling charges are recorded as revenue, and the related costs are included in cost of goods sold. Reserves for returns and allowances for customer sales are recorded at the time of shipment. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 605, Revenue Recognition, we defer revenue from shipments to distributors, retailers, channel partners, and resellers, where the right of return exists, until the products have been sold to the end customer.

We record revenue net of any sales and service related taxes and mandatory government charges that are billed to our customers. We believe this approach results in consolidated financial statements that are more easily understood by users.

Multiple Element Arrangements

ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition - Multiple Element Arrangements, requires that revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables be divided into separate units of accounting if the deliverables in the arrangement meet specific criteria.  The provisioning of the 8x8 cloud service with the accompanying 8x8 IP telephone constitutes a revenue arrangement with multiple deliverables.  For arrangements with multiple deliverables, we allocate the arrangement consideration to all units of accounting based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the relative selling price to be used for allocating arrangement consideration to units of accounting as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value ("VSOE"), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price ("TPE"), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price ("BESP").

VSOE generally exists only when we sell the deliverable separately, on more than a limited basis, at prices within a relatively narrow range.  When VSOE cannot be established, we attempt to establish the selling price of deliverables based on relevant TPE. TPE is determined based on manufacturer's prices for similar deliverables when sold separately, when possible. As we have historically been unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP for the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service was sold on a stand-alone basis. BESP is generally used for offerings that are not typically sold on a stand-alone basis or for new or highly customized offerings. We determine BESP for a product or service by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to:

• the price list established by its management which is typically based on general pricing practices and targeted gross margin of products and services sold; and
• analysis of pricing history of new arrangements, including multiple element and stand-alone transactions.

In accordance with the guidance of ASC 605-25, when we enter into revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables we allocate arrangement consideration, among the products and subscriber services based on their relative selling prices. Arrangement consideration allocated to the sold products that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables is recognized as product revenues during the period of the sale less the allowance for estimated returns during the 30-day trial period. Arrangement consideration allocated to subscriber services that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables is recognized ratably as service revenues as the related services are provided, which is generally over the initial contract term.

Our ability to enter into revenue generating transactions and recognize revenue in the future is subject to a number of business and economic risks discussed above under Item 1A,"Risk Factors."

Collectability of Accounts Receivable

We must make estimates of the collectability of our accounts receivable. Management specifically analyzes accounts receivable, including historical bad debts, customer concentrations, customer creditworthiness, current economic trends and changes in our customer payment terms when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. As of March 31, 2017, the accounts receivable balance was approximately $14.3 million, net of an allowances for doubtful accounts and returns of $1.3 million. If the financial condition of our customers deteriorates, our actual losses may exceed our estimates, and additional allowances would be required.

35

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized. Goodwill represents the excess fair value of consideration transferred over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. The carrying value of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are annually tested for impairment and more often if there is an indicator of impairment.

We perform an annual impairment assessment in the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist, to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit in which goodwill resides is less than its carrying value. For reporting units in which this assessment concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value is more than its carrying value, goodwill is not considered impaired and we are not required to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. Qualitative factors considered in this assessment include industry and market considerations, overall financial performance, and other relevant events and factors affecting the reporting unit.

Internal - Use Software Development Costs

We account for computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal Use Software (ASC 350-40), which requires capitalization of certain software development costs incurred during the application development stage. In accordance with authoritative guidance, we begin to capitalize our costs to develop software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. Once the project has been completed, these costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally estimated to be three years. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria together with costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred and recorded in research and development expense on our consolidated statements of operations.

Income and Other Taxes

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process requires us to estimate our actual current tax expense and to assess temporary differences resulting from book-tax accounting differences for items such as accrued vacation. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance.

Significant management judgment is required to determine the valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets, which include net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. The valuation allowance is based on our estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction in which we operate and the period over which our deferred tax assets will be recoverable. As of March 31, 2017, the net deferred tax asset on the consolidated balance sheet represented the projected tax benefit we expect to realize. We maintain a valuation allowance against the portion of our deferred tax assets that we believe is not more likely than not to be used to reduce our income tax liability.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 and 2016, we evaluated the need for a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax asset and concluded that we needed less of an allowance because certain California net operating losses expired in fiscal 2017 and 2016 and will not be utilized. Therefore, we decreased our valuation allowance by approximately $0.8 million and $1.1 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2017, the net deferred tax asset on the consolidated balance sheet represented the projected tax benefit we expect to realize.

We have received inquiries, demands or audit requests from several state, municipal and 9-1-1 taxing agencies seeking payment of taxes that are applied to or collected from the customers of providers of traditional public switched telephone network services. We recorded $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.1 million of expense for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, for estimated tax exposure for such assessments.

36

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for our employee stock options, stock purchase rights, restricted stock units, and restricted performance stock units granted under the 1996 Stock Plan, 1996 Director Option Plan, the 2006 Stock Plan, the 2003 Contactual Plan, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan and stock purchase rights under the 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (collectively "Equity Compensation Plans") under the provisions of ASC 718 - Stock Compensation. Under the provisions of ASC 718, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee's requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant), net of estimated forfeitures.

Compensation expense for stock-based payment awards is recognized using the straight-line single-option method and includes the impact of estimated forfeitures. Compensation expense for restricted stock units with performance and market conditions is recognized over the requisite service period using the straight-line method and includes the impact of estimated forfeitures. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

To value option grants under the Equity Compensation Plans for stock-based compensation, we used the Black-Scholes option valuation model. Fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model varies based on assumptions used for the expected stock prices volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rates and future dividend payments. We used the historical volatility of our stock over a period equal to the expected life of the options. The expected life assumptions represent the weighted-average period stock-based awards are expected to remain outstanding. We established expected life assumptions through the review of historical exercise behavior of stock-based award grants with similar vesting periods. The risk-free interest rate was based on the closing market bid yields on actively traded U.S. treasury securities in the over-the-counter market for the expected term equal to the expected term of the option. The dividend yield assumption was based on our history and expectation of future dividend payout.

To value restricted performance stock units under the Equity Compensation Plans, we used a Monte Carlo simulation model.  Fair value determined using the Monte Carlo simulation model varies based on the assumptions used for the expected stock price volatility, the correlation coefficient between the Company and the NASDAQ Composite Index, risk-free interest rates, and future dividend payments.  We used the historical volatility and correlation of our stock and the Index over a period equal to the remaining performance period as of the grant date. The risk-free interest rate was based on the closing market bid yields on actively traded U.S. treasury securities in the over-the-counter market for the expected term equal to the remaining performance period as of the grant date. The dividend yield assumption was based on our history and expectation of future dividend payout.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements are detailed in Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

SELECTED OPERATING STATISTICS

We periodically review certain key business metrics, in order to evaluate the effectiveness of our operational strategies, allocate resources and maximize the financial performance of our business. The selected operating statistics include the following:

	Selected Operating Statistics
	March 31,	Dec. 31,	Sept. 30,	June 30,	March 31,
	2017	2016	2016	2016	2016
Business customers average monthly
service revenue per customer (1)	$ 426	$ 414	$ 409	$ 399	$ 385
Monthly business service revenue churn (2)(3)	0.7%	1.0%	0.6%	0.5%	0.4%
Overall service margin	83%	83%	81%	81%	81%
Overall product margin	-9%	-20%	-6%	-16%	-18%
Overall gross margin	77%	77%	74%	74%	72%

37

____________

(1)	Business customer average monthly service revenue per customer is service revenue from business customers in the period divided by the number of months in the period divided by the simple average number of business customers during the period.
(2)	Business customer service revenue churn is calculated by dividing the service revenue lost from business customers (after the expiration of 30-day trial) during the period by the simple average of business customer service revenue during the same period and dividing the result by the number of months in the period.
(3)	Excludes DXI business customer service revenue churn for all periods presented.

We believe it is useful to monitor these metrics together and not individually, as we do not make business decisions based upon any single metric.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

REVENUE

		Years Ended March 31,						Year-over-Year Change
		2017		2016		2015		2016 to 2017			2015 to 2016
		(dollar amounts in thousands)
Service revenue	$	235,816	$	192,241	$	148,208	$	43,575	22.7%	$	44,033	29.7%
Percentage of total revenue		93.1%		91.8%		91.3%

Service revenue consists primarily of revenues attributable to the provision of our 8x8 cloud communication and collaboration software solutions.

The increase in fiscal year 2017, compared with fiscal year 2016, was primarily attributable to an increase in our business customer subscriber base (net of customer churn), in particular, to mid-market and enterprise customers, and an increase in the average monthly service revenue per customer. Our business service subscriber base grew from approximately 45,700 customers at the end of fiscal 2016 to approximately 49,200 customers on March 31, 2017. Average monthly service revenue per customer for the fiscal year increased from $367 for fiscal 2016 to $412 for fiscal 2017. These growth factors were partially offset by the discontinuance of a certain customer segment of the United Kingdom based platform-as-a-service (DXI PaaS) that was acquired in fiscal 2016 as part of the DXI acquisition, and the decline of the GBP exchange rate to the USD. We expect growth in the number of business customers and average monthly service revenue per customer to continue to grow in fiscal 2018.

The increase in fiscal year 2016, compared with fiscal year 2015, was primarily attributable to an increase in our business customer subscriber base (net of customer churn) in particular, to mid-market and enterprise customers, revenue of approximately $10.0 million from customers acquired as part of the DXI acquisition, and an increase in the average monthly service revenue per customer. Our business service subscriber base grew from approximately 41,600 customers at the end of fiscal 2015 to approximately 45,700 customers on March 31, 2016. Average monthly service revenue per customer for the fiscal year increased from $305 for fiscal 2015 to $367 for fiscal 2016. 

		Years Ended March 31,						Year-over-Year Change
		2017		2016		2015		2016 to 2017			2015 to 2016
		(dollar amounts in thousands)
Product revenue	$	17,572	$	17,095	$	14,205	$	477	2.8%	$	2,890	20.3%
Percentage of total revenue		6.9%		8.2%		8.7%

38

Product revenue consists primarily of revenues from sales of IP telephones in conjunction with our cloud telephony service. Product revenue is contingent whether a customer chooses to purchase an IP telephone, or use an existing cell phone, in conjunction with the purchase of our Virtual Office service. We expect customers to continue to adopt the mobile solution in the future.

No single customer represented more than 10% of our total revenues during fiscal 2017, 2016 or 2015.

The following table illustrates our net revenues by geographic area. Revenues are attributed to countries based on the destination of shipment and the customer's service address (in thousands):

	Years Ended March 31,
	2017	2016	2015
Americas (principally US)	89%	87%	92%
Europe (principally UK)	11%	13%	8%
	100%	100%	100%

COST OF REVENUE

		Years Ended March 31,						Year-over-Year Change
		2017		2016		2015		2016 to 2017			2015 to 2016
		(dollar amounts in thousands)
Cost of service revenue	$	42,400	$	37,078	$	29,701	$	5,322	14.4%	$	7,377	24.8%
Percentage of service revenue		18.0%		19.3%		20.0%

Cost of service revenue primarily consists of costs associated with network operations and related personnel, communication origination and termination services provided by third-party carriers, and technology licenses.

The increase in cost of service revenue for fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016 was primarily due to a $2.6 million increase in third party network service expenses (due to increased call volumes associated with our subscription revenue growth), a $0.6 million increase in licenses and fees, a $0.6 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $0.5 million increase in amortization expense, a $0.4 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $0.4 million increase in computer supply expenses, and a $0.2 million increase in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses.

The increase in cost of service revenue for fiscal 2016 from fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $2.0 million increase in third-party network service expenses, a $1.6 million increase in amortization expense, a $1.4 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $0.5 million increase in depreciation, a $0.5 million increase in licenses and fees, and a $0.5 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses.

		Years Ended March 31,						Year-over-Year Change
		2017		2016		2015		2016 to 2017			2015 to 2016
		(dollar amounts in thousands)
Cost of product revenue	$	19,714	$	20,168	$	15,863	$	(454)	-2.3%	$	4,305	27.1%
Percentage of product revenue		112.2%		118.0%		111.7%

The cost of product revenue consists primarily of IP telephones, estimated warranty obligations and direct and indirect costs associated with product purchasing, scheduling, shipping and handling.

The decrease in the cost of product revenue for fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016 was primarily due to a $0.2 million decrease in the shipment of equipment to our business customers, and a $0.1 million decrease to warranty expense.

39

The increase in the cost of product revenue for fiscal 2016 from fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $3.6 million increase in the shipment of equipment to our business customers, a $0.3 million increase in freight costs, and a $0.2 million increase to warranty expense.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

		Years Ended March 31,						Year-over-Year Change
		2017		2016		2015		2016 to 2017			2015 to 2016
		(dollar amounts in thousands)
Research and development	$	27,452	$	24,040	$	15,118	$	3,412	14.2%	$	8,922	59.0%
Percentage of total revenue		10.8%		11.5%		9.3%

Historically, our research and development expenses have consisted primarily of personnel, system prototype design, and equipment costs necessary for us to conduct our development and engineering efforts.

The increase in research and development expenses for fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016 was primarily attributable to a $6.8 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $1.2 million increase in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses, a $1.2 million increase in facility and other allocated costs (which is based on employee headcount), a $0.8 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $0.2 million increase in travel costs, partially offset by $7.0 million of capitalized payroll and consulting costs.

The increase in research and development expenses for fiscal 2016 from fiscal 2015 was primarily attributable to a $6.5 million increase in payroll and related expenses, and a $1.4 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $0.3 million increase in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses partially offset by $0.9 million of capitalized payroll and consulting costs.

SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES

		Years Ended March 31,						Year-over-Year Change
		2017		2016		2015		2016 to 2017			2015 to 2016
		(dollar amounts in thousands)
Sales and marketing	$	139,277	$	109,379	$	80,667	$	29,898	27.3%	$	28,712	35.6%
Percentage of total revenue		55.0%		52.3%		49.7%

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related overhead costs for sales, marketing, and customer service which includes deployment engineering and technical support. Such costs also include outsourced customer service call center operations, sales commissions, trade shows, advertising and other marketing and promotional expenses.

The increase in sales and marketing expenses for fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016 was primarily due to a $16.6 million increase in payroll and related expenses from expanding our sales force, deployment engineering, and customer success teams, a $5.0 million increase in facility and allocated costs, a $2.6 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $2.1 million increase in third-party sales commissions, a $1.5 million increase in travel and meal expenses, a $1.3 million increase in advertising, a $0.5 million increase in credit card processing fees, a $0.5 increase in public relations costs, a $0.5 million increase in bad debt expense, a $0.3 million increase in depreciation expense, offset partially by a $0.8 million decrease in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses, and a $0.3 million decrease in amortization expense due to intangibles acquired in acquisitions.

The increase in sales and marketing expenses for fiscal 2016 from fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $13.8 million increase in payroll and related expenses from an increase in our sales force, deployment engineering, customer success teams, and from the acquisition of DXI, a $3.5 million increase in third-party sales commissions, a $2.6 million increase in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses, a $2.3 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $1.2 million increase in travel and meal expenses, a $1.1 million increase in advertising, a $0.6 million increase in trade show expenses, a $0.5 million increase in credit card processing fees, a $0.3 million increase in amortization expense due to intangibles acquired in acquisitions, and a $0.2 million increase in depreciation expense.

40

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

		Years Ended March 31,						Year-over-Year Change
		2017		2016		2015		2016 to 2017			2015 to 2016
		(dollar amounts in thousands)
General and administrative	$	31,214	$	25,745	$	18,182	$	5,469	21.2%	$	7,563	41.6%
Percentage of total revenue		12.3%		12.3%		11.2%

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related overhead costs and professional service fees for finance, legal, human resources, employee recruiting, and general management.

The increase in general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016 was primarily due to a $1.4 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $1.1 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $1.3 million increase in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses, and a $0.7 million increase in legal, accounting and tax expenses.

The increase in general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2016 from fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $2.6 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $1.7 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $0.9 million increase in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses, a $0.8 million increase in facility lease and maintenance expenses, a $0.5 million increase in depreciation expense, and a $0.2 million increase in legal expenses.

GAIN ON PATENT SALE

In June 2012, we entered into a patent purchase agreement for the sale of a group of United States patents. We recognized a gain of approximately $12.0 million, net of transaction costs, in fiscal 2013 and $1.0 million in fiscal 2015 due to the third-party purchaser entering into a license agreement with its customer. The gain on patent sale has been recorded as a reduction of operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2015.

INTEREST INCOME AND OTHER, NET

		Years Ended March 31,						Year-over-Year Change
		2017		2016		2015		2016 to 2017			2015 to 2016
		(dollar amounts in thousands)
Interest income and other, net	$	1,792	$	1,107	$	833	$	685	61.9%	$	274	32.9%
Percentage of total revenue		0.7%		0.5%		0.5%

This item primarily consisted of interest income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and investments and amortization or accretion of investments in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015.

(BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

		Years Ended March 31,						Year-over-Year Change
		2017		2016		2015		2016 to 2017			2015 to 2016
		(dollar amounts in thousands)
(Benefit) provision for income taxes	$	(126)	$	(847)	$	2,789	$	721	-85.1%	$	(3,636)	-130.4%
Percentage of total revenue		0.0%		-0.4%		1.7%

41

We recorded an income tax benefit of $0.1 million, $0.8 million and an income tax expense of $2.8 million in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Our income tax provision has historically been driven by our pretax profitability, tax credits, foreign losses not benefited and nondeductible expenses from operations. The decrease in income tax benefit during fiscal 2017 as compared to fiscal 2016 was mainly due to lower overall pretax loss and higher nondeductible expenses partially offset by higher tax credits. The change in income tax provision in fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal 2015 was mainly due to the change in profitability, from a pretax income in fiscal 2015 to a pretax loss in fiscal 2016, and due to higher tax credits.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, we evaluated the need for a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets and determined that a decrease of $0.8 million, $1.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively, was because of certain California net operating loss carryforwards expiring in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015.

At March 31, 2017, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $141.7 million and $23.2 million, respectively that expire at various dates between 2018 and 2037. In addition, at March 31, 2017, we had research and development credit carryforwards for federal and state tax reporting purposes of approximately $5.6 million and $7.3 million, respectively. The federal income tax credit carryforwards will expire between 2021 and 2037, while the California income tax credit will carry forward indefinitely. Under the ownership change limitations of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the amount and benefit from the net operating losses and credit carryforwards may be limited in certain circumstances.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of March 31, 2017, we had $175.0 million of cash, cash equivalents and investments. By comparison, at March 31, 2016, we had $162.9 million in cash, cash equivalents and investments. We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and investment balances, and our anticipated cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and expenditure requirements for the next twelve months.

Fiscal 2017 to Fiscal 2016

Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2017 was $28.5 million, compared with $23.6 million provided by operating activities for fiscal 2016. Cash used in or provided by operating activities has historically been affected by:

• the amount of net income or loss;
• sales of subscriptions;
• changes in working capital accounts, particularly the timing of collections and payments;
• add-backs of non-cash expense items such as deferred income tax, depreciation and amortization; and
• the expense associated with stock options and stock-based awards.

42

Net cash used in investing activities was $22.2 million in fiscal 2017, compared with $36.3 in fiscal 2016, which comprised investments in property and equipment of $8.9 million, cost for capitalized software projects of $5.5 million and net purchases of investments of $4.9 million. The cash outflow related to the LeChat acquisition was $2.9 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $1.6 million in fiscal 2017, compared with $7.2 million in fiscal 2016. Our financing activities for fiscal 2017 used cash of $3.0 million for share repurchases to settle payroll taxes obligations. This cash use was offset by $5.1 million proceeds from the issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plans. During fiscal 2017, we did not repurchase shares from the market under a stock repurchase program.

Fiscal 2016 to Fiscal 2015

Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2016 was $23.6 million, compared with $21.2 million provided by operating activities for fiscal 2015. Cash used in or provided by operating activities has historically been affected by:

• the amount of net income or loss;
• sales of subscriptions;
• changes in working capital accounts, particularly in deferred revenue due to timing of annual plan renewals;
• add-backs of non-cash expense items such as deferred income tax, depreciation and amortization; and
• the expense associated with stock options and stock-based awards.

Net cash used in investing activities was $36.3 million in fiscal 2016, compared with $12.2 million used in investing activities in fiscal 2015. The increase in cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2016 was primarily related to the purchase of investments ($126.7 million) and the acquisition of businesses ($23.2 million). The increase in cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2016 was partially offset by the sale of investments ($56.3) million and proceeds from maturities of investments ($64.4 million).

Net cash used in financing activities was $7.2 million in fiscal 2016, compared with $14.9 million used in financing activities in fiscal 2015. Our financing activities for fiscal 2016 used cash of approximately $11.7 million for the repurchase of our common stock ($11.2 million under our stock repurchase program and $0.5 million for share withheld for payroll taxes). The cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2016 was partially offset by $4.8 million proceeds from the issuance of common stock under the employee stock purchase plan.

Contractual Obligations

Future operating lease payments, capital lease payments and purchase obligations at March 31, 2017 for the next five years were as follows (in thousands):

		Year Ending March 31,
		2018		2019		2020		2021		2022		Thereafter		Total
Capital leases	$	1,004	$	736	$	163	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	1,903
Office leases		4,707		5,596		4,906		2,435		2,140		4,768		24,553
Purchase obligations
Third party customer support providers		2,158		-		-		-		-		-		2,158
Third party network service providers		1,364		133		8		-		-		-		1,505
	$	9,233	$	6,465	$	5,096	$	2,435	$	2,140	$	4,768	$	30,119

Our capital lease obligations consist of leases for computer equipment.

Our office lease obligations consist of our principal facility and various leased facilities under operating lease agreements, which expire on various dates from fiscal 2018 through fiscal 2026. The Company leases its headquarters facility in San Jose, California under an operating lease agreement that expires in October 2019.

In the third quarter of 2010, we amended our contract with one of our third-party customer support vendors containing a minimum monthly commitment of approximately $0.4 million. As the agreement requires a 150-day notice to terminate, the total remaining obligation under the contract was $2.2 million at March 31, 2017.

We have entered into contracts with multiple vendors for third party network service which expire on various dates in fiscal 2018 through 2020. At March 31, 2017, the total remaining obligations under these contracts were $1.5 million.

43

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. Some of the securities in which we invest may be subject to market risk. This means that a change in prevailing interest rates may cause the principal amount of the investment to fluctuate. To minimize this risk, we may maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents and investments in a variety of securities, including commercial paper, money market funds, debt securities and certificates of deposit. The risk associated with fluctuating interest rates is limited to our investment portfolio and we do not believe that a 10% change in interest rates would have a significant impact on our interest income.

During the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, we did not have any outstanding debt instruments other than equipment under capital leases and, therefore, we were not exposed to market risk relating to interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We have foreign currency risks related to our revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the British Pound, causing both our revenue and our operating results to be impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rates.

Gains or losses from the translation of certain cash balances, accounts receivable balances and intercompany balances that are denominated in these currencies impact our net income (loss). A hypothetical decrease in all foreign currencies against the US dollar of 10 percent, would not result in a material foreign currency loss on foreign-denominated balances, at March 31, 2017. As our foreign operations expand, our results may be more impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies in which we do business.

At this time, we do not, but we may in the future, enter into financial instruments to hedge our foreign currency exchange risk.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

	Page
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	48
Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2017 and 2016	49
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2017	50
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2017	51
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2017	52
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2017	53
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	54

44

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
8x8, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 8x8, Inc. (the Company), as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2017. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(2). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and schedule and an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also include performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of 8x8, Inc., as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. Also in our opinion, 8x8, Inc., maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

/s/ Moss Adams LLP

San Francisco, California
May 30, 2017

45

8X8, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

		March 31,
		2017		2016
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	41,030	$	33,576
Short-term investments		133,959		129,274
Accounts receivable, net		14,264		11,070
Inventory		908		520
Deferred cost of goods sold		619		634
Deferred tax asset		-		5,382
Other current assets		6,574		5,444
Total current assets		197,354		185,900
Long-term investments		-		-
Property and equipment, net		16,384		12,375
Intangible assets, net		17,038		21,464
Goodwill		46,136		47,420
Non-current deferred tax asset		48,859		43,189
Other assets		8,084		3,104
Total assets	$	333,855	$	313,452
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	15,711	$	10,954
Accrued compensation		11,508		10,063
Accrued warranty		324		326
Accrued taxes		5,354		5,200
Accrued outside commissions		2,920		2,186
Deferred revenue		2,144		1,925
Other accrued liabilities		5,383		4,080
Total current liabilities		43,344		34,734
Non-current liabilities		1,850		3,258
Non-current deferred revenue		60		154
Total liabilities		45,254		38,146
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
Authorized: 5,000,000 shares;
Issued and outstanding: no shares at March 31, 2017 and 2016		-		-
Common stock, $0.001 par value:
Authorized: 200,000,000 shares;
Issued and outstanding: 91,500,091 shares and 89,213,205 shares
at March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively		91		89
Additional paid-in capital		412,762		389,260
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(9,642)		(4,184)
Accumulated deficit		(114,610)		(109,859)
Total stockholders' equity		288,601		275,306
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$	333,855	$	313,452

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

46

8X8, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Service revenue	$	235,816	$	192,241	$	148,208
Product revenue		17,572		17,095		14,205
Total revenue		253,388		209,336		162,413
Operating expenses:
Cost of service revenue		42,400		37,078		29,701
Cost of product revenue		19,714		20,168		15,863
Research and development		27,452		24,040		15,118
Sales and marketing		139,277		109,379		80,667
General and administrative		31,214		25,745		18,182
Gain on patent sale		-		-		(1,000)
Total operating expenses		260,057		216,410		158,531
Income (loss) from operations		(6,669)		(7,074)		3,882
Other income, net		1,792		1,107		833
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes		(4,877)		(5,967)		4,715
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		(126)		(847)		2,789
Net income (loss)	$	(4,751)	$	(5,120)	$	1,926
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic	$	(0.05)	$	(0.06)	$	0.02
Diluted	$	(0.05)	$	(0.06)	$	0.02
Weighted average number of shares:
Basic		90,340		88,477		89,071
Diluted		90,340		88,477		91,652

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

47

8X8, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(IN THOUSANDS)

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Net income (loss)	$	(4,751)	$	(5,120)	$	1,926
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments in securities		70		(50)		(26)
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(5,528)		(2,025)		(2,513)
Comprehensive loss	$	(10,209)	$	(7,195)	$	(613)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

48

8X8, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARES)

							Accumulated
					Additional		Other
	Common Stock				Paid-in		Comprehensive		Accumulated
	Shares		Amount		Capital		Income (Loss)		Deficit		Total
Balance at March 31, 2014	88,525,015	$	88	$	384,325	$	430	$	(106,665)	$	278,178
Issuance of common stock under
stock plans	2,043,781		2		4,525		-		-		4,527
Cost of issuance of common stock					(8)						(8)
Repurchase of common stock	(2,503,268)		(2)		(19,369)		-		-		(19,371)
Stock-based compensation expense	-		-		9,347		-		-		9,347
Income tax benefit from stock-
based compensation	-		-		151		-		-		151
Unrealized investment loss	-		-		-		(26)		-		(26)
Foreign currency translation adjustment	-		-		-		(2,513)		-		(2,513)
Net income	-		-		-		-		1,926		1,926
Balance at March 31, 2015	88,065,528		88		378,971		(2,109)		(104,739)		272,211
Issuance of common stock under
stock plans	2,218,470		2		5,386		-		-		5,388
Cost of issuance of common stock					(3)						(3)
Repurchase of common stock	(1,422,837)		(1)		(11,652)		-		-		(11,653)
Stock-based compensation expense	-		-		16,334		-		-		16,334
Issuance of common stock for
acquisition of DXI	352,044		-		-		-		-		-
Income tax benefit from stock-
based compensation	-		-		224		-		-		224
Unrealized investment loss	-		-		-		(50)		-		(50)
Foreign currency translation adjustment	-		-		-		(2,025)		-		(2,025)
Net loss	-		-		-		-		(5,120)		(5,120)
Balance at March 31, 2016	89,213,205		89		389,260		(4,184)		(109,859)		275,306
Issuance of common stock under
stock plans	2,576,785		3		4,564		-		-		4,567
Cost of issuance of common stock					(6)						(6)
Repurchase of common stock	(289,899)		(1)		(3,004)		-		-		(3,005)
Stock-based compensation expense	-		-		21,462		-		-		21,462
Income tax benefit from stock-
based compensation	-		-		486		-		-		486
Unrealized investment gain	-		-		-		70		-		70
Foreign currency translation adjustment	-		-		-		(5,528)		-		(5,528)
Net loss	-		-		-		-		(4,751)		(4,751)
Balance at March 31, 2017	91,500,091	$	91	$	412,762	$	(9,642)	$	(114,610)	$	288,601

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

49

8X8, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	(4,751)	$	(5,120)	$	1,926
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation		6,084		4,994		3,540
Amortization of intangibles		3,762		3,557		2,232
Impairment of long-lived assets		15		640		-
Amortization of capitalized software		591		456		341
Net accretion of discount and amortization of premium on marketable securities		219		740		896
Stock-based compensation expense		21,462		16,334		9,347
Tax benefit from stock-based compensation expense		(486)		(224)		(151)
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense		(411)		(1,493)		2,390
Other		977		533		256
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		(4,799)		(4,539)		(1,529)
Inventory		(430)		136		52
Other current and noncurrent assets		(2,025)		(1,432)		(196)
Deferred cost of goods sold		(60)		(224)		(207)
Accounts payable		4,173		2,473		610
Accrued compensation		1,615		3,566		1,632
Accrued warranty		(2)		(13)		(321)
Accrued taxes		247		2,292		490
Accrued outside commissions		734		1,744		(5)
Deferred revenue		195		(273)		(1,065)
Other current and noncurrent liabilities		1,368		(580)		1,002
Net cash provided by operating activities		28,478		23,567		21,240
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment		(8,851)		(4,894)		(5,826)
Cost of capitalized software		(5,516)		(2,095)		(724)
Purchase of investments - available for sale		(140,026)		(126,723)		(106,021)
Sales of investments - available for sale		41,288		56,302		36,764
Proceeds from maturities of investments - available for sale		93,795		64,361		63,546
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired		(2,884)		(23,246)		-
Net cash used in investing activities		(22,194)		(36,295)		(12,261)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Capital lease payments		(674)		(446)		(149)
Payment of contingent consideration		(300)		(200)		-
Repurchase of common stock		(3,003)		(11,653)		(19,371)
Tax benefit from stock-based compensation expense		486		224		151
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee stock plans		5,087		4,827		4,455
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		1,596		(7,248)		(14,914)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		(426)		442		(114)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		7,454		(19,534)		(6,049)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year		33,576		53,110		59,159
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year	$	41,030	$	33,576	$	53,110
Supplemental and non-cash disclosures:
Acquisition of property and equipment, net in connection with
acquisitions of businesses	$	-	$	1,453	$	-
Acquisition of capital lease in connection with acquisitions of businesses		-		1,332		-
Equipment acquired under capital leases		1,152		573		-
Interest paid		16		44		5
Income taxes paid		460		445		159

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

50

8X8, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

THE COMPANY

8x8, Inc. ("8x8" or the "Company") was incorporated in California in February 1987 and was reincorporated in Delaware in December 1996.

The Company is a leading provider of enterprise cloud communications solutions, including unified communications, team collaboration, contact center, and analytics, integrated over a single Software-as-a Service (SaaS) platform. The 8x8 Communications Cloud^TM offers businesses a secure, reliable and simplified approach to transitioning their legacy, on-premises communications systems to the cloud. This comprehensive solution, built from owned and managed cloud technologies, enables customers to rely on a single provider for their global communications and contact center capabilities as well as customer support requirements. 8x8 customers are spread across more than 100 countries and range from small businesses to large enterprises. Since fiscal 2004, substantially all revenue has been generated from the sale of communications services and related hardware. Prior to fiscal 2003, the Company's main business was Voice over Internet Protocol semiconductors.

The Company's fiscal year ends on March 31 of each calendar year. Each reference to a fiscal year in these notes to the consolidated financial statements refers to the fiscal year ended March 31 of the calendar year indicated (for example, fiscal 2017 refers to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017).

Acquisitions

In January 2017, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of LeChat, Inc., the maker of Sameroom™, an interoperability platform that enables cross-team messaging and collaboration in the enterprise.

In June 2015, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with the shareholder of Quality Software Corporation and other parties affiliated with the shareholder and Quality Software Corporation, a developer of cloud-native quality management capabilities and analytics.

In May 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of DXI Limited, API Telecom Limited, Easycallnow Limited and RAS Telecom Limited, a provider of in cloud-based outbound and blended contact center solutions.

See Note 13 for further discussion.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of 8x8 and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and equity and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including, but not limited to, those related to bad debts, returns reserve for expected cancellations, valuation of inventories, income and sales tax, and litigation and other contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities, and equity that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

51

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Service and Product Revenue

The Company recognizes service revenue, mainly from subscription services to its cloud-based voice, call center, video and collaboration solutions, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company defers recognition of service revenues in instances when cash receipts are received before services are delivered and recognizes deferred revenues ratably, over the course of the contract, as services are provided.

Under the terms of the Company's typical subscription agreements, new customers can terminate their service within 30 days of order placement and receive a full refund of fees previously paid. The Company has determined that it has sufficient history of subscriber conduct to make a reasonable estimate of cancellations within the 30-day trial period. Therefore, the Company recognizes new subscriber revenue that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables in the month in which the new order was shipped, net of an allowance for expected cancellations. The Company recognizes revenue from product sales, mainly 8x8 IP telephones, for which there are no related services to be rendered upon shipment to customers provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, title has transferred, collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured, there are no customer acceptance requirements, and there are no remaining significant obligations. Gross outbound shipping and handling charges are recorded as revenue, and the related costs are included in cost of goods sold. Reserves for returns and allowances for customer sales are recorded at the time of shipment. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 605, Revenue Recognition, the Company records shipments to distributors, retailers, channel partners, and resellers, where the right of return exists, as deferred revenue. The Company defers recognition of revenue on product sales to distributors, retailers, channel partners, and resellers until the products have been sold to the end-customer.

The Company records revenue net of any sales and service related taxes and mandatory government charges that are billed to its customers. The Company believes this approach results in consolidated financial statements that are more easily understood by users.

Multiple Element Arrangements

ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition - Multiple Element Arrangements, requires that revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables be divided into separate units of accounting if the deliverables in the arrangement meet specific criteria. The provisioning of the 8x8 cloud service with the accompanying 8x8 IP telephone constitutes a revenue arrangement with multiple deliverables. For arrangements with multiple deliverables, the Company allocates the arrangement consideration to all units of accounting based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the relative selling price to be used for allocating arrangement consideration to units of accounting as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value ("VSOE"), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price ("TPE"), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price ("BESP").

VSOE generally exists only when a Company sells the deliverable separately, on more than a limited basis, at prices within a relatively narrow range.  When VSOE cannot be established, the Company attempts to establish the selling price of deliverables based on relevant TPE. TPE is determined based on manufacturer's prices for similar deliverables when sold separately, when possible. As the Company has historically been unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, it uses a BESP for the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service was sold on a stand-alone basis. BESP is generally used for offerings that are not typically sold on a stand-alone basis or for new or highly customized offerings. The Company determines BESP for a product or service by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to:

• the price list established by its management which is typically based on general pricing practices and targeted gross margin of products and services sold; and
• analysis of pricing history of new arrangements, including multiple element and stand-alone transactions.

In accordance with the guidance of ASC 605-25, when the Company enters into revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables the Company allocates arrangement consideration, among the products and subscriber services based on their relative selling prices. Arrangement consideration allocated to the sold products that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables is recognized as product revenues during the period of the sale less the allowance for estimated returns during the 30-day trial period. Arrangement consideration allocated to

52

subscriber services that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables is recognized ratably as service revenues as the related services are provided, which is generally over the initial contract term.

DEFERRED COST OF GOODS SOLD

Deferred cost of goods sold represents the cost of products sold for which the end customer or distributor has a right of return. The cost of the products sold is recognized contemporaneously with the recognition of revenue, when the subscriber has accepted the service.

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Management determines the appropriate categorization of its investments at the time of purchase and reevaluates the classification at each reporting date. The cost of the Company's investments is determined based upon specific identification.

The Company's investments are comprised of mutual funds, commercial paper, corporate debt, municipal securities, asset backed securities, mortgage backed securities, agency bonds, international government securities, certificates of deposit and money market funds. At March 31, 2017 and 2016, all investments were classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value, based either upon quoted prices in active markets, quoted prices in less active markets, or quoted market prices for similar investments, with unrealized gains and losses, net of related tax, if any, included in other comprehensive income (loss) and disclosed as a separate component of consolidated stockholders' equity. Realized gains and losses on sales of all such investments are reported within the caption of other income in the consolidated statements of operations and computed using the specific identification method. The Company classifies its investments as current based on the nature of the investments and their availability for use in current operations. The Company's investments in marketable securities are monitored on a periodic basis for impairment. In the event that the carrying value of an investment exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment charge is recorded and a new cost basis for the investment is established. These available-for-sale investments are primarily held in the custody of one major financial institution.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ALLOWANCE

The Company estimates the amount of uncollectible accounts receivable at the end of each reporting period based on the aging of the receivable balance, current and historical customer trends, and communications with its customers.  Amounts are written off only after considerable collection efforts have been made and the amounts are determined to be uncollectible.

INVENTORY

Inventory is stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates actual cost using the first-in, first-out method, or market. Any write-down of inventory to the lower of cost or market at the close of a fiscal period creates a new cost basis that subsequently would not be marked up based on changes in underlying facts and circumstances. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates inventory for obsolescence and slow-moving items. This evaluation includes analysis of sales levels, sales projections, and purchases by item, as well as raw material usage related to the Company's manufacturing facilities. If the Company's review indicates a reduction in utility below carrying value, it reduces inventory to a new cost basis. If future demand or market conditions are different than the Company's current estimates, an inventory adjustment may be required, and would be reflected in cost of goods sold in the period the revision is made.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method. Estimated useful lives of three years are used for equipment and software and five years for furniture and fixtures. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the shorter of the remaining facility lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvements.

Maintenance, repairs and ordinary replacements are charged to expense. Expenditures for improvements that extend the physical or economic life of the property are capitalized. Gains or losses on the disposition of property and equipment are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

53

Construction in progress primarily relates to costs to acquire or internally develop software for internal use not fully completed as of March 31, 2017.

ACCOUNTING FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS

The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, definite lived intangibles or capitalized software, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate that the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Examples of such events could include a significant disposal of a portion of such assets, an adverse change in the market involving the business employing the related asset or a significant change in the operation or use of an asset. The assessment of possible impairment is based on the Company's ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset or asset group, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The measurement of impairment requires management to estimate the fair value of long-lived assets and asset groups through future cash flows. See Note 5 for further discussion on impairment charges incurred.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill represents the excess fair value of consideration transferred over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but are tested annually for impairment and more often if there is an indicator of impairment. The Company has determined that it has three reporting units, and allocates goodwill to the reporting units for the purposes of its annual impairment test.

The Company's annual goodwill impairment test is performed on January 1 each year. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded in the periods presented.

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods benefited. Amortization expense for the customer relationship intangible asset is included in sales and marketing expenses. Amortization expense for technology is included in cost of service revenue.

WARRANTY EXPENSE

The Company accrues for estimated product warranty cost upon revenue recognition. Accruals for product warranties are calculated based on the Company's historical warranty experience adjusted for any specific requirements.

RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND SOFTWARE COSTS

Computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal Use Software (ASC 350-40), is capitalized during the application development stage. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company begins to capitalize our costs to develop software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. Once the project has been completed, these costs are amortized on a straight - line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally estimated to be three years. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria together with costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred and recorded in research and development expense on our consolidated statements of operations. The Company classifies application development costs associated with the development of the Company's products and services as other long-term assets. The Company classifies application development costs associated with purchased software as property and equipment. See Note 6 for further details.

ADVERTISING COSTS

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were $9.5 million, $8.5 million and $6.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

The Company has determined that the functional currency of each of its foreign subsidiaries are the subsidiary's local currency. The Company believes this most appropriately reflects the current economic facts and circumstances of the Company's subsidiaries' operations. The assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries are translated at the applicable exchange rate as of the end of the balance sheet period and revenue and expenses are translated at an average rate over the period presented. Resulting currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss within the stockholder's equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

54

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

The Company has two reportable segments, Americas and Europe. The Company's chief operating decision makers, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Technology Officer, evaluate performance of the Company and makes decisions regarding allocation of resources based on geographical results (see Note 12).

CUSTOMER ACQUISITION COSTS

Customer acquisition costs are expensed as incurred and include the advertising, marketing, promotions, commissions, rebates and equipment subsidy costs associated with the Company's efforts to acquire new subscribers.

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability approach. Under the asset and liability approach, a current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on tax returns for the current year. A deferred tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributed to temporary differences and carryforwards. If necessary, the deferred tax assets are reduced by the amount of benefits that, based on available evidence, is more likely than not expected to be realized.

CONCENTRATIONS

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, investments and trade accounts receivable. The Company has cash equivalents and investment policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution and restrict placement of these funds to financial institutions evaluated as highly credit-worthy. The Company has not experienced any material losses relating to its investment instruments.

The Company sells its products to business customers and distributors. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally does not require collateral from its customers. At March 31, 2017 and 2016, no customer accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable.

The Company purchases all of its hardware products from suppliers that manufacturer the hardware directly. The inability of any supplier to fulfill supply requirements of the Company could materially impact future operating results, financial position or cash flows.

The Company also relies primarily on third-party network service providers to provide telephone numbers and PSTN call termination and origination services for its customers. If these service providers failed to perform their obligations to the Company, such failure could materially impact future operating results, financial position and cash flows.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal market or the most advantageous market in which it would transact.

The accounting guidance for fair value measurement requires the Company to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company's assumptions about the factors that market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The standard establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the level of independent, objective evidence surrounding the inputs used to measure fair value by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. A financial instrument's categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

55

• Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
• Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets).
• Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which fair value is derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable, including the Company's own assumptions.

The estimated fair value of financial instruments is determined by the Company using available market information and valuation methodologies considered to be appropriate. The carrying amounts of the Company's cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. The Company's investments are carried at fair value.

ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company accounts for its employee stock options, stock purchase rights, restricted stock units and restricted performance stock units granted under the 2006 Stock Plan, the 2003 Contactual Plan, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan and stock purchase rights under the 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (collectively "Equity Compensation Plans") under the provisions of ASC 718 - Stock Compensation. Under the provisions of ASC 718, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee's requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant), net of estimated forfeitures.

To value option grants under the Equity Compensation Plans for stock-based compensation the Company used the Black-Scholes option valuation model. Fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model varies based on assumptions used for the expected stock prices volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rates and future dividend payments. The Company used the historical volatility of its stock over a period equal to the expected life of the options. The expected life assumptions represent the weighted-average period stock-based awards are expecting to remain outstanding. These expected life assumptions were established through the review of historical exercise behavior of stock-based award grants with similar vesting periods. The risk-free interest rates were based on the closing market bid yields of actively traded U.S. treasury securities in the over-the-counter market for the expected term equal to the expected term of the option. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company's history and expectation of future dividend payout.

Compensation expense for stock-based payment awards is recognized using the straight-line single-option method and includes the impact of estimated forfeitures.

The Company issued restricted performance stock units (PSUs) to a group of executives with vesting that is contingent on both market performance and continued service during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017:

• These PSUs vest (1) 50% on September 22, 2018 and (2) 50% on September 27, 2019, in each case subject to the performance of the Company's common stock relative to the Russell 2000 Index (the benchmark) during the period from grant date through such vesting date. A 2x multiplier will be applied to the total shareholder returns (TSR) for each 1% of positive or negative relative TSR, and the number of shares earned will increase or decrease by 2% of the target numbers. In the event the Company's common stock performance is below negative 30%, relative to the benchmark, no shares will be issued.

56

The Company issued PSUs to a group of executives with vesting that is contingent on both market performance and continued service during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016:

• These PSUs vest (1) 50% on September 22, 2017 and (2) 50% on September 27, 2018, in each case subject to performance of the Company's common stock relative to the Russell 2000 Index during the period from grant date through such vesting date. A 2x multiplier will be applied to the (TSR) for each 1% of positive or negative relative TSR, and the number of shares earned will increase or decrease by 2% of the target numbers. In the event 8x8's common stock performance is below negative 30%, relative to the benchmark, no shares will be issued.

The Company issued PSUs to a group of executives with vesting that is contingent on both market performance and continued service. For the market-based restricted performance stock units issued during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015:

• the number of shares of the Company's stock to be received at vesting if applicable service requirements are also met will range from 0% to 100% of the target amount based total shareholder return ("TSR"), which compares the performance of the price per share of the Company's common stock with the NASDAQ Composite Index ("Index") for the three performance periods ending March 31, 2016, March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015; and for the three performance periods ending March 31, 2015, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, in the following manner: where in each such measurement period, (1) if the performance return on the price per share of the Company's common stock exceeds the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, (which shall be determined by subtracting the percentage return on the NASDAQ Composite Index from the percentage return on the price per share of the Common Stock), then all of the TSR Performance Shares for such measurement period will be deemed earned and will vest; (2) if the performance return on the price per share of Common Stock is more than 50% lower than the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, then none of the TSR Performance Shares for such measurement period will be deemed earned and will vest; and (3) if the performance return on the price per share of Common Stock is between 0% and 50% lower than the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, then the number of TSR Performance Shares deemed earned and vesting for such measurement period will be reduced by 2% for each 1% by which the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index exceeds the performance return on the Common Stock, (4) if the performance return on the price per share of Common Stock is between 0% and 50% higher than the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, then the number of TSR Performance Shares deemed earned and vesting for such measurement period will increase by 2% for each 1% by which the performance return on the Common Stock exceeds the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, and
• the number of shares of the Company's stock to be received at vesting will range from 0% or 100% of the target amount based on four tranches, with each tranche vesting at the later of (a) the satisfaction of the applicable service-based vesting requirement for that tranche, and (b) on the first date that the average stock price of the Company's common stock for a consecutive 30 trading day period exceeds 150% of the grant date stock price. The minimum service vesting requirement for each tranche is as follows:

Tranche 1: One year following the date of the grant

Tranche 2: Two years following the date of the grant

Tranche 3: Three years following the date of the grant

Tranche 4: Four years following the date of the grant

Market-based restricted performance stock units are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model on the date of grant. Fair value determined using the Monte Carlo simulation model varies based on the assumptions used for the expected stock price volatility, the correlation coefficient between the Company and the NASDAQ Composite Index, risk-free interest rates, and future dividend payments.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Comprehensive income (loss), as defined, includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from non-owner sources. The difference between net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) is due to foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains or losses on investments classified as available-for-sale.

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders (numerator) by the weighted average number of vested, unrestricted common shares outstanding during the period (denominator). Diluted net income per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of shares of common stock plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. Dilutive potential common shares include outstanding stock options and employee restricted purchase rights.

57

DEFERRED RENT

In April 2012, the Company entered into an 87-month lease agreement for its new headquarters. Under the terms of the lease agreement:

• the Company received a three-month rent holiday from rental payments;
• base rent is $130,821 for the 15 months after the rent holiday; and
• rent expense increases 3% each year thereafter.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company received a $1.7 million allowance for reimbursement for the cost of tenant improvements that the Company included in cash flows from operating activities. In accordance with the guidance in ASC 840-20, Leases, the Company accounts for its headquarters facility operating lease as follows:

Rent Holidays. The Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis at the earlier of the first rent payment or the date of possession of the leased property. The difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid is recorded as deferred lease incentives and amortized over the lease term.

Rent Escalations. The Company recognizes escalating rent provisions on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid is recorded as deferred lease incentives and amortized over the lease term.

Tenant Improvement Allowance. The tenant improvement allowance is deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease as a reduction to rent expense.

In January 2016, the Company entered into a 48-month lease for additional office space near the Company's US headquarters. In April 2016, the lease was amended for actual move in date. Base rent begins at $105,628 and increases 3% each year thereafter. Future minimum annual lease payments under this lease is included in "Leases" in Note 8.

At March 31, 2017, total deferred rent included in other accrued liabilities and non-current liabilities was $1.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively. At March 31, 2016, total deferred rent included in other accrued liabilities and non-current liabilities was $0.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements: Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), this ASU provides guidance regarding management's responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company's ability to continue as a going concern. Certain disclosures will be required if conditions give rise to substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern. The amendment is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. The adoption of this update did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. This update provides guidance in evaluating whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the software license element of the arrangement should be accounted for as an acquisition of a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The guidance does not change generally accepted accounting principles for a customer's accounting for service contracts. This update is effective for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Therefore, the Company has prospectively adopted this new standard on April 1, 2016. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes - Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (Topic 740). This ASU requires all deferred tax liabilities and assets to be presented in the balance sheet as noncurrent. As permitted, the Company early adopted this standard prospectively during the quarter ended June 30, 2016. The adoption of this standard resulted in reclassifying current deferred income tax assets to noncurrent deferred income tax assets and current deferred income tax liabilities to noncurrent deferred income tax liabilities. No prior periods were retrospectively adjusted.

58

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, along with amendments issued in 2015 and 2016, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. The new standard will become effective for the Company on April 1, 2018. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company has preliminary selected the modified retrospective method as the transition method.

The Company is in the initial stages of the assessment of the impact of the new standard on the Company's accounting policies, processes and system requirements. The Company has assigned internal resources and engaged third-party service providers to assist with the assessment and implementation. The Company currently believes the most significant impact relates to the allocation of consideration in a contract between product and service performance obligations.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which provides guidance for measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which provides guidance on how certain cash receipts and cash payments are to be presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

In October 2016, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory, which provides guidance on how an entity should recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), which provides guidance on how restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

In January 2017, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

59

In January 2017, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill but rather require an entity to record an impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit's carrying value over its fair value. This amendment is effective for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires companies to generally recognize on the balance sheet operating and financing lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets. The update also requires qualitative and quantitative disclosures designed to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases.  The update requires the use of a modified retrospective transition approach, which includes a number of optional practical expedients that entities may elect to apply. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting ("ASU 2016-09"), which is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. As a result of the adoption, stock-based compensation excess tax benefits or tax deficiencies will be reflected in the consolidated statement of operations within the provision for income taxes rather than in the consolidated balance sheet within additional paid-in capital. The amount of the impact to the provision for income taxes will depend on the difference between the market value of share-based awards at vesting or settlement and the grant date fair value. The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

2. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Cash, cash equivalents, available-for-sale investments, and contingent consideration were (in thousands):

				Gross		Gross				Cash and
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		Estimated		Cash		Short-Term
As of March 31, 2017		Costs		Gain		Loss		Fair Value		Equivalents		Investments
Cash	$	29,122	$	-	$	-	$	29,122	$	29,122	$	-
Level 1:
Money market funds		11,908		-		-		11,908		11,908		-
Mutual funds		2,000		-		(194)		1,806		-		1,806
Subtotal		43,030		-		(194)		42,836		41,030		1,806
Level 2:
Commercial paper		19,144		8		-		19,152		-		19,152
Corporate debt		83,995		61		(58)		83,998		-		83,998
Asset backed securities		26,906		4		(22)		26,888		-		26,888
Mortgage backed securities		116		-		(1)		115		-		115
Agency bond		2,000		-		-		2,000		-		2,000
Subtotal		132,161		73		(81)		132,153		-		132,153
Total assets	$	175,191	$	73	$	(275)	$	174,989	$	41,030	$	133,959
Level 3:
Contingent consideration	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	148	$	-	$	-
Total liabilities	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	148	$	-	$	-

60

				Gross		Gross				Cash and
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		Estimated		Cash		Short-Term
As of March 31, 2016		Costs		Gain		Loss		Fair Value		Equivalents		Investments
Cash	$	18,596	$	-	$	-	$	18,596	$	18,596	$	-
Level 1:
Money market funds		14,980		-		-		14,980		14,980		-
Mutual funds		2,000		-		(187)		1,813		-		1,813
Subtotal		35,576		-		(187)		35,389		33,576		1,813
Level 2:
Commercial paper		6,794		2		-		6,796		-		6,796
Corporate debt		85,164		78		(28)		85,214		-		85,214
Municipal securities		1,007		-		(1)		1,006		-		1,006
Asset backed securities		24,614		7		(11)		24,610		-		24,610
Mortgage backed securities		2,045		-		(17)		2,028		-		2,028
Agency bond		6,805		1		-		6,806		-		6,806
International government securities		1,000		1		-		1,001		-		1,001
Subtotal		127,429		89		(57)		127,461		-		127,461
Total assets	$	163,005	$	89	$	(244)	$	162,850	$	33,576	$	129,274
Level 3:
Contingent consideration	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	341	$	-	$	-
Total liabilities	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	341	$	-	$	-

Contractual maturities of investments as of March 31, 2017 are set forth below (in thousands):

		Estimated
		Fair Value
Due within one year	$	78,039
Due after one year		55,920
Total	$	133,959

Contingent Consideration and Escrow Liability

The Company's contingent consideration liability and escrow liability, included in other accrued liabilities and noncurrent liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, is associated with the Quality Software Corporation (QSC) acquisition made in the first quarter of fiscal 2016. Amounts held in escrow were measured at fair value using present value computations at the time of acquisition. The contingent consideration was measured at fair value using a probability weighted average of the potential payment outcomes that would occur should certain contract milestones be reached. As there was no market data available to use in valuing the contingent consideration; therefore, the Company developed its own assumptions related to the achievement of the milestones to evaluate the fair value of the liability. As such, the contingent consideration is classified within Level 3 as described below.

The items are classified as Level 3 within the valuation hierarchy, consisting of contingent consideration and escrow liability related to the QSC acquisition, were valued based on an estimate of the probability of success of the milestones being achieved and present value computations, respectively. The table below presents a roll-forward of the contingent consideration and escrow liability valued using a Level 3 input (in thousands):

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016
Balance at beginning of period	$	341	$	-
Purchase price contingent consideration		-		541
Fair value adjustment		107		-
Contingent consideration payments		(300)		(200)
Balance at end of period	$	148	$	341

61

3. INVENTORIES

Components of inventories were as follows (in thousands):

		March 31,
		2017		2016
Work-in-process	$	-	$	76
Finished goods		908		444
	$	908	$	520

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

		March 31,
		2017		2016
Computer equipment	$	24,293	$	18,277
Furniture and fixtures		1,411		1,067
Software		7,380		5,417
Leasehold improvements		5,579		3,667
Construction in progress		689		967
		39,352		29,395
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(22,968)		(17,020)
	$	16,384	$	12,375

5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The carrying value of intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

		March 31, 2017						March 31, 2016
		Gross						Gross
		Carrying		Accumulated		Net Carrying		Carrying		Accumulated		Net Carrying
		Amount		Amortization		Amount		Amount		Amortization		Amount
Technology	$	18,685	$	(7,010)	$	11,675	$	18,640	$	(4,622)	$	14,018
Customer relationships		9,419		(6,187)		3,232		9,993		(4,847)		5,146
Trade names/domains		2,036		-		2,036		2,205		-		2,205
In-process research and development		95		-		95		95		-		95
Total acquired identifiable intangible assets	$	30,235	$	(13,197)	$	17,038	$	30,933	$	(9,469)	$	21,464

At March 31, 2017, annual amortization of definite lived intangible assets, based upon existing intangible assets and current useful lives, is estimated to be the following (in thousands):

		Amount
2018	$	3,854
2019		3,459
2020		3,009
2021		2,666
2022		1,701
Thereafter		218
Total	$	14,907

62

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

During the year ended March 31, 2017, the Company decided to discontinue a certain customer segment of its United Kingdom based platform-as-a-service (DXI PaaS) that was acquired in fiscal 2016 as part of the DXI acquisition. The Company evaluated long-lived assets related to the DXI reporting unit including the technology, customer relationships, and trade name intangible assets for impairment and determined that the assets were not impaired. However, the Company recorded an impairment charge equal to the remaining value of the impaired DXI PaaS customer relationship in the third fiscal quarter. The impairment recorded during the fiscal year was immaterial to the consolidated statements of operations. Revenues and net income (loss) from DXI PaaS were not material for all periods presented.

During the year ended March 31, 2016, the Company decided to end-of-life its hosted virtual desktop service (Zerigo). The Company evaluated long-lived assets related to Zerigo including the technology, customer relationships, and trade name intangible assets for impairment. The Company determined it was appropriate to record an impairment charge equal to the remaining value of the impaired long-lived assets in the third fiscal quarter. The impairment recorded during the fiscal year was $0.6 million, of which $0.4 million and $0.2 million was recorded in cost of service and sales and marketing, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations. Revenues and net income (loss) from Zerigo were not material for all periods presented.

6. CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE COSTS

Capitalized software consisted of the following (in thousands):

Other Long-Term Assets

		March 31,
		2017		2016
Capitalized projects in service	$	1,804	$	-
Capitalized projects in process		6,461		2,753
Accumulated amortization		(588)		-
Total capitalized software costs	$	7,677	$	2,753
Application development stage costs capitalized during the year	$	5,516	$	2,095

Application development stage costs capitalized during the year in other long-term assets consists of cost related to both completed and in-process costs capitalized in accordance with ASC 350-40.

Property and Equipment

		March 31,
		2017		2016
Capitalized projects in service	$	2,904	$	1,183
Capitalized projects in process		689		967
Accumulated amortization		(871)		(250)
Total capitalized software costs	$	2,722	$	1,900
Application development stage costs capitalized during the year	$	1,452	$	756

63

Application development stage costs capitalized during the year in other property and equipment consists of cost related to both completed and in-process costs capitalized in accordance with ASC 350-40.

7. GOODWILL

The following table provides a summary of the changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill by reporting segment (in thousands):

		Americas		Europe		Total
Balance at March 31, 2015	$	23,940	$	12,947	$	36,887
Additions due to acquisitions		1,789		10,125		11,914
Foreign currency translation		-		(1,381)		(1,381)
Balance at March 31, 2016		25,729		21,691		47,420
Additions due to acquisitions		1,580		-		1,580
Foreign currency translation		-		(2,864)		(2,864)
Balance at March 31, 2017	$	27,309	$	18,827	$	46,136

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Guarantees

Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, the Company may agree to indemnify other parties, including customers, lessors and parties to other transactions with the Company, with respect to certain matters such as breaches of representations or covenants or intellectual property infringement or other claims made by third parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its officers and directors.

It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of the Company's exposure under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by the Company under these agreements have not had a material impact on the Company's operating results, financial position or cash flows. Under some of these agreements, however, the Company's potential indemnification liability might not have a contractual limit.

Product Warranties

The Company accrues for the estimated costs that may be incurred under its product warranties upon revenue recognition.

Operating Leases

The Company's operating lease obligations consist of the Company's principal facility and various leased facilities under operating lease agreements, which expire on various dates from fiscal 2018 through fiscal 2026. The Company leases its headquarters facility in San Jose, California under an operating lease agreement that expires in October 2019.

64

At March 31, 2017, future minimum annual lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases were as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31:
2018	$	4,708
2019		5,596
2020		4,906
2021		2,435
2022 and Thereafter		6,908
Total	$	24,553

Rent expense for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $5.1 million, $2.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

Capital Leases

The Company has non-cancelable capital lease agreements for office and computer equipment bearing interest at various rates. At March 31, 2017, future minimum annual lease payments under non-cancelable capital leases were as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31:
2018	$	981
2019		681
2020		169
2021		5
2022		5
Total minimum payments		1,841
Less: Amount representing interest		(116)
		1,725
Less: Short-term portion of capital lease obligations		(918)
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations	$	807

Capital leases included in computer and office equipment were approximately $2.7 million and $1.6 million at March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Total accumulated amortization was approximately $1.0 million and $0.1 million at March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Minimum Third-Party Customer Support Commitments

In the third quarter of 2010, the Company amended its contract with one of its third-party customer support vendors containing a minimum monthly commitment of approximately $0.4 million effective April 1, 2010. As the agreement requires a 150-day notice to terminate, the total remaining obligation under the contract was $2.2 million at March 31, 2017.

Minimum Third-Party Network Service Provider Commitments

The Company entered into contracts with multiple vendors for third-party network service which expire on various dates in fiscal 2017 through 2018. At March 31, 2017, future minimum annual payments under these third-party network service contracts were as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31:
2018	$	1,364
2019		133
2020		8
Total minimum payments	$	1,505

65

Legal Proceedings

The Company, from time to time, is involved in various legal claims or litigation, including patent infringement claims that can arise in the normal course of the Company's operations. Pending or future litigation could be costly, could cause the diversion of management's attention and could upon resolution, have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

On February 22, 2011, the Company was named a defendant in Bear Creek Technologies, Inc. (BCT) v. 8x8, Inc. et al., filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware (the Delaware Court), along with 20 other defendants.  Collectively this patent litigation is referred to as In re Bear Creek Technologies, Inc.  (MDL No.: 2344).  In August 2011, the suit was dismissed without prejudice but then refiled in the Delaware Court against the Company. On November 28, 2012, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office ("USPTO") initiated a Reexamination Proceeding through which the claims of the patent asserted against the Company were found to be invalid based on four separate grounds. During the Reexamination Proceeding, the Delaware Court granted the Company's motion to stay the proceeding (July 17, 2013) and administratively closed the case on May 5, 2015 with leave to reopen if needed.  The outcome of the Reexamination Proceeding was first appealed to the USPTO Patent Trial and Appeal Board which affirmed the invalidity bases of all claims in a Decision dated Dec. 29, 2015 ("the Board Decision").  The Board Decision was then appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit ("Federal Circuit"), which also affirmed the invalidity bases of all claims as the Federal Circuit noted in a Judgment dated March 15, 2017.  On April 21, 2017, the Federal Circuit issued a Mandate, which formally concluded the appeal and, absent any unforeseen circumstances, formally ended the Federal Circuit's jurisdiction of this matter, thereby for effecting finality of the Delaware Court's May 5, 2015 decision. 

On November 14, 2016, the Company was named as a defendant in Serenitiva LLC v. 8x8, Inc., filed in U.S. District Court for the E.D. of Texas (Civil Action No. 6:16-cv-1290). Plaintiff Serenitiva sued the Company based on alleged infringement of U.S. Patent No. 6,865,268 concerning alleged activities involving the Company's Virtual Contact Center Agent Console (Plaintiff Serenitiva sued nine other defendants, concurrently, based on the same patent). Pursuant to an agreement executed by both parties in mid-April 2017, the Company settled the suit prior to answering the complaint under the terms of a settlement agreement between us and the plaintiff. Under the terms of a settlement agreement between the plaintiff and the Company, 8x8 agreed to pay plaintiff an amount that was not material to our business, and the Company was granted a limited license to the patent. A Joint Motion to Dismiss was filed April 20, 2017, and an Order of Dismissal With Prejudice should be forthcoming from the Court.

On December 2, 2016, the Company was named as a defendant in Paluxy Messaging LLC v. 8x8, Inc., filed in U.S. District Court for the E.D. of Texas, Tyler Division (Civil Action No. 6:16-cv-1346). Plaintiff Paluxy Messaging LLC sued the Company based on alleged infringement U.S. Patent No. 8,411,829 concerning alleged activities involving the Company's voicemail system (Plaintiff Paluxy Messaging sued seven other defendants, concurrently, based on the same patent). Based on the Company's subscription to certain patent risk management services, the Company settled the suit without needing to answer the complaint. Under the terms of a settlement agreement between the plaintiff and the Company, 8x8 agreed to pay plaintiff an amount that was not material to our business, and we were granted a limited license to the patent. An Order of Dismissal With Prejudice was issued March 13, 2017.

On April 16, 2015, the Company was named as a defendant in a lawsuit, Slocumb Law Firm v. 8x8, Inc., filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Alabama. The Slocumb Law Firm has alleged that it purchased certain business services from the Company that did not perform as advertised or expected, and has asserted various causes of actions including fraud, breach of contract, violations of the Alabama Deceptive Trade Practices Act and negligence. On June 10, 2015, the United States Magistrate Judge issued a Report and Recommendation that the Court grant the Company's motion to stay the case and compel the Slocumb Law Firm to arbitrate its claims in Santa Clara County, California pursuant to a clause mandating arbitration of disputes set forth in the terms and conditions to which Slocumb Law Firm agreed in connection with its purchase of business services from the Company The Court closed this case administratively when it granted the Company's motion to compel arbitration. Under the Company's standard business terms and conditions, as of March 31, 2017, the period to initiate arbitration has lapsed.

State and Municipal Taxes

From time to time, the Company has received inquiries from a number of state and municipal taxing agencies with respect to the remittance of sales, use, telecommunications, excise, and income taxes. Several jurisdictions currently are conducting tax audits of the Company's records. The Company collects or has accrued for taxes that it believes are required to be remitted. The amounts that have been remitted have historically been within the accruals established by the Company. The Company adjusts its accrual when facts relating to specific exposures warrant such adjustment.

66

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, the City of San Francisco levied an assessment for utility taxes against the Company. The Company plans to vigorously appeal the assessment. Based on historical experience of the Company, management has determined the probable loss relating to this exposure to be approximately $0.5 million. Although the outcome cannot be predicted, the estimated reasonable additional loss is between $0 to $0.5 million.

9. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

2006 Stock Plan

In May 2006, the Company's board of directors approved the 2006 Stock Plan ("2006 Plan").  The Company's stockholders subsequently adopted the 2006 Plan in September 2006, and became effective in October 2006.  The Company reserved 7,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock for issuance under this plan. As of March 31, 2017, there are no shares available for future grants under the 2006 Plan.  The 2006 Plan provides for granting incentive stock options to employees and non-statutory stock options to employees, directors or consultants.  The stock option price of incentive stock options granted may not be less than the fair market value on the effective date of the grant. Other types of options and awards under the 2006 Plan may be granted at any price approved by the administrator, which generally will be the compensation committee of the board of directors. Options generally vest over four years and expire ten years after grant.  In 2009, the 2006 Plan was amended to provide for the granting of stock purchase rights. The 2006 Plan expired in May 2016.

2003 Contactual Plan

In the second fiscal quarter of 2012, the Company assumed the Amended and Restated Contactual, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan (the "2003 Contactual Plan") and registered an aggregate of 171,974 shares of the Company's common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of stock options previously granted under the 2003 Contactual Plan and assumed by the Company when it acquired Contactual. No new stock options or other awards can be granted under 2003 Contactual Plan.

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

In June 2012, the Company's board of directors approved the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan ("2012 Plan").  The Company's stockholders subsequently adopted the 2012 Plan in July 2012, and became effective in August 2012.  The Company reserved 4,100,000 shares of the Company's common stock for issuance under this plan. In August 2014 and 2016, the 2012 Plan was amended to allow for an additional 6,800,000 and 4,500,000 shares reserved for issuance, respectively. As of March 31, 2017, 4,060,411 shares remained available under the 2012 Plan.  The 2012 Plan provides for granting incentive stock options to employees and non-statutory stock options to employees, directors or consultants, and granting of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units, qualified performance-based awards and stock grants. The stock option price of incentive stock options granted may not be less than the fair market value on the effective date of the grant. Other types of options and awards under the 2012 Plan may be granted at any price approved by the administrator, which generally will be the compensation committee of the board of directors. Options, restricted stock and restricted stock units generally vest over four years and expire ten years after grant. The 2012 Plan expires in June 2022.

2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan

In September 2013, the Company's board of directors approved the 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan ("2013 Plan").  The Company reserved 1,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock for issuance under this plan. In November 2014, the 2013 Plan was amended to allow for an additional 1,200,000 shares reserved for issuance. In July 2015, the Plan was amended to allow for an additional 1,200,000 shares reserved for issuance. In connection with its approval of the August 2016 amendments to the 2012 Plan, the Board of Directors has approved the suspension of future grants under the 2013 Plan, which became effective immediately upon stockholder approval of the proposed 2012 Plan amendments in August 2016. In addition, the 2013 Plan was amended to reduce the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan to the number of shares that are then subject to outstanding awards under the 2013 Plan, leaving no shares available for future grant.  The 2013 Plan provided for granting non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock and performance units and stock grants solely to newly hired employees as a material inducement to accepting employment with the Company. Options were granted at market value on the grant date under the 2013 Plan, unless determined otherwise at the time of grant by the administrator, which generally will be the compensation committee of the board of directors. Options generally expire ten years after grant.

67

Stock-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense (in thousands):

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Cost of service revenue	$	1,732	$	1,159	$	692
Cost of product revenue		-		-		-
Research and development		3,762		2,914		1,495
Sales and marketing		8,832		6,133		3,748
General and administrative		7,136		6,128		3,412
Total	$	21,462	$	16,334	$	9,347

Stock Options, Stock Purchase Right and Restricted Stock Unit Activity

Stock Option activity under all the Company's stock option plans since March 31, 2014, is summarized as follows:

			Weighted
			Average
			Exercise
	Number of		Price
	Shares		Per Share
Outstanding at March 31, 2014	6,002,382	$	4.14
Granted	1,110,466		7.29
Exercised	(1,326,385)		1.87
Canceled/Forfeited	(458,556)		6.06
Outstanding at March 31, 2015	5,327,907		5.19
Granted	723,776		8.63
Exercised	(1,162,175)		2.56
Canceled/Forfeited	(96,242)		8.06
Outstanding at March 31, 2016	4,793,266		6.29
Granted	407,392		14.63
Exercised	(603,998)		2.34
Canceled/Forfeited	(134,248)		8.41
Outstanding at March 31, 2017	4,462,412	$	7.52
Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2017	4,462,412	$	7.52
Exercisable at March 31, 2017	3,191,879	$	6.47

68

Stock Purchase Right activity since March 31, 2014 is summarized as follows:

			Weighted	Weighted
			Average	Average
			Grant-Date	Remaining
	Number of		Fair Market	Contractual
	Shares		Value	Term (in Years)
Balance at March 31, 2014	489,627	$	4.83	1.93
Granted	31,432		7.88
Vested	(223,360)		3.98
Forfeited	(73,864)		5.39
Balance at March 31, 2015	223,835		5.92	1.50
Granted	-		-
Vested	(115,789)		5.32
Forfeited	(25,875)		7.40
Balance at March 31, 2016	82,171		6.30	0.76
Granted	-		-
Vested	(69,426)		6.00
Forfeited	(1,375)		6.72
Balance at March 31, 2017	11,370	$	8.10	1.09

Restricted Stock Unit activity since March 31, 2014 is summarized as follows:

			Weighted	Weighted Average
	Number of		Average Grant	Remaining Contractual
	Shares		Date Fair Value	Term (in Years)
Balance at March 31, 2014	1,134,856	$	9.00	2.00
Granted	1,965,786		6.68
Vested	(187,788)		9.54
Forfeited	(214,168)		8.30
Balance at March 31, 2015	2,698,686		7.33	1.88
Granted	2,681,997		8.78
Vested	(589,788)		7.79
Forfeited	(246,096)		8.15
Balance at March 31, 2016	4,544,799		8.08	1.67
Granted	2,491,877		15.15
Vested	(1,600,831)		7.89
Forfeited	(496,795)		9.56
Balance at March 31, 2017	4,939,050	$	11.57	2.47

69

Significant option groups outstanding at March 31, 2017 and related weighted average exercise price, contractual life, and aggregate intrinsic value information for 8x8, Inc.'s stock option plans are as follows:

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
			Weighted	Weighted					Weighted
			Average	Average					Average
			Exercise	Remaining		Aggregate			Exercise		Aggregate
			Price	Contractual		Intrinsic			Price		Intrinsic
	Shares		Per Share	Life (Years)		Value	Shares		Per Share		Value
$ 0.55 to $ 4.60	912,189	$	1.91	2.0	$	12,168,894	912,189	$	1.91	$	12,168,894
$ 5.87 to $ 6.86	1,139,300	$	6.48	6.7		9,996,307	863,274	$	6.35		7,680,449
$ 7.52 to $ 9.21	920,268	$	8.43	7.4		6,277,429	503,564	$	8.47		3,414,760
$ 9.35 to $ 10.50	904,935	$	9.73	6.6		4,998,813	758,640	$	9.71		4,206,928
$ 10.86 to $ 15.40	585,720	$	13.48	8.8		1,043,018	154,212	$	11.68		551,242
	4,462,412				$	34,484,461	3,191,879			$	28,022,273

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the aggregate difference between the closing stock price of the Company's common stock on March 31, 2017 and the exercise price for in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders if all in-the-money options had been exercised on March 31, 2017.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised in the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $7.2 million, $9.2 million and $8.1 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2017, there was $48.5 million of unamortized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options and awards which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.05 years.

Unamortized stock-based compensation expense related to shares issued as part of the DXI acquisition (see Note 13) was approximately $1.3 million, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.17 years.

Cash received from option exercises and purchases of shares under the Equity Compensation Plans for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $5.1 million, $4.8 million and $4.5 million, respectively. The total tax benefit attributable to stock options exercised in the year ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $0.5 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company's 1996 Stock Purchase Plan ("Employee Stock Purchase Plan") was adopted in June 1996 and became effective upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering in July 1997. Under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 500,000 shares of common stock were initially reserved for issuance. At the start of each fiscal year, the number of shares of common stock subject to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan increases so that 500,000 shares remain available for issuance. During fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, approximately 0.3 million, 0.4 million, and 0.3 million shares, respectively, were issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In May 2006, the Company's board of directors approved a ten-year extension of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Stockholders approved a ten-year extension of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held September 18, 2006. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan is effective until August 2017.

The Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of each two-year offering period or the end of a six month purchase period, whichever is lower. When the Employee Stock Purchase Plan was reinstated in fiscal 2005, the offering period was reduced from two years to one year. The contribution amount may not exceed ten percent of an employee's base compensation, including commissions, but not including bonuses and overtime. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides that a new exercise date will be set for each option under the plan which exercise date will occur before the date of the merger or asset sale.

70

As of March 31, 2017, there were approximately $0.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to employee stock purchases. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.5 years.

Assumptions Used to Calculate Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The fair value of each of the Company's option grants has been estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions:

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Expected volatility		44%		53%		61%
Expected dividend yield		-		-		-
Risk-free interest rate		1.1% to 2.2%		1.5% to 1.8%		1.4% to 1.9%
Weighted average expected option term		4.9 years		5.4 years		6.0 years
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$	5.74	$	4.17	$	4.14

The estimated fair value of stock purchase rights granted under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan was estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Expected volatility		37%		43%		49%
Expected dividend yield		-		-		-
Risk-free interest rate		0.65%		0.39%		0.12%
Weighted average expected rights term		0.75 years		0.83 years		0.80 years
Weighted average fair value of rights granted	$	4.19	$	3.25	$	2.52

Stock Repurchases

In February 2015, the Company's board of directors authorized the Company to purchase up to $20.0 million of its common stock from time to time until February 29, 2016 (the "2015 Repurchase Plan"). This tranche of shares authorized for repurchase expired in February 2016.

In October 2015, the Company's board of directors authorized the Company to purchase an additional $15.0 million of its common stock from time to time until October 20, 2016 under the 2015 Repurchase Plan. The plan expired in October 2016 with an unused authorized repurchase amount of $15.0 million.

The stock repurchase activity as of March 31, 2017 is summarized as follows:

			Weighted
			Average
	Shares		Price		Amount
	Repurchased		Per Share		Repurchased(1)
Balance as of March 31, 2015	2,488,215		7.38	$	19,200,393
Repurchase of common stock under 2015 Repurchase Plan	1,392,135		8.02		11,164,329
Balance as of March 31, 2016	3,880,350	$		$	30,364,722
Repurchase of common stock under 2015 Repurchase Plan	-				-
Balance as of March 31, 2017	3,880,350	$		$	30,364,722
(1) Amount excludes commission fees.

71

The total purchase price of the common stock repurchased and retired was reflected as a reduction to consolidated stockholders' equity during the period of repurchase.

In fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company also withheld 289,899, 30,702, and 15,053 shares, respectively, shares related to tax withholdings on restricted stock awards with a total price of $3.0 million, $0.5 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.

10. INCOME TAXES

For the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded a (benefit) provision for income taxes of approximately ($0.1) million, ($0.8) million and $2.8 million, respectively. The components of the consolidated (benefit) provision for income taxes for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following (in thousands):

		March 31,
Current:		2017		2016		2015
Federal	$	(7)	$	97	$	92
State		588		551		457
Foreign		112		71		1
Total current tax provision		693		719		550
Deferred:
Federal		1,506		95		2,602
State		(1,095)		(854)		(363)
Foreign		(1,230)		(807)		-
Total deferred tax (benefit) provision		(819)		(1,566)		2,239
Income tax (benefit) provision	$	(126)	$	(847)	$	2,789

The Company's income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes included ($8.4) million, ($6.9) million and ($3.5) million of foreign subsidiary loss for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company is permanently reinvesting the earnings of its profitable foreign subsidiaries. The Company intends to reinvest these profits in expansion of overseas operations. If the Company were to remit these earnings, the tax impact would be immaterial.

Upon adoption of ASU 2015-17 in fiscal 2017, the Company classifies all deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities as long-term. Deferred tax assets and (liabilities) were comprised of the following (in thousands):

		March 31,
Current deferred tax assets		2017		2016
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	-	$	2,739
Inventory valuation		-		14
Reserves and allowances		-		2,740
Net current deferred tax assets		-		5,493
Net operating loss carryforwards		36,427		38,449
Research and development and other credit carryforwards		8,614		7,106
Stock-based compensation		6,942		5,577
Reserves and allowances		3,266		-
Fixed assets and intangibles		(3,688)		(6,160)
Net non-current deferred tax assets		51,561		44,972
Valuation allowance		(2,934)		(3,760)
Total	$	48,627	$	46,705

72

As of March 31, 2017, and 2016, management assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets based on the available evidence, including a history of taxable income and estimates of future taxable income. At March 31, 2017, management evaluated the need for a valuation allowance and determined that a valuation allowance of approximately $2.9 million was needed compared with approximately $3.8 million as of March 31, 2016. The net change in the valuation allowance for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 was a decrease of $0.8 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

At March 31, 2017, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $141.7 million and $23.2 million, respectively, which expire at various dates between 2018 and 2037. The net operating loss carryforwards include approximately $60.9 million in excess tax benefits resulting from employee exercises of non- qualified stock options or disqualifying dispositions of incentive stock options, the tax benefits of which, when realized, will be accounted for as an addition to additional paid-in capital rather than as a reduction of the provision for income taxes. In addition, at March 31, 2017, the Company had research and development credit carryforwards for federal and California tax reporting purposes of approximately $5.6 million and $7.3 million, respectively. The federal income tax credit carryforwards will expire at various dates between 2021 and 2037, while the California income tax credits will carry forward indefinitely. A reconciliation of the Company's provision (benefit) for income taxes to the amounts computed using the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% is as follows (in thousands):

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Tax provision at statutory rate	$	(1,652)	$	(2,029)	$	1,599
State income taxes before valuation allowance,
net of federal effect		108		9		269
Foreign tax rate differential		885		(769)		-
Research and development credits		(1,484)		(1,253)		(725)
Change in valuation allowance		(287)		(1,555)		(1,480)
Compensation/option differences		(246)		(471)		(331)
Non-deductible compensation		1,079		944		746
Acquisition costs		54		230		-
Expiring CA NOLs		-		1,626		1,484
Foreign loss not benefited		780		2,342		1,192
Other		637		79		35
Total income tax provision	$	(126)	$	(847)	$	2,789

For the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company realized excess tax benefits as a result of stock option exercises and stock award settlements of $0.5 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, that were recorded to additional paid-in capital.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit is measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

		Unrecognized Tax Benefits
		2017		2016		2015
Balance at beginning of year	$	2,881	$	2,420	$	2,165
Gross increase - tax positions in prior period		-		82		27
Gross decreases - tax positions in prior period		-		-		-
Gross increases - tax positions related to the current year		450		379		228
Balance at end of year	$	3,331	$	2,881	$	2,420

At March 31, 2017, the company had a liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $3.3 million, all of which, if recognized, would decrease the company's effective tax rate. The Company does not expect its unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 12 months.

73

The Company files U.S. federal and state income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The Company has not been under examination by income tax authorities in federal, state or other foreign jurisdictions. The tax years fiscal 1998 through fiscal 2017 generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities.

The Company's policy for recording interest and penalties associated with tax examinations is to record such items as a component of operating expense income before taxes. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits.

Utilization of the Company's net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards can become subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such an annual limitation could result in the expiration or elimination of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards before utilization. The Company has performed an analysis of its changes in ownership under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company currently believes that the Section 382 limitation will not limit utilization of the carryforwards prior to their expiration, with the exception of certain acquired loss and tax credit carryforwards of Contactual, Inc.

11. NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in calculating basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
		(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
Numerator:
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(4,751)	$	(5,120)	$	1,926
Denominator:
Common shares		90,340		88,477		89,071
Denominator for basic calculation		90,340		88,477		89,071
Employee stock options		-		-		2,088
Employee restricted purchase rights		-		-		493
Denominator for diluted calculation		90,340		88,477		91,652
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic	$	(0.05)	$	(0.06)	$	0.02
Diluted	$	(0.05)	$	(0.06)	$	0.02

The following shares attributable to outstanding stock options and restricted stock purchase rights were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have been antidilutive (in thousands):

	Years Ended March 31,
	2017	2016	2015
Common stock options	4,462	4,793	1,812
Stock purchase rights	4,950	4,628	57
	9,412	9,421	1,869

12. SEGMENT REPORTING

ASC 280, Segment Reporting, establishes annual and interim reporting standards for an enterprise's business segments and related disclosures about its products, services, geographic areas and major customers. Under ASC 280, the method for determining what information to report is based upon the way management organizes the operating segments within the Company for making operating decisions and assessing financial performance.

74

The Company manages its operations primarily on a geographic basis. The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, and the Chief Technology Officer or the Company's Chief Operating Decision Makers (CODMs), evaluate performance of the Company and make decisions regarding allocation of resources based on geographic results. The Company's reportable segments are the Americas and Europe. The Americas segment is primarily North America. The Europe segment is primarily the United Kingdom. Each operating segment provides similar products and services.

The Company's CODMs evaluate the performance of its operating segments based on revenues and net income. The Company does not allocate research and development, sales and marketing, general and administrative, amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense, and commitment and contingencies for each segment as management does not consider this information in its evaluation of the performance of each operating segment. Revenues are attributed to each segment based on the ordering location of the customer or ship to location.

The following tables set forth the segment and geographic information for each period (in thousands):

		Total Revenue for the Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Americas (principally US)	$	227,914	$	185,241	$	150,764
Europe (principally UK)		25,474		24,095		11,649
	$	253,388	$	209,336	$	162,413

Revenue is based upon the destination of shipments and the customers' service address. In fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 intersegment revenues of approximately $4.9 million, $1.0 million and $0, respectively, were eliminated in consolidation, and have been excluded from the table above.

		Total Depreciation and Amortization for the Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Americas (principally US)	$	6,842	$	5,776	$	4,739
Europe (principally UK)		3,595		3,231		1,374
	$	10,437	$	9,007	$	6,113

		Total Net Income (Loss) for the Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Americas (principally US)	$	2,557	$	940	$	5,433
Europe (principally UK)		(7,308)		(6,060)		(3,507)
	$	(4,751)	$	(5,120)	$	1,926

		March 31,
		2017				2016
		Total Assets		Property and Equipment, net		Total Assets		Property and Equipment, net
Americas (principally US)	$	284,011	$	11,803	$	261,886	$	9,733
Europe (principally UK)		49,844		4,581		51,566		2,642
	$	333,855	$	16,384	$	313,452	$	12,375

75

13. ACQUISITIONS

LeChat, Inc.

On January 5, 2017, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Agreement") with the preferred and common shareholders LeChat Inc. (LeChat) for the purchase of all the outstanding preferred and common shares of LeChat. The transaction closed on January 6, 2017. The total aggregate purchase price was $3.1 million, consisting of approximately $2.4 million paid to the preferred shareholders at closing, $0.2 million paid to the common shareholders at closing, and approximately $0.5 million in cash deposited into escrow to be held for two years as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date.

The Company recorded the acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the consideration transferred over the aggregate fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill. The amount of goodwill recognized was primarily attributable to the expected contributions of the entity to the overall corporate strategy in addition to synergies and acquired workforce of the acquired business. The finite-lived intangible asset consisted of developed technology, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of two years. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management using a cost approach method. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis.

The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows (in thousands):

		Fair Value
Assets acquired:
Cash	$	231
Intangible assets		1,200
Other non-current assets		428
Total assets acquired		1,859
Liabilities assumed:
Current liabilities		(324)
Total liabilities assumed		(324)
Net identifiable assets acquired		1,535
Goodwill		1,580
Total consideration transferred	$	3,115

None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Revenue from LeChat from the date of acquisition to March 31, 2017 was immaterial. Total acquisition related costs were immaterial. Pro forma information has not been presented as the impact to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements was not material.

DXI Group Limited

On May 26, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of DXI Limited, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, (collectively DXI) for the purchase of the entire share capital of DXI. The transaction closed effective May 29, 2015. The total aggregate purchase price was approximately $22.5 million, consisting of $18.7 million in cash paid to the DXI shareholders at closing, and $3.8 million in cash deposited into escrow to be held for two years as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date. The cash escrow is to be released in annual installments over two years.

The Company recorded the acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the consideration transferred over the aggregate fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The amount of goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to the expected contributions of the entity to the overall corporate strategy in addition to synergies and acquired workforce of the acquired business. The finite-lived intangible assets consist of the following: customer relationships, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of two and five years; and developed technology, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of six years. The indefinite lived intangible asset consisted of a tradename. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management using income approach methods. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis.

76

The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows (in thousands):

		Fair Value
Assets acquired:
Cash	$	1,318
Current assets		2,016
Property and equipment		1,453
Intangible assets		13,374
Total assets acquired		18,161
Liabilities assumed:
Current liabilities and non-current liabilities		(5,734)
Total liabilities assumed		(5,734)
Net identifiable assets acquired		12,427
Goodwill		10,125
Total consideration transferred	$	22,552

None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

DXI contributed revenue of approximately $10.0 million and a net loss of approximately ($3.2) million for the period from the date of acquisition to March 31, 2016. Total acquisition related costs were approximately $0.9 million, which were included in general and administrative expenses. The Company determined that it is impractical to include pro forma information given the difficulty in obtaining the historical financial information of DXI. Inclusion of such information would require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding DXI's historical financial results that the Company believes may ultimately prove inaccurate.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company updated its analysis of the valuation of the assets and liabilities acquired, which resulted in an increase of approximately $1.1 million to goodwill, a decrease in intangible assets of approximately $1.3 million, and a decrease to current and non-current liabilities of $0.2 million, compared with the preliminary estimates recorded for the first quarter of fiscal 2016. The impact of the change in preliminary values on the first quarter of fiscal 2016 statement of operations was not material. Therefore, no measurement period adjustment was required.

Quality Software Corporation

On June 3, 2015, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with the shareholder of Quality Software Corporation (QSC) and other parties affiliated with the shareholder and QSC for the purchase of certain assets as per the purchase agreement. The total aggregate fair value of the consideration was approximately $2.9 million, which $2.2 million was paid in cash to the QSC shareholder at closing. As part of the aggregate purchases price, there is also $0.5 million in contingent consideration payable subject to attainment of certain revenue and product release milestones for the acquired business, and $0.3 million in cash held by the Company in escrow to be retained for two years as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date. The preliminary fair value of the contingent consideration and escrow amounts was $0.7 million at the acquisition date.

The Company recorded the acquired identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the consideration transferred over the aggregate fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The amount of goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to the expected contributions of the entity to the overall corporate strategy in addition to synergies and acquired workforce of the acquired business. The finite-lived intangible assets consist of the following: customer relationships, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of five years; and developed technology, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of six years. The indefinite lived intangible asset consisted of in-process research and development and a tradename. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management using income approach methods. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis.

77

The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows (in thousands):

		Fair Value
Assets acquired:
Intangible assets	$	1,100
Goodwill		1,789
Total consideration transferred	$	2,889

QSC's contributions to revenue and income for the period from the date of acquisition to March 31, 2016 were not material. Total acquisition related costs were approximately $0.1 million, which were included in general and administrative expenses. The Company determined that the acquisition was not deemed to be a material business combination and it is impractical to include such pro forma information given the difficulty in obtaining the historical financial information of QSC. Inclusion of such information would require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding QSC's historical financial results that the Company believes may ultimately prove inaccurate.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company updated its analysis of the valuation of the assets and liabilities acquired, which resulted in an increase of approximately $0.1million to goodwill, and a decrease in intangible assets of approximately $0.1 million compared with what was recorded for the third quarter of fiscal 2016. The impact of the change in preliminary values on the first quarter of fiscal 2016 statement of operations was not material. Therefore, no measurement period adjustment was required.

14. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

401(k) Savings Plan

In April 1991, the Company adopted a 401(k) savings plan (the "Savings Plan") covering substantially all of its U.S. employees. Eligible employees may contribute to the Savings Plan from their compensation up to the maximum allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. In January 2007, the Company reactivated the employer matching contribution. The matching contribution is 100% of each employee's contributions up to $1,500, then 50% of the employee's contributions, not to exceed $3,000 per annum, in aggregate. The matching expense in 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $1.6 million, $0.9 million and $0.7 million, respectively. The Savings Plan does not allow employee contributions to be invested in the Company's common stock.

15. PATENT SALE

In June 2012, the Company entered into a patent purchase agreement and sold a family of patents to a third party for approximately $12.0 million plus a future payment of up to a maximum of $3.0 million based on future license agreements entered into by the third-party purchaser. In August 2014 and February 2013, the third-party entered into two separate license agreements with its customers; therefore, the Company earned an additional $1.0 million each under the patent purchase agreement for fiscal 2015 and 2013. Under the terms and conditions of the patent purchase agreement, the Company has retained certain limited rights to continue to use the patents. The patent purchase agreement contains representations and warranties customary for transactions of this type.

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In May 2015, the Company had entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of DXI Limited which included cash deposited into escrow to be held for two years as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date. In April 2017, the Company agreed with the shareholders of DXI Limited to return approximately $1.4 million to the Company and release the remaining funds held in escrow to the shareholders. The Company recorded a gain in the amount of this release of approximately $1.4 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2018.

78

17. CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

In thousands, except per share data amounts:

		QUARTER ENDED
		March 31,		Dec. 31,		Sept. 30,		June 30,		March 31,		Dec. 31,		Sept. 30,		June 30,
		2017		2016		2016		2016		2016		2015		2015		2015
Service revenue	$	62,654	$	60,149	$	57,717	$	55,296	$	52,174	$	48,948	$	46,951	$	44,168
Product revenue		3,834		3,527		5,466		4,745		5,160		4,220		3,991		3,724
Total revenue		66,488		63,676		63,183		60,041		57,334		53,168		50,942		47,892
Operating expenses:
Cost of service revenue		10,803		10,525		10,837		10,235		9,720		9,713		9,186		8,459
Cost of product revenue		4,187		4,240		5,782		5,505		6,103		5,087		4,596		4,382
Research and development		7,142		7,095		6,505		6,710		6,110		6,404		6,446		5,080
Sales and marketing		38,228		35,667		33,691		31,691		31,240		27,585		26,730		23,824
General, and administrative		9,814		7,852		6,747		6,801		7,132		6,888		5,657		6,068
Total operating expenses		70,174		65,379		63,562		60,942		60,305		55,677		52,615		47,813
Income (loss) from operations		(3,686)		(1,703)		(379)		(901)		(2,971)		(2,509)		(1,673)		79
Other income, net		583		408		391		410		397		272		204		234
Income (loss) from
operations before provision
(benefit) for income taxes		(3,103)		(1,295)		12		(491)		(2,574)		(2,237)		(1,469)		313
Provision (benefit) for
income taxes		(178)		30		(15)		37		(1,498)		(557)		423		785
Net income (loss)	$	(2,925)	$	(1,325)	$	27	$	(528)	$	(1,076)	$	(1,680)	$	(1,892)	$	(472)
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic	$	(0.03)	$	(0.01)	$	0.00	$	(0.01)	$	(0.01)	$	(0.02)	$	(0.02)	$	(0.01)
Diluted	$	(0.03)	$	(0.01)	$	0.00	$	(0.01)	$	(0.01)	$	(0.02)	$	(0.02)	$	(0.01)
Shares used in per share calculations:
Basic		91,175		90,774		89,987		89,434		88,888		88,289		88,557		88,233
Diluted		91,175		90,774		93,447		89,434		88,888		88,289		88,557		88,233

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

79

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of March 31, 2017. Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of March 31, 2017, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Based on this assessment, our management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2017.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Moss Adams LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements of 8x8, Inc. and on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The report of Moss Adams LLP is contained in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

On May 22, 2017, the compensation committee of our board of directors approved an amendment to the Management Incentive Bonus Plan, or MIP, that will permit the Committee, in its discretion, to approve quarterly and annual award payments to MIP participants based on the successful completion of approved individual objectives, our performance against predetermined metrics, or some combination of both. Previously, the MIP provided that quarterly awards would be payable based only on our performance in meeting specific quarterly targets. All our executive officers, along with other management level employees as approved by the compensation committee, participate in the MIP for each fiscal year.

On May 23, 2017, the Company entered into a share repurchase program authorized by the Company's board of directors for the purpose of repurchasing up to $25 million of the Company's outstanding shares of common stock. Repurchases of shares under the program will be made pursuant to a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 share repurchase plan, under which transactions would be effected in accordance with specified price, volume and timing conditions. A plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 allows a company to repurchase shares at times when it otherwise might be prevented from doing so under insider trading laws or due to self-imposed trading blackout periods. Because repurchases under a Rule 10b5-1 share repurchase plan are subject to specified parameters, there can be no assurance regarding the number of shares, if any, that will be repurchased pursuant to the plan, and the Company may discontinue repurchases and terminate the plan at any time.

If $25 million of shares are not purchased through the Rule 10b5-1 share repurchase plan, after the termination of that plan, the Company may from time to time purchase shares of its common stock, up to the $25 million aggregate authorization, through open market and privately negotiated transactions or through additional Rule 10b5-1 share repurchase plans, with the timing and amount of any such purchases or additional plans to be determined by the Company's management based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors.

PART III

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Registrant will file its definitive Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, and certain information included in the 2016 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information regarding our directors and corporate governance will be presented in our definitive proxy statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on or about August 10, 2017, which information is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference. However, certain information regarding current executive officers found under the heading "Executive Officers" in Item 1 of Part I hereof is also incorporated by reference in response to this Item 10.

80

We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and all other employees at 8x8, Inc. This Code of Conduct and Ethics is posted in the corporate governance section of our website at http://investors.8x8.com. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this Code of Conduct and Ethics by posting such information in the corporate governance section on its website at http://investors.8x8.com.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information relating to executive compensation will be presented in our definitive proxy statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on or about August 10, 2017, which information is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information relating to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans and other information required to be provided in response to this item will be presented in our definitive proxy statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on or about August 10, 2017, which information is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference. In addition, descriptions of our equity compensation plans are set forth in Part II, Item 8 "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA − NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Note 8 STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY."

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information required to be provided in response to this item will be presented in our definitive proxy statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on or about August 10, 2017, which information is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information required to be provided in response to this item will be presented in our definitive proxy statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on or about August 10, 2017, which information is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) Financial Statements. The information required by this item is included in Item 8.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules. See "Schedule II - Valuation of Qualifying Accounts" (below) within Item 15 of this Annual Report.

(a)(3) Exhibits. The documents listed on the Exhibit Index appearing in this Annual Report are filed herewith or hereby incorporated by reference. Copies of the exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index will be furnished, upon request, to holders or beneficial owners of the Company's common stock.

81

SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in thousands)

		Balance at		Additions				Balance
		Beginning		Charged to				at End
Description		of Year		Expenses		Deductions (a)		of Year
Total Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:
Year ended March 31, 2015:	$	466	$	279	$	(329)	$	416
Year ended March 31, 2016:	$	416	$	509	$	(339)	$	586
Year ended March 31, 2017:	$	586	$	941	$	(573)	$	954

(a) The deductions related to allowance for doubtful accounts represent accounts receivable which are written off.

82

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant, 8x8, Inc., a Delaware corporation, has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on May 30, 2017.

8X8, INC.

By: /s/ VIKRAM VERMA
Vikram Verma,
Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Vikram Verma and Mary Ellen Genovese, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ VIKRAM VERMA Vikram Verma	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	May 30, 2017
/s/ MARY ELLEN GENOVESE Mary Ellen Genovese	Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	May 30, 2017
/s/ BRYAN R. MARTIN Bryan R. Martin	Chairman and Chief Technology Officer	May 30, 2017
/s/ GUY L. HECKER Guy L. Hecker, Jr.	Director	May 30, 2017
/s/ ERIC SALZMAN Eric Salzman	Director	May 30, 2017
/s/ IAN POTTER Ian Potter	Director	May 30, 2017
/s/ JASWINDER PAL SINGH Jaswinder Pal Singh	Director	May 30, 2017
/s/ VLADIMIR JACIMOVIC Vladimir Jacimovic	Director	May 30, 2017

83

8X8, INC.
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Title
3.1 (x)	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, dated August 22, 2012
3.2 (a)	Bylaws of Registrant
10.1 (b)	Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers
10.2 (c)*	Employment Agreement dated September 9, 2013 between the Company and Vikram Verma
10.4 **	Second Amended and Restated 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended, and form of Subscription Agreement
10.6 (h)	Employment Agreement dated September 9, 2013 between the Company and Darren Hakeman
10.7 (i)*	2006 Stock Plan, as amended
10.8 (j)*	Severance Agreement and General Release
10.9 (k)*	Form of 2006 Stock Option Agreement under the 2006 Stock Plan
10.10 (l)*	Form of Notice of Award of Stock Purchase Right and Stock Purchase Agreement under the 2006 Stock Plan
10.11	Reserved
10.12 (m)	Lease dated April 27, 2012, between Registrant and O'Nel Office Holdings, LLC
10.13 (n)	Reserved
10.14 (o)	Reserved
10.15	Reserved
10.16(p)*	Annual Executive Incentive Plan.
10.17(q)*	Amended and Restated Contactual, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan
10.18(q)*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated Contactual, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan
10.19(r)*	Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan
10.20(s)*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan
10.21(s)*	Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award and Agreement under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan
10.22**	Second Amended and Restated Management Incentive Bonus Plan
10.23(u)	8x8, Inc. Amended and Restated 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan
10.24(u)	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan
10.25(u)	Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award and Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan
10.23(v)	Share Purchase Agreement, dated November 11, 2013, by and among 8x8 UK Investments Limited and 8x8, Inc. and the material sellers and the material option holders and Voicenet Solutions Limited
10.27(w)*	Employment Agreement dated October 6, 2014 between the Company and Mary Ellen Genovese
10.28(y)*	Employment Agreement dated January 7, 2015 between the Company and Puneet Arora
10.29(z)	Executive Change-in-Control and Severance policy
10.30(aa)*	Amended Employment Agreement dated July 31, 2015 between the Company and Vikram Verma
10.31(bb)	Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Certain Officers
10.32(cc)	Standard Form Office Lease, dated for reference purposes only as of January 20, 2016, by and between MNCVAD-Seagate 2665 North First LLC, and the Company
10.33(dd)	Lease dated June 22, 2016, between Registrant and One Commercial Street Management Company Limited
10.34**	Employment Agreement dated May 15, 2017 between the Company and Rani Hublou

84

21.1	Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
24.1	Power of Attorney (included on page 83)
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant pursuant to Rule 13a-14
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant pursuant to Rule 13a-14
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS**	XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.DEF**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
101.LAB**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PRE**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

__________

* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
**Filed herewith.

(a)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K filed October 23, 2013 (File No. 000-21783).
(b)	Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibits to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 Commission (File No. 333-15627) as amended, declared effective July 1, 1997.
(c)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2013 (File No. 000-21783).
(d)	Reserved.
(e)	Reserved.
(f)	Reserved.
(g)	Reserved.
(h)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2013 (File No. 000-21783)
(i)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 26, 2009 (File No. 000-21783).
(j)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed November 5, 2013 (File No. 000-21783)
(k)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed February 7, 2007 (File No. 000-21783).
(l)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 26, 2009 (File No. 000-21783).
(m)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 24, 2012 (File no. 000-21783).
(n)	Reserved
(o)	Reserved
(p)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed July 22, 2011 (File No. 000-21783).
(q)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.16 and 10.17 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed September 19, 2011 (File No. 333-176895).
(r)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed August 09, 2016 (File No. 333-213032).
(s)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.20 and 10.21 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed August 28, 2012 (File No. 333-183597).
(t)	Reserved

85

(u)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23, 10.24 and 10.25 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed September 10, 2013 (File No. 333-191080).
(v)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.2 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed November 13, 2013 (File no. 000-21783).
(w)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed October 22, 2014 (File no. 000-21783).
(x)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 28, 2013 (File No. 000-21783).
(y)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 29, 2015 (File No. 000-21783).
(z)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed July 31, 2015 (File No. 000-21783).
(aa)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed July 31, 2015 (File No. 000-21783).
(bb)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed July 31, 2015 (File No. 000-21783).
(cc)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 31, 2016 (File No. 000-21783).
(dd)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.33 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed July 29, 2016 (File No. 000-21783).

86

EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

8X8, INC.
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED 1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The following constitute the provisions of the 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of 8x8, Inc., as amended and restated effective May 23, 2017 (the "Restatement Date").

1. Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock of the Company through accumulated payroll deductions. Except as otherwise provided in Section 13(b) of the Plan, it is the intention of the Company to have the Offerings under the Plan qualify as an "Employee Stock Purchase Plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The provisions of the Plan, accordingly, shall be construed so as to extend and limit participation in a manner consistent with the requirements of that section of the Code.
2. Definitions.
1. "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
2. "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
3. "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.
4. "Company" shall mean 8x8, Inc.
5. "Compensation" shall mean all base straight time gross earnings and commissions, exclusive of payments for overtime, shift premium, incentive compensation, incentive payments, bonuses and other compensation.
6. "Current Purchase Period" shall mean any Purchase Period which is scheduled to end in the current calendar year, as determined at the relevant time.
7. "Designated Subsidiaries" shall mean the Subsidiaries which have been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan.
8. "Employee" shall mean any individual who is an employee of the Company (or a Designated Subsidiary, as applicable) for tax purposes whose customary employment with the Company (or applicable Designated Subsidiary) is at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar year. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company (or applicable Designated Subsidiary). Where the period of leave exceeds ninety (90) days and the individual's right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave.
9. "Enrollment Date" shall mean the first day of each Offering Period.
10. "Exercise Date" shall mean the last day of each Purchase Period.
11. "Fair Market Value" shall mean, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

1. If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Market or The Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable, or;
2. If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the closing bid and asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of such determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable, or;
3. In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
12. "New Exercise Date" shall mean the New Exercise Date set for Purchase Periods in the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation in accordance with Section 18(c).
13. "Offering" shall mean the grant of options to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan to Employees of the Company and/or one or more Designated Subsidiaries.
14. "Offering Periods" shall mean the periods of approximately twelve (12) months during which an option granted pursuant to an Offering may be exercised, commencing on the first Trading Day on or after February 1 and August 1 of each year and terminating on the last Trading Day in the periods ending twelve (12) months later. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan; provided, however, that the duration of an Offering Period shall not exceed twenty-seven (27) months. If an Offering Period is intended to include multiple Purchase Periods but the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on an Exercise Date during such an Offering Period is lower than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Enrollment Date of such Offering, then that Offering Period shall automatically terminate after the purchases for such Exercise Date are completed and the Participants in such Offering Period shall automatically be enrolled in the immediately following Offering as of the Enrollment Date thereof.
15. "Plan" shall mean this Second Amended and Restated 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
16. "Purchase Price" shall mean an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower.
17. "Purchase Period" shall mean the approximately six (6) month period commencing after one Exercise Date and ending with the next Exercise Date, except that the first Purchase Period of any Offering Period shall commence on the Enrollment Date and end with the next Exercise Date.
18. "Reserves" shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which have not yet been exercised and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but not yet placed under option.

2

19. "Subsidiary" shall mean a corporation, domestic or foreign, of which not less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares are held by the Company or a Subsidiary, whether or not such corporation now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary. For purposes of any Offering pursuant to Section 13(b) that is not intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, "Subsidiary" shall also include any entity (including any corporation, company or other vehicle organized under local law) of which at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power is controlled by the Company or a Subsidiary.
20. "Trading Day" shall mean a day on which national stock exchanges are open for trading.
3. Eligibility.
1. Any Employee (as defined in Section 2(h)) who, as of the Enrollment Date for a given Offering, is employed by the Company (or a Designated Subsidiary approved by the Administrator to participate in such Offering) shall be eligible to participate in the Plan for that Offering.
2. Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Employee shall be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans of the Company and its subsidiaries accrues at a rate which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the fair market value of the shares at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time.
4. Offerings. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Plan shall be implemented by consecutive, overlapping Offerings. The Administrator shall have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with respect to future Offerings without stockholder approval if such change is announced at least two (2) days prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter. After the Restatement Date, the Administrator shall have the power to establish the terms and conditions of each subsequent Offering including the participating entities (Company and or one or more Designated Subsidiaries), duration of the Offering Period (subject to the twenty-seven (27)-month limit established in Section 2(n)), number and frequency of Purchase Periods, Purchase Price (provided that the Purchase Price shall not be lower than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower) and maximum shares available per eligible Employee (which may not exceed the amounts calculated by Section 6(d) and Section 7 hereof), in each case subject to compliance with the terms and conditions of the Plan (which may be incorporated by reference) and the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, including the requirement that all eligible Employees have the same rights and privileges. The Administrator shall specify the terms and conditions of each Offering prior to the commencement of the Offering, which terms and conditions need not be identical and shall be deemed incorporated by reference and made a part of the Plan.

3

5. Participation.
1. An eligible Employee may become a participant in an Offering under the Plan by completing the enrollment process prior to the applicable Enrollment Date. The enrollment process for this purpose will be prescribed and communicated from time to time by the Company to eligible Employees.
2. Payroll deductions for a participant shall commence on the first payroll following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last payroll in the Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10 hereof.
6. Payroll Deductions.
1. At the time a participant enrolls in an Offering, he or she shall elect to have payroll deductions made on each pay day during the Offering Period for that Offering in an amount not exceeding ten percent (10%) of the Compensation which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering Period.
2. All payroll deductions made for a participant shall be credited to his or her account under the Plan and shall be withheld in whole percentages only. A participant may not make any additional payments into such account.
3. A participant may discontinue his or her participation in an Offering under the Plan as provided in Section 10 hereof, or may increase or decrease the rate of his or her payroll deductions during the Offering Period by filing with the Company an authorization to change the payroll deduction rate pursuant to the process prescribed by the Company from time to time. The Administrator may, in its discretion, limit the number of participation rate changes during any Offering Period. The change in rate shall be effective with the first full payroll period commencing after the Company's receipt of the new authorization unless the Company elects to process a given change in participation more quickly. Upon conclusion of an Offering in which a participant was participating, the participant's enrollment terms and conditions shall automatically apply and the participant shall be enrolled in the next scheduled Offering, unless and until participation is terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof.
4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b) hereof, a participant's payroll deductions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at such time during any Current Purchase Period that the aggregate of all payroll deductions which were previously used to purchase stock under the Plan in a prior Purchase Period which ended during that calendar year plus all payroll deductions accumulated with respect to the Current Purchase Period equal twenty-one thousand, two hundred fifty dollars ($21,250) or at any time the limit set forth in Section 423(b)(8) of the Code is likely to be exceeded but for such decrease. Payroll deductions shall recommence at the rate previously elected by such participant at the beginning of the first Purchase Period which is scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10 hereof.

4

5. At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Company's Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of, the participant must make adequate provision for the federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations of the participant's employer (whether the Company or a Designated Subsidiary), if any, which arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock. At any time, the employer may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the participant's compensation the amount necessary for the employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to participating in an Offering or sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the participant.
7. Grant of Option. On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each eligible Employee participating in such Offering shall be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of the Company's Common Stock determined by dividing such Employee's payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Participant's account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no event shall an Employee be permitted to purchase during each Purchase Period more than a number of shares determined by dividing twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) by the Fair Market Value of a share of the Company's Common Stock on the Enrollment Date, and provided further that such purchase shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(b) and 12 hereof and in Code Section 423(b)(8). Exercise of the option shall occur as provided in Section 8 hereof, unless the participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10 hereof. The option shall expire on the last day of the Offering.
8. Exercise of Option. Unless a participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10 hereof, his or her option for the purchase of shares shall be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to option shall be purchased for such participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her account. No fractional shares shall be purchased; any payroll deductions accumulated in a participant's account which are not sufficient to purchase a full share shall be retained in the participant's account for the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the participant as provided in Section 10 hereof. Any other monies left over in a participant's account after the Exercise Date shall be returned to the participant. During a participant's lifetime, a participant's option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.
9. Delivery. As promptly as practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares occurs, the Company shall arrange the delivery to each participant, as appropriate, of a certificate representing the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option or shall cause an appropriate entry to be made in participant's brokerage account reflecting the shares purchased.
10. Withdrawal; Termination of Employment.
1. A participant may withdraw all but not less than all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by giving notice pursuant to the process prescribed and communicated by the Company from time to time. All of the participant's payroll deductions credited to his or her account shall be paid to such participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such participant's option for the Offering shall be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares shall be made for such Offering. If a participant withdraws from an Offering, payroll deductions shall not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering unless the participant completes the enrollment process again pursuant to Section 5.
2. Upon a participant's ceasing to be an Employee for any reason, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the payroll deductions credited to such participant's account during the Offering Period but not yet used to exercise the option shall be returned to such participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 14 hereof, and such participant's option shall be automatically terminated.
3. A participant's withdrawal from an Offering shall not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offerings which commence after the participant's withdrawal.

5

11. Interest. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of a participant in the Plan.
12. Stock.
1. The maximum number of shares of the Company's Common Stock which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be 500,000 shares, increased annually on the first day of each the Company's fiscal years for a period of not more than ten years, beginning on April 1, 2018 and ending on April 1, 2027 (inclusive), in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 500,000 shares and (ii) such lesser number of shares as the Board determines at its first meeting for the applicable fiscal year, all of which numbers are subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 18 hereof. If, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares with respect to which options are to be exercised exceeds the number of shares then available under the Plan, the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available for purchase in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable.
2. The participant shall have no interest or voting right in shares covered by his option until such option has been exercised.
3. Shares to be delivered to a participant under the Plan shall be registered in the name of the participant or in the name of the participant and his or her spouse.
13. Administration.
1. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a committee of members of the Board appointed by the Board (the "Administrator"). The Administrator shall have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to determine eligibility and to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator shall, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties. Notwithstanding the appointment of a committee to serve as Administrator, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, resolve to administer the Plan.
2. After the Restatement Date, the Administrator may initiate separate Offerings through sub plans (which need not qualify under Section 423 of the Code) for the purpose of (i) facilitating participation in the Plan by employees of Designated Subsidiaries located outside of the United States in compliance with foreign laws and regulations without affecting the qualification of the remainder of the Plan under Section 423 of the Code, or (ii) qualifying an Offering under the Plan for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws (which sub plans, at the Administrator's discretion, may provide for allocations of the authorized shares reserved for issue under the Plan as set forth in Section 12(a)). Any sub plan shall be subject to the Offering Period limit established in Section 2(n), the Purchase Price floor established in Section 4 and the overall share limit established in Section 12(a). The rules of such sub plans may take precedence over provisions of the Plan other than the foregoing requirements of Sections 2(n), 4 and 12(a) (including as to participating Designated Subsidiaries, eligible Employees, duration of the Offering Period (including Enrollment Dates), number and frequency of Purchase Periods, Purchase Price, currency exchange rates, and maximum shares available per eligible Employee), but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern the operation of such sub plan. Alternatively and in order to comply with the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, the Administrator shall have the power, in its discretion, to grant options in an Offering to eligible Employees who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens) that provide terms which are less favorable than the terms of options granted under the same Offering to employees resident in the United States, subject to compliance with Section 423 of the Code.

6

14. Designation of Beneficiary.
1. A participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the participant's account under the Plan in the event of such participant's death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such participant of such shares and cash. In addition, a participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the participant's account under the Plan in the event of such participant's death prior to exercise of the option. If a participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent shall be required for such designation to be effective.
2. Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the participant at any time by written notice. In the event of the death of a participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such participant's death, the Company shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.
15. Transferability. Neither payroll deductions credited to a participant's account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 14 hereof) by the participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

7

16. Use of Funds. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.
17. Reports. Individual accounts shall be maintained for each participant in the Plan. Statements of account shall be given to participating Employees at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.
18. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Asset Sale.
1. Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the Reserves, the amount of the annual Plan share replenishment, as well as the price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration". Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an option.
2. Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offerings shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator.
3. Merger or Asset Sale. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation, any Purchase Periods then in progress shall be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date and any Offerings then in progress shall end on the New Exercise Date. The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the Company's proposed sale or merger. The Administrator shall notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the participant's option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the participant's option shall be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the Offering as provided in Section 10 hereof.

8

19. Amendment or Termination.
1. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time and for any reason terminate or amend the Plan. Except as provided in Section 18 hereof, no such termination can affect options previously granted, provided that an Offering may be terminated by the Board of Directors on any Exercise Date if the Board determines that the termination of the Plan is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. Except as provided in Section 18 hereof, no amendment may make any change in any option theretofore granted which adversely affects the rights of any participant. To the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 or under Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other applicable law or regulation), the Company shall obtain stockholder approval in such a manner and to such a degree as required. In addition, the Company shall not amend the Plan to extend the Offering Period limit established in Section 2(n) or to lower the Purchase Price floor established in Section 4, as applicable to any Offering(s) under the Plan or any sub plan established pursuant to Section 13(b), without obtaining stockholder approval.
2. Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any participant rights may be considered to have been "adversely affected," the Administrator shall be entitled to change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company's processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the participant's Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan.
3. In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify or amend the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:
1. altering the Purchase Price for any Offering including an Offering underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;
2. shortening any Offering Period so that Offering Period ends on a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action; and
3. allocating shares.

Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Plan participants.

20. Notices. All notices or other communications by a participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

9

21. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

22. Stockholder Approval. The Plan, as amended and restated herein, shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the Restatement Date. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under applicable laws.
23. Information to Employees. The Company shall provide to each Employee who acquires shares pursuant to the Plan, not less frequently than annually during the period such individual owns such shares, copies of annual financial statements. The Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

10

EX-10.22

Exhibit 10.22

8X8, INC.
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN
Effective: June 22, 2012
Amended: January 23, 2017 & May 22, 2017

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of this Second Amended and Restated Management Incentive Bonus Plan (the "Plan") is to promote the success of 8x8, Inc. (the "Company") by providing financial incentives to eligible Employees (individually a "Participant" and collectively the "Participants") to strive for more effective operation of the Company's business. The Company intends to use this Plan to link the interest of stockholders of the Company and Plan Participants by motivating Participants to focus on profitable revenue growth, product quality, completing individual objectives that support the Company's overall business strategy, to attract and retain Participants' services and to create a variable compensation plan that is competitive with other companies in the Company's market.

2. DEFINITIONS

The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan:

1. "Annual Period" means the twelve-month period starting April 1 and ending March 31, which corresponds to the Company's fiscal year as of the Effective Date.
2. "Award" means, as applicable, (a) the individual right of a Participant to receive payments under this Plan with respect to Annual and Quarter Periods and related benefits, or (b)the amount of cash paid to a Participant under the Plan with respect to an Annual or Quarter Period.
3. "Award Determination Date" means the date following the end of each Annual Period and each Quarter Period that the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors (the "Committee") meets to review individual and Company performance, which shall in any event be no later than 45 days from the end of each Quarter Period and no later than 60 days from the end of each Annual Period.
4. "Effective Date" means June 22, 2012.
5. "Employee" means any individual, including an officer, who is a full service employee of the Company or any entity in which the Company beneficially owns more than 50% of the outstanding ownership interests entitled to vote for the election of directors or the equivalent managing body of such entity, determined on a worldwide basis.
6. "Participant" has the meaning set forth in Section 1 above.
7. "Participation Date" means, for each Participant, the date on which the Participant commences participation in the Plan as determined in accordance with Section 4.
8. "Quarter Period" means the three-month period representing the Company's fiscal quarter. The quarters begin on April 1^st, July 1^st, October 1^st, and January 1^st.

9. "Term of the Plan" means the period during which the Plan is effective. This period shall begin on the Effective Date and end on a date to be determined in accordance with Section 10 of the Plan.
3. POWERS AND ADMINISTRATION
1. Administration by the Committee. Subject to any powers to be exercised by the Company's board of directors, in its discretion, the Committee shall administer the Plan and have such powers and duties as are conferred upon it under this Plan, or any amendments thereto, or by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Committee shall have the authority and complete discretion to (i) prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to the Plan; (ii) select Participants to receive Awards; (iii) construe and interpret the Plan; (iv) make changes in relation to the Term of the Plan; (v) correct any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan; (vi) authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Award; and (vii) make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
2. Committee's Interpretation Final. The Committee's interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons claiming an interest in an Award granted or issued under the Plan. Neither the Committee nor any director shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. The Company, in accordance with its bylaws, shall indemnify and defend such parties to the fullest extent provided by law and such bylaws.
3. Nontransferability of Awards. An award granted a Participant shall not be assignable or transferable in whole or in part, either voluntarily or by operation of law or otherwise. In the event of the Participant's death, an Award is transferable by the Participant only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any attempted assignment, transfer or attachment by any creditor in violation of this Subsection 3(c) shall be null and void.
4. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
1. Eligibility. All executive officers of the Company and other Employees deemed eligible by the Committee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan, and the Committee's grant of an Award to an Employee shall be conclusive evidence of the Committee's determination of that Employee's eligibility. A Participant's participation in the Plan shall be deemed to commence effective as of his or her Participation Date. The Participation Date for an eligible Employee will be (a) 90 days from the Employee's date of hire or (b) such other date as the Committee may approve (for example, 90 days from the date of an existing Employee's promotion to a new position). A Participant whose participation in the Plan commences on a date other than on the first day of an Annual Period shall be entitled to receive a pro-rated payment with respect to that Annual Period, based on the number of days the Participant participates in the Plan versus the maximum number of days available for participation during the Annual Period (assuming all other payment conditions are satisfied). For instance, a person hired on April 15^th will generally have a Participation Date of July 15^th, which corresponds to 260 eligible days to participate in the Plan - i.e., from July 15^th to March 31^st. Similarly, a Participant shall be entitled to a pro-rated payment with respect to the Quarter Period during which his or her participation in the Plan commences, based on the number of days of actual participation versus the maximum number of days available during the Quarter Period (assuming all other payment conditions are satisfied).

2

2. Employment Requirement. Participants must be employed with the Company on the Award Determination Date and on the date the Award is to be paid, to be eligible for an Award payment under the Plan.
3. Participation and Approval. For each Annual Period, the Chief Executive Officer shall present to the Committee a list of recommended Participants employed by the Company or a Company subsidiary at that time together with a recommended target Award for each Participant for the fiscal year, which recommendations may be submitted after the commencement of the current Annual Period. The Committee shall review the Chief Executive Officer's report, make any adjustments the Committee deems necessary, and approve target Awards for the Annual Period. The Committee or the Chief Executive Officer shall communicate to each Participant his or her participation in the Plan and his or her individual objectives and targets.
5. CALCULATION OF AWARDS
1. Awards Based on Objectives.
1. Awards for the Annual Period shall be based on (A) successful completion of approved individual objectives for such period (as approved at the beginning of the fiscal year), (B) the Company's performance against predetermined metrics (as approved at the beginning of the fiscal year), or (C) some combination of both, as determined by the Committee at the beginning of the relevant fiscal year.
2. Awards for the Quarter Period shall be based on (A) successful completion of approved individual objectives for such period (as approved at the beginning of the fiscal year or the relevant fiscal quarter), (B) the Company's performance against predetermined metrics (as approved at the beginning of the fiscal year or the relevant fiscal quarter), or (C) some combination of both, as determined by the Committee at the beginning of the relevant fiscal year.
2. Determination of Award Target. Target amounts for Awards for Participants are determined by competitive market information relevant to the job the individual is performing for the Company, the job function of the individual and the individuals' expected contributions to the Company. The target amounts may be a specified cash amount or a percentage of base pay.
6. Payment

   All payments are to be made in cash, less applicable federal, state, local and FICA taxes, as soon as practicable after the Award Determination Date, but in all events within 75 days after it.

7. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

The Committee may, from time to time, terminate, suspend, or discontinue the Plan, in whole or part, or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever.

3

8. SOURCE OF FUNDS

The Plan is funded by a portion of profits in excess of minimum profit targets set forth annually by the Committee. All awards paid under the Plan are paid from the general assets of the Company and are not liabilities of the Company at any time prior to the time when payment is made. Nothing contained in the Plan shall require the Company to segregate any monies from its general funds, or to create any trust or make any special deposit in respect of any amounts payable under the Plan to or for any Participant or group of Participants.

9. RIGHTS AS AN EMPLOYEE

The Plan shall not be construed to give any individual the right to remain in the employ of the Company or to affect the right of the Company to terminate such individual's status as an Employee. Participation in the Plan will not affect participation in any other compensatory plan maintained by the Company.

10. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

The Plan is effective on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect until such time as the Committee decides to terminate the Plan.

4

EX-10.34 4 exh10-34.htm EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT DATED MAY 15, 2017 BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND RANI HUBLOU

Exhibit 10.34

May 15, 2017

Rani Hublou

RE: 8x8, Inc. Chief Marketing Officer

Dear Rani,

On behalf of 8x8, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), I am pleased to offer you the position of Chief Marketing Officer, beginning on May 22, 2017. The terms of your employment relationship with the Company will be as set forth below.

1. Position. You will become Chief Marketing Officer (CMO). As such, you will have responsibilities as determined by the Company's Chief Executive Officer. Your duties and responsibilities are subject to change depending on the needs of the Company.
2. Compensation.
1. Base Salary. You will be paid an annualized salary of $325,000 payable in accordance with the Company's standard payroll policies subject to normal required withholding.
2. Salary Review. Your base salary will be reviewed as part of the Company's normal salary review process.
3. Expenses. You will be reimbursed for all reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred in the performance of your duties as provided in the Company's Employee Handbook.
3. Management Incentive Plan. Subject to approval by the Board of Directors, you will be eligible to participate in the Company's Management Incentive Plan (the "MIP"), with a target total annual bonus equal to 60% of your annual base salary, in accordance with the terms of the MIP. Payments are made under the MIP on a quarterly and annual basis, shortly after the completion of each fiscal quarter or fiscal year (as applicable), if minimum performance targets are met with respect to that fiscal period. You will become eligible to begin participating in the MIP immediately as of your employment start date, and you will be entitled to a pro rata payment (based on number of days of participation) of any award amounts that subsequently become payable in respect of the quarterly and annual periods during which you begin participating in the MIP. For avoidance of doubt, your participation would begin on May 22, 2017. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to modify the terms of the MIP at any time. A copy of the MIP, as in effect on the date of this offer Letter, is attached for reference as Exhibit C.

4. Stock Awards.
1. Initial Equity Grants: Subject to approval by the Board of Directors, you will receive the following awards of stock-based compensation, with vesting commencing on your start date:
1. RSUs (restricted stock units) covering 55,446 shares of Common Stock (valued at approximately $750,000), vesting at a rate of one-fourth (1/4) of the total number of shares on the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th anniversaries of your start date, subject to your continued employment or other association with the Company; and
2. PSUs (performance stock units) covering 44,615 shares of Common Stock (valued at approximately $750,000), vesting as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

The awards will be documented with grant agreements between you and the Company reflecting the Company's standard terms and conditions for RSU and RPSU awards (except as modified by the provisions of this offer letter).

2. Share Retention: You agree to acquire and retain an ownership interest in Company Common Stock which is equal in value to one times (1X) the amount of your base salary in Paragraph 2(a). Shares counted for this purpose will consist of shares of Common Stock you own directly by whatever means acquired (including under the Company's employee stock purchase plan), and shares held by you or on your behalf in a 401(k) or similar plan, but excluding shares issuable pursuant to unvested RSUs and PSUs held by you on the relevant measurement date. You will have five years from your start date in which to meet this stock ownership threshold. If at any time thereafter, while you remain employed by the Company, your aggregate share ownership as defined in this Paragraph 4(b) should fall below the threshold, you agree to retain shares as they vest and you acquire them, and not to sell any of your shares of Company Common Stock, until your share ownership exceeds the threshold. In the event of a termination of your employment, or a Corporate Transaction (as defined in the Company's 2012 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan), this Paragraph 4(b) shall become inapplicable.
5. Severance Benefits. You will be entitled to benefits under the Company's Executive Change-in-Control and Severance Policy (the "Policy") as a Tier Two participant (the Executive Vice President tier), in accordance with the terms thereof. Such benefits include potential cash severance upon specified terminations of employment and potential vesting acceleration of stock-based compensation if the termination is in connection with a Change-in-Control (as defined in the Policy), subject to the terms of the Policy. A copy of the Policy, as in effect on the date of this offer Letter, is attached for reference as Exhibit B.
6. Benefits. The Company will make available to you standard vacation, medical and dental insurance benefits. The Company will also make available to you participation in any 401(k) Plan that is generally available to other employees. Medical benefits will start on the first day of your employment, and dental benefits will start on the first day of the next calendar month following the first day of your employment. You will be eligible to participate in any employee stock purchase plan that is generally available to other employees (upon enrollment by February 1^st or August 1^st of any year, under the plan's current terms).

7. Standard Confidentiality and Inventions Assignment Agreement. Like all Company employees, you will be required to sign the Company's standard Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement (the "Confidentiality Agreement") relating to protection of the Company's proprietary and confidential Information, assignment of inventions and non-solicitation of Company employees, among other things.

The Company is hiring you for your talents, skills and expertise. We do not want you to use or disclose any proprietary or confidential information from your previous employers. You will not need this information to perform your duties at the Company, and using, or asking you to use, such information would violate the Company's policies. We understand from you that working at the Company will not violate any obligations you may owe to your previous employers or any third parties.

8. At-Will Employment. You will be an employee-at-will, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time, without notice, for any reason or no reason without further obligation or liability to the other party (subject to applicable law and except as set forth in the Policy, the Confidentiality Agreement and any other agreements between the Company and you). You will receive the Company's Employee Handbook with all of our general employee policies and procedures on or around your first day of employment, which Employee Handbook, as in effect from time to time, will be a part of the terms of your employment with the Company.
9. No Outside Consulting. You agree to not sit on any board of directors, or perform any outside consulting work for any other person, company or organization while employed full-time at the Company, other than with the advance written approval of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
10. Background Check. This offer letter is contingent upon satisfactory results of a background check and your reference checks and may be rescinded or revoked at any time prior to your start date in the event those checks fail to meet the reasonable requirements of the Company. In addition, this offer letter is contingent on your demonstrating your right to work in the United State in accordance with applicable law.
11. Expiration Date. If not accepted, this offer will expire at midnight Pacific Time on May 15, 2017.
12. Start Date. Your employment start date will be May 22, 2017, unless you and the Company agree otherwise in writing.

Congratulations on your new position!

Sincerely,

By: _______________________________
Vikram Verma
Chief Executive Officer

ACCEPTED:

__________________________________
Rani Hublou

Date: _______________________________

EXHIBIT A

RPSUs will vest (1) as to 50% on your second anniversary of your hire date, and (2) as to the remaining 50% on your third anniversary, in each case subject to performance of the Company's Common Stock relative to the Russell 2000 Index during the period from grant date through the vesting date, with 100% of the applicable tranche vesting if the total shareholder return (TSR) of the Company's Common Stock equals or exceeds the TSR of the Russell 2000 Index over the applicable measurement period. The number of RPSUs that vest will be increased (or decreased) by 2% for each 1% positive (or negative) difference in the TSR of the Company's Common Stock relative to the TSR of the Russell 2000 Index; provided, however, (1) in the event the TSR of the Company's Common Stock is more than 30% lower than the TSR of the Russell 2000 Index for the applicable measurement period, no RPSUs of the applicable tranche shall vest, and (2) in no event will the total number of RPS Us that vest in event of a positive difference in the TSR of the Company's Common Stock relative to the TSR of the Russell 2000 Index exceed 200% of the total number of RPSUs in the applicable tranche.

TSR shall be determined on a percentage basis based on the value of a $100 investment in Company Common Stock and the Russell 2000 Index on the grant date, including deemed reinvestment of dividends. Fair market value of Company Common Stock and the Russell 2000 Index on any particular date shall be the 30-day trading average price for the period prior to and through the date of determination.

In addition and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all vesting is subject to continued employment or other association with the Company through the end of the applicable measurement period.

EX-10.34

March 31, 2017 10K Exhibit 10.34

EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT

Name	Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Netergy Microelectronics, Inc.	California, USA
Visit, Inc.	California, USA
Contactual, Inc.	Delaware, USA
Zerigo, Inc.	Colorado, USA
LeChat, Inc.	Delaware, USA
8x8 UK Investments Limited	United Kingdom
Voicenet Solutions Limited	United Kingdom
DXI Limited	United Kingdom
8x8 Research and Innovations SRL	Romania
8x8 Canada, Inc.	Canada
8x8 Australia Pty Ltd.	Australia
8x8 Japan G.K.	Japan

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-3 No. 333-187421, and Form S-8 Nos. 333-30943, 333-15627, 333-50519, 333-49410, 333-66296, 333-90172, 333-108290, 333-118642, 333-126337, 333-137599, 333-176895, 333-183597, 333-189452, 333-191080, 333-196275, 333-198012, 333-199795, 333-204583, 333-206029, 333-212163, and 333-213032) of our report dated May 30, 2017, relating to the consolidated financial statements of 8x8, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of 8x8, Inc., appearing in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended March 31, 2017.

/s/ Moss Adams LLP

San Francisco, California
May 30, 2017

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Vikram Verma, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of 8x8, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

1. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
2. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
3. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
4. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

1. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
2. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

May 30, 2017

/s/ VIKRAM VERMA
Vikram Verma
Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, MaryEllen Genovese, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of 8x8, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

1. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
2. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
3. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
4. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

1. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
2. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

May 30, 2017

/s/ MARYELLEN GENOVESE
MaryEllen Genovese
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S. C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of 8x8, Inc. (the "Company") for the year ended March 31, 2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Vikram Verma, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ VIKRAM VERMA
Vikram Verma
Chief Executive Officer

May 30, 2017

This certification accompanies this Report pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or otherwise required, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of § 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S. C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of 8x8, Inc. (the "Company") for the year ended March 31, 2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, MaryEllen Genovese, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ MARYELLEN GENOVESE
MaryEllen Genovese
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

May 30, 2017

This certification accompanies this Report pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or otherwise required, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of §18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	May 25, 2017	Sep. 30, 2016
Document And Entity Information
Entity Registrant Name	8X8 INC /DE/
Entity Central Index Key	0001023731
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2017
Amendment Flag	false
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--03-31
Is Entity a Well-known Seasoned Issuer?	Yes
Is Entity a Voluntary Filer?	No
Is Entity's Reporting Status Current?	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 1,362,839,166
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		91,620,610
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2017

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 41,030	$ 33,576
Short-term investments	133,959	129,274
Accounts receivable, net	14,264	11,070
Inventory	908	520
Deferred cost of goods sold	619	634
Deferred tax asset	0	5,382
Other current assets	6,574	5,444
Total current assets	197,354	185,900
Property and equipment, net	16,384	12,375
Intangible assets, net	17,038	21,464
Goodwill	46,136	47,420
Non-current deferred tax asset	48,859	43,189
Other assets	8,084	3,104
Total assets	333,855	313,452
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	15,711	10,954
Accrued compensation	11,508	10,063
Accrued warranty	324	326
Accrued taxes	5,354	5,200
Accrued outside commissions	2,920	2,186
Deferred revenue	2,144	1,925
Other accrued liabilities	5,383	4,080
Total current liabilities	43,344	34,734
Non-current liabilities	1,850	3,258
Non-current deferred revenue	60	154
Total liabilities	45,254	38,146
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value: Authorized: 5,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: no shares at March 31, 2017 and 2016	0	0
Common stock, $0.001 par value: Authorized: 200,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: 91,500,091 shares and 89,213,205 shares at March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively	91	89
Additional paid-in capital	412,762	389,260
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(9,642)	(4,184)
Accumulated deficit	(114,610)	(109,859)
Total stockholders' equity	288,601	275,306
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 333,855	$ 313,452

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) - $ / shares	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, shares authorized	5,000,000	5,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value per share	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized	200,000,000	200,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	91,500,091	89,213,205
Common stock, shares outstanding	91,500,091	89,213,205

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Consolidated Statements Of Operations
Service revenue	$ 235,816	$ 192,241	$ 148,208
Product revenue	17,572	17,095	14,205
Total revenue	253,388	209,336	162,413
Operating expenses:
Cost of service revenue	42,400	37,078	29,701
Cost of product revenue	19,714	20,168	15,863
Research and development	27,452	24,040	15,118
Sales and marketing	139,277	109,379	80,667
General and administrative	31,214	25,745	18,182
Gain on patent sale	0	0	(1,000)
Total operating expenses	260,057	216,410	158,531
Income (loss) from operations	(6,669)	(7,074)	3,882
Other income, net	1,792	1,107	833
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes	(4,877)	(5,967)	4,715
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	(126)	(847)	2,789
Net income (loss)	$ (4,751)	$ (5,120)	$ 1,926
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic	$ (0.05)	$ (0.06)	$ 0.02
Diluted	$ (0.05)	$ (0.06)	$ 0.02
Weighted average number of shares:
Basic	90,340	88,477	89,071
Diluted	90,340	88,477	91,652

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net income (loss)	$ (4,751)	$ (5,120)	$ 1,926
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments in securities	70	(50)	(26)
Foreign currency translation adjustment	(5,528)	(2,025)	(2,513)
Comprehensive loss	$ (10,209)	$ (7,195)	$ (613)

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Common Stock	Additional Paid-In Capital	Accumulated other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	Accumulated Deficit	Total
Beginning balance, amount at Mar. 31, 2014	$ 88	$ 384,325	$ 430	$ (106,665)	$ 278,178
Beginning balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2014	88,525,015
Issuance of common stock under stock plans	$ 2	4,525	0	0	4,527
Issuance of common stock under stock plans, shares	2,043,781
Cost of issuance of common stock	$ 0	(8)	0	0	(8)
Repurchase of common stock	$ (2)	(19,369)	0	0	(19,371)
Repurchase of common stock, shares	(2,503,268)
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 0	9,347	0	0	9,347
Income tax benefit from stock-based compensation	0	151	0	0	151
Unrealized investment gain (loss)	0	0	(26)	0	(26)
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	(2,513)	0	(2,513)
Net income (loss)	0	0	0	1,926	1,926
Ending balance, amount at Mar. 31, 2015	$ 88	378,971	(2,109)	(104,739)	272,211
Ending balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2015	88,065,528
Issuance of common stock under stock plans	$ 2	5,386	0	0	5,388
Issuance of common stock under stock plans, shares	2,218,470
Cost of issuance of common stock	$ 0	(3)	0	0	(3)
Issuance of common stock for acquisition of businesses, net of issuance costs	$ 0	0	0	0	0
Issuance of common stock for acquisition of businesses, net of issuance costs, shares	352,044
Repurchase of common stock	$ (1)	(11,652)	0	0	(11,653)
Repurchase of common stock, shares	(1,422,837)
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 0	16,334	0	0	16,334
Income tax benefit from stock-based compensation	0	224	0	0	224
Unrealized investment gain (loss)	0	0	(50)	0	(50)
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	(2,025)	0	(2,025)
Net income (loss)	0	0	0	(5,120)	(5,120)
Ending balance, amount at Mar. 31, 2016	$ 89	389,260	(4,184)	(109,859)	275,306
Ending balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2016	89,213,205
Issuance of common stock under stock plans	$ 3	4,564	0	0	4,567
Issuance of common stock under stock plans, shares	2,576,785
Cost of issuance of common stock	$ 0	(6)	0	0	(6)
Repurchase of common stock	$ (1)	(3,004)	0	0	(3,005)
Repurchase of common stock, shares	(289,899)
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 0	21,462	0	0	21,462
Income tax benefit from stock-based compensation	0	486	0	0	486
Unrealized investment gain (loss)	0	0	70	0	70
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	(5,528)	0	(5,528)
Net income (loss)	0	0	0	(4,751)	(4,751)
Ending balance, amount at Mar. 31, 2017	$ 91	$ 412,762	$ (9,642)	$ (114,610)	$ 288,601
Ending balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2017	91,500,091

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$ (4,751)	$ (5,120)	$ 1,926
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activites:
Depreciation	6,084	4,994	3,540
Amortization of intangibles	3,762	3,557	2,232
Impairment of long-lived assets	15	640	0
Amortization of capitalized software	591	456	341
Net accretion of discount and amortization of premium on marketable securities	219	740	896
Stock-based compensation	21,462	16,334	9,347
Tax benefit from stock-based compensation	(486)	(224)	(151)
Deferred income tax (benefit) provision	(411)	(1,493)	2,390
Other	977	533	256
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net	(4,799)	(4,539)	(1,529)
Inventory	(430)	136	52
Other current and non-current assets	(2,025)	(1,432)	(196)
Deferred cost of goods sold	(60)	(224)	(207)
Accounts payable	4,173	2,473	610
Accrued compensation	1,615	3,566	1,632
Accrued warranty	(2)	(13)	(321)
Accrued taxes	247	2,292	490
Accrued outside commissions	734	1,744	(5)
Deferred revenue	195	(273)	(1,065)
Other current and non-current liabilities	1,368	(580)	1,002
Net cash provided by operating activities	28,478	23,567	21,240
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions of property and equipment	(8,851)	(4,894)	(5,826)
Cost of capitalized software	(5,516)	(2,095)	(724)
Purchase of investments - available for sale	(140,026)	(126,723)	(106,021)
Sales of investments - available for sale	41,288	56,302	36,764
Proceeds from maturities of investments	93,795	64,361	63,546
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired	(2,884)	(23,246)	0
Net cash used in investing activities	(22,194)	(36,295)	(12,261)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Capital lease payments	(674)	(446)	(149)
Payment of contingent consideration	(300)	(200)	0
Repurchase of common stock	(3,003)	(11,653)	(19,371)
Tax benefit from stock-based compensation expense	486	224	151
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee stock plans	5,087	4,827	4,455
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	1,596	(7,248)	(14,914)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	(426)	442	(114)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	7,454	(19,534)	(6,049)
Cash and cash equivalents,beginning of year	33,576	53,110	59,159
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year	41,030	33,576	53,110
Supplemental and non-cash disclosures:
Acquisition of property and equipment, net in connection with acquisitions of businesses	0	1,453	0
Acquisition of capital lease in connection with acquisitions of businesses	0	1,332	0
Equipment acquired under capital leases	1,152	573	0
Cash paid for interest	16	44	5
Cash paid for income taxes	$ 460	$ 445	$ 159

XML

THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Note 1

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Notes to Financial Statements

THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Note 1

1. THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

THE COMPANY

8x8, Inc. ("8x8" or the "Company") was incorporated in California in February 1987 and was reincorporated in Delaware in December 1996.

The Company is a leading provider of enterprise cloud communications solutions, including unified communications, team collaboration, contact center, and analytics, integrated over a single Software-as-a Service (SaaS) platform. The 8x8 Communications Cloud^TM offers businesses a secure, reliable and simplified approach to transitioning their legacy, on-premises communications systems to the cloud. This comprehensive solution, built from owned and managed cloud technologies, enables customers to rely on a single provider for their global communications and contact center capabilities as well as customer support requirements. 8x8 customers are spread across more than 100 countries and range from small businesses to large enterprises. Since fiscal 2004, substantially all revenue has been generated from the sale of communications services and related hardware. Prior to fiscal 2003, the Company's main business was Voice over Internet Protocol semiconductors.

The Company's fiscal year ends on March 31 of each calendar year. Each reference to a fiscal year in these notes to the consolidated financial statements refers to the fiscal year ended March 31 of the calendar year indicated (for example, fiscal 2017 refers to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017).

Acquisitions

In January 2017, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of LeChat, Inc., the maker of Sameroom^TM, an interoperability platform that enables cross-team messaging and collaboration in the enterprise.

In June 2015, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with the shareholder of Quality Software Corporation and other parties affiliated with the shareholder and Quality Software Corporation, a developer of cloud-native quality management capabilities and analytics.

In May 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of DXI Limited, API Telecom Limited, Easycallnow Limited and RAS Telecom Limited, a provider of in cloud-based outbound and blended contact center solutions.

See Note 13 for further discussion.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of 8x8 and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and equity and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including, but not limited to, those related to bad debts, returns reserve for expected cancellations, valuation of inventories, income and sales tax, and litigation and other contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities, and equity that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Service and Product Revenue

The Company recognizes service revenue, mainly from subscription services to its cloud-based voice, call center, video and collaboration solutions, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company defers recognition of service revenues in instances when cash receipts are received before services are delivered and recognizes deferred revenues ratably, over the course of the contract, as services are provided.

Under the terms of the Company's typical subscription agreements, new customers can terminate their service within 30 days of order placement and receive a full refund of fees previously paid. The Company has determined that it has sufficient history of subscriber conduct to make a reasonable estimate of cancellations within the 30-day trial period. Therefore, the Company recognizes new subscriber revenue that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables in the month in which the new order was shipped, net of an allowance for expected cancellations. The Company recognizes revenue from product sales, mainly 8x8 IP telephones, for which there are no related services to be rendered upon shipment to customers provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, title has transferred, collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured, there are no customer acceptance requirements, and there are no remaining significant obligations. Gross outbound shipping and handling charges are recorded as revenue, and the related costs are included in cost of goods sold. Reserves for returns and allowances for customer sales are recorded at the time of shipment. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 605, Revenue Recognition, the Company records shipments to distributors, retailers, channel partners, and resellers, where the right of return exists, as deferred revenue. The Company defers recognition of revenue on product sales to distributors, retailers, channel partners, and resellers until the products have been sold to the end-customer.

The Company records revenue net of any sales and service related taxes and mandatory government charges that are billed to its customers. The Company believes this approach results in consolidated financial statements that are more easily understood by users.

Multiple Element Arrangements

ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition - Multiple Element Arrangements, requires that revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables be divided into separate units of accounting if the deliverables in the arrangement meet specific criteria. The provisioning of the 8x8 cloud service with the accompanying 8x8 IP telephone constitutes a revenue arrangement with multiple deliverables. For arrangements with multiple deliverables, the Company allocates the arrangement consideration to all units of accounting based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the relative selling price to be used for allocating arrangement consideration to units of accounting as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value ("VSOE"), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price ("TPE"), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price ("BESP").

VSOE generally exists only when a Company sells the deliverable separately, on more than a limited basis, at prices within a relatively narrow range.  When VSOE cannot be established, the Company attempts to establish the selling price of deliverables based on relevant TPE. TPE is determined based on manufacturer's prices for similar deliverables when sold separately, when possible. As the Company has historically been unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, it uses a BESP for the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service was sold on a stand-alone basis. BESP is generally used for offerings that are not typically sold on a stand-alone basis or for new or highly customized offerings. The Company determines BESP for a product or service by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to:

• the price list established by its management which is typically based on general pricing practices and targeted gross margin of products and services sold; and
• analysis of pricing history of new arrangements, including multiple element and stand-alone transactions.

In accordance with the guidance of ASC 605-25, when the Company enters into revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables the Company allocates arrangement consideration, among the products and subscriber services based on their relative selling prices. Arrangement consideration allocated to the sold products that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables is recognized as product revenues during the period of the sale less the allowance for estimated returns during the 30-day trial period. Arrangement consideration allocated to subscriber services that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables is recognized ratably as service revenues as the related services are provided, which is generally over the initial contract term.

DEFERRED COST OF GOODS SOLD

Deferred cost of goods sold represents the cost of products sold for which the end customer or distributor has a right of return. The cost of the products sold is recognized contemporaneously with the recognition of revenue, when the subscriber has accepted the service.

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Management determines the appropriate categorization of its investments at the time of purchase and reevaluates the classification at each reporting date. The cost of the Company's investments is determined based upon specific identification.

The Company's investments are comprised of mutual funds, commercial paper, corporate debt, municipal securities, asset backed securities, mortgage backed securities, agency bonds, international government securities, certificates of deposit and money market funds. At March 31, 2017 and 2016, all investments were classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value, based either upon quoted prices in active markets, quoted prices in less active markets, or quoted market prices for similar investments, with unrealized gains and losses, net of related tax, if any, included in other comprehensive income (loss) and disclosed as a separate component of consolidated stockholders' equity. Realized gains and losses on sales of all such investments are reported within the caption of other income in the consolidated statements of operations and computed using the specific identification method. The Company classifies its investments as current based on the nature of the investments and their availability for use in current operations. The Company's investments in marketable securities are monitored on a periodic basis for impairment. In the event that the carrying value of an investment exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment charge is recorded and a new cost basis for the investment is established. These available-for-sale investments are primarily held in the custody of one major financial institution.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ALLOWANCE

The Company estimates the amount of uncollectible accounts receivable at the end of each reporting period based on the aging of the receivable balance, current and historical customer trends, and communications with its customers.  Amounts are written off only after considerable collection efforts have been made and the amounts are determined to be uncollectible.

INVENTORY

Inventory is stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates actual cost using the first-in, first-out method, or market. Any write-down of inventory to the lower of cost or market at the close of a fiscal period creates a new cost basis that subsequently would not be marked up based on changes in underlying facts and circumstances. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates inventory for obsolescence and slow-moving items. This evaluation includes analysis of sales levels, sales projections, and purchases by item, as well as raw material usage related to the Company's manufacturing facilities. If the Company's review indicates a reduction in utility below carrying value, it reduces inventory to a new cost basis. If future demand or market conditions are different than the Company's current estimates, an inventory adjustment may be required, and would be reflected in cost of goods sold in the period the revision is made.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method. Estimated useful lives of three years are used for equipment and software and five years for furniture and fixtures. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the shorter of the remaining facility lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvements.

Maintenance, repairs and ordinary replacements are charged to expense. Expenditures for improvements that extend the physical or economic life of the property are capitalized. Gains or losses on the disposition of property and equipment are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Construction in progress primarily relates to costs to acquire or internally develop software for internal use not fully completed as of March 31, 2017.

ACCOUNTING FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS

The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, definite lived intangibles or capitalized software, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate that the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Examples of such events could include a significant disposal of a portion of such assets, an adverse change in the market involving the business employing the related asset or a significant change in the operation or use of an asset. The assessment of possible impairment is based on the Company's ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset or asset group, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The measurement of impairment requires management to estimate the fair value of long-lived assets and asset groups through future cash flows. See Note 5 for further discussion on impairment charges incurred.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill represents the excess fair value of consideration transferred over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but are tested annually for impairment and more often if there is an indicator of impairment. The Company has determined that it has three reporting units, and allocates goodwill to the reporting units for the purposes of its annual impairment test.

The Company's annual goodwill impairment test is performed on January 1 each year. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded in the periods presented.

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods benefited. Amortization expense for the customer relationship intangible asset is included in sales and marketing expenses. Amortization expense for technology is included in cost of service revenue.

WARRANTY EXPENSE

The Company accrues for estimated product warranty cost upon revenue recognition. Accruals for product warranties are calculated based on the Company's historical warranty experience adjusted for any specific requirements.

RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND SOFTWARE COSTS

Computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal Use Software (ASC 350-40), is capitalized during the application development stage. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company begins to capitalize our costs to develop software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. Once the project has been completed, these costs are amortized on a straight - line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally estimated to be three years. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria together with costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred and recorded in research and development expense on our consolidated statements of operations. The Company classifies application development costs associated with the development of the Company's products and services as other long-term assets. The Company classifies application development costs associated with purchased software as property and equipment. See Note 6 for further details.

ADVERTISING COSTS

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were $9.5 million, $8.5 million and $6.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

The Company has determined that the functional currency of each of its foreign subsidiaries are the subsidiary's local currency. The Company believes this most appropriately reflects the current economic facts and circumstances of the Company's subsidiaries' operations. The assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries are translated at the applicable exchange rate as of the end of the balance sheet period and revenue and expenses are translated at an average rate over the period presented. Resulting currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss within the stockholder's equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

The Company has two reportable segments, Americas and Europe. The Company's chief operating decision makers, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Technology Officer, evaluate performance of the Company and makes decisions regarding allocation of resources based on geographical results (see Note 12).

CUSTOMER ACQUISITION COSTS

Customer acquisition costs are expensed as incurred and include the advertising, marketing, promotions, commissions, rebates and equipment subsidy costs associated with the Company's efforts to acquire new subscribers.

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability approach. Under the asset and liability approach, a current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on tax returns for the current year. A deferred tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributed to temporary differences and carryforwards. If necessary, the deferred tax assets are reduced by the amount of benefits that, based on available evidence, is more likely than not expected to be realized.

CONCENTRATIONS

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, investments and trade accounts receivable. The Company has cash equivalents and investment policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution and restrict placement of these funds to financial institutions evaluated as highly credit-worthy. The Company has not experienced any material losses relating to its investment instruments.

The Company sells its products to business customers and distributors. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally does not require collateral from its customers. At March 31, 2017 and 2016, no customer accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable.

The Company purchases all of its hardware products from suppliers that manufacturer the hardware directly. The inability of any supplier to fulfill supply requirements of the Company could materially impact future operating results, financial position or cash flows.

The Company also relies primarily on third-party network service providers to provide telephone numbers and PSTN call termination and origination services for its customers. If these service providers failed to perform their obligations to the Company, such failure could materially impact future operating results, financial position and cash flows.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal market or the most advantageous market in which it would transact.

The accounting guidance for fair value measurement requires the Company to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company's assumptions about the factors that market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The standard establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the level of independent, objective evidence surrounding the inputs used to measure fair value by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. A financial instrument's categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

• Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
• Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets).
• Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which fair value is derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable, including the Company's own assumptions.

The estimated fair value of financial instruments is determined by the Company using available market information and valuation methodologies considered to be appropriate. The carrying amounts of the Company's cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. The Company's investments are carried at fair value.

ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company accounts for its employee stock options, stock purchase rights, restricted stock units and restricted performance stock units granted under the 2006 Stock Plan, the 2003 Contactual Plan, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan and stock purchase rights under the 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (collectively "Equity Compensation Plans") under the provisions of ASC 718 - Stock Compensation. Under the provisions of ASC 718, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee's requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant), net of estimated forfeitures.

To value option grants under the Equity Compensation Plans for stock-based compensation the Company used the Black-Scholes option valuation model. Fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model varies based on assumptions used for the expected stock prices volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rates and future dividend payments. The Company used the historical volatility of its stock over a period equal to the expected life of the options. The expected life assumptions represent the weighted-average period stock-based awards are expecting to remain outstanding. These expected life assumptions were established through the review of historical exercise behavior of stock-based award grants with similar vesting periods. The risk-free interest rates were based on the closing market bid yields of actively traded U.S. treasury securities in the over-the-counter market for the expected term equal to the expected term of the option. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company's history and expectation of future dividend payout.

Compensation expense for stock-based payment awards is recognized using the straight-line single-option method and includes the impact of estimated forfeitures.

The Company issued restricted performance stock units (PSUs) to a group of executives with vesting that is contingent on both market performance and continued service during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017:

• These PSUs vest (1) 50% on September 22, 2018 and (2) 50% on September 27, 2019, in each case subject to the performance of the Company's common stock relative to the Russell 2000 Index (the benchmark) during the period from grant date through such vesting date. A 2x multiplier will be applied to the total shareholder returns (TSR) for each 1% of positive or negative relative TSR, and the number of shares earned will increase or decrease by 2% of the target numbers. In the event the Company's common stock performance is below negative 30%, relative to the benchmark, no shares will be issued.

The Company issued PSUs to a group of executives with vesting that is contingent on both market performance and continued service during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016:

• These PSUs vest (1) 50% on September 22, 2017 and (2) 50% on September 27, 2018, in each case subject to performance of the Company's common stock relative to the Russell 2000 Index during the period from grant date through such vesting date. A 2x multiplier will be applied to the (TSR) for each 1% of positive or negative relative TSR, and the number of shares earned will increase or decrease by 2% of the target numbers. In the event 8x8's common stock performance is below negative 30%, relative to the benchmark, no shares will be issued.

The Company issued PSUs to a group of executives with vesting that is contingent on both market performance and continued service. For the market-based restricted performance stock units issued during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015:

• the number of shares of the Company's stock to be received at vesting if applicable service requirements are also met will range from 0% to 100% of the target amount based total shareholder return ("TSR"), which compares the performance of the price per share of the Company's common stock with the NASDAQ Composite Index ("Index") for the three performance periods ending March 31, 2016, March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015; and for the three performance periods ending March 31, 2015, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, in the following manner: where in each such measurement period, (1) if the performance return on the price per share of the Company's common stock exceeds the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, (which shall be determined by subtracting the percentage return on the NASDAQ Composite Index from the percentage return on the price per share of the Common Stock), then all of the TSR Performance Shares for such measurement period will be deemed earned and will vest; (2) if the performance return on the price per share of Common Stock is more than 50% lower than the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, then none of the TSR Performance Shares for such measurement period will be deemed earned and will vest; and (3) if the performance return on the price per share of Common Stock is between 0% and 50% lower than the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, then the number of TSR Performance Shares deemed earned and vesting for such measurement period will be reduced by 2% for each 1% by which the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index exceeds the performance return on the Common Stock, (4) if the performance return on the price per share of Common Stock is between 0% and 50% higher than the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, then the number of TSR Performance Shares deemed earned and vesting for such measurement period will increase by 2% for each 1% by which the performance return on the Common Stock exceeds the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, and
• the number of shares of the Company's stock to be received at vesting will range from 0% or 100% of the target amount based on four tranches, with each tranche vesting at the later of (a) the satisfaction of the applicable service-based vesting requirement for that tranche, and (b) on the first date that the average stock price of the Company's common stock for a consecutive 30 trading day period exceeds 150% of the grant date stock price. The minimum service vesting requirement for each tranche is as follows:

Tranche 1: One year following the date of the grant

Tranche 2: Two years following the date of the grant

Tranche 3: Three years following the date of the grant

Tranche 4: Four years following the date of the grant

Market-based restricted performance stock units are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model on the date of grant. Fair value determined using the Monte Carlo simulation model varies based on the assumptions used for the expected stock price volatility, the correlation coefficient between the Company and the NASDAQ Composite Index, risk-free interest rates, and future dividend payments.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Comprehensive (loss) income, as defined, includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from non-owner sources. The difference between net income (loss) and comprehensive (loss) income is due to foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains or losses on investments classified as available-for-sale.

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders (numerator) by the weighted average number of vested, unrestricted common shares outstanding during the period (denominator). Diluted net income per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of shares of common stock plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. Dilutive potential common shares include outstanding stock options and employee restricted purchase rights.

DEFERRED RENT

In April 2012, the Company entered into an 87-month lease agreement for its new headquarters. Under the terms of the lease agreement:

• the Company received a three-month rent holiday from rental payments;
• base rent is $130,821 for the 15 months after the rent holiday; and
• rent expense increases 3% each year thereafter.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company received a $1.7 million allowance for reimbursement for the cost of tenant improvements that the Company included in cash flows from operating activities. In accordance with the guidance in ASC 840-20, Leases, the Company accounts for its headquarters facility operating lease as follows:

Rent Holidays. The Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis at the earlier of the first rent payment or the date of possession of the leased property. The difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid is recorded as deferred lease incentives and amortized over the lease term.

Rent Escalations. The Company recognizes escalating rent provisions on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid is recorded as deferred lease incentives and amortized over the lease term.

Tenant Improvement Allowance. The tenant improvement allowance is deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease as a reduction to rent expense.

In January 2016, the Company entered into a 48-month lease for additional office space near the Company's US headquarters. In April 2016, the lease was amended for actual move in date. Base rent begins at $105,628 and increases 3% each year thereafter. Future minimum annual lease payments under this lease is included in "Leases" in Note 8.

At March 31, 2017, total deferred rent included in other accrued liabilities and non-current liabilities was $1.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively. At March 31, 2016, total deferred rent included in other accrued liabilities and non-current liabilities was $0.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements: Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), this ASU provides guidance regarding management's responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company's ability to continue as a going concern. Certain disclosures will be required if conditions give rise to substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern. The amendment is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. The adoption of this update did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. This update provides guidance in evaluating whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the software license element of the arrangement should be accounted for as an acquisition of a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The guidance does not change generally accepted accounting principles for a customer's accounting for service contracts. This update is effective for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Therefore, the Company has prospectively adopted this new standard on April 1, 2016. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes - Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (Topic 740). This ASU requires all deferred tax liabilities and assets to be presented in the balance sheet as noncurrent. As permitted, the Company early adopted this standard prospectively during the quarter ended June 30, 2016. The adoption of this standard resulted in reclassifying current deferred income tax assets to noncurrent deferred income tax assets and current deferred income tax liabilities to noncurrent deferred income tax liabilities. No prior periods were retrospectively adjusted.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, along with amendments issued in 2015 and 2016, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. The new standard will become effective for the Company on April 1, 2018. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company has preliminary selected the modified retrospective method as the transition method.

The Company is in the initial stages of the assessment of the impact of the new standard on the Company's accounting policies, processes and system requirements. The Company has assigned internal resources and engaged third-party service providers to assist with the assessment and implementation. The Company currently believes the most significant impact relates to the allocation of consideration in a contract between product and service performance obligations.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which provides guidance for measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which provides guidance on how certain cash receipts and cash payments are to be presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

In October 2016, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory, which provides guidance on how an entity should recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), which provides guidance on how restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

In January 2017, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill but rather require an entity to record an impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit's carrying value over its fair value. This amendment is effective for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires companies to generally recognize on the balance sheet operating and financing lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets. The update also requires qualitative and quantitative disclosures designed to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases.  The update requires the use of a modified retrospective transition approach, which includes a number of optional practical expedients that entities may elect to apply. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting ("ASU 2016-09"), which is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. As a result of the adoption, stock-based compensation excess tax benefits or tax deficiencies will be reflected in the consolidated statement of operations within the provision for income taxes rather than in the consolidated balance sheet within additional paid-in capital. The amount of the impact to the provision for income taxes will depend on the difference between the market value of share-based awards at vesting or settlement and the grant date fair value. The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASURESMENTS - Note 2

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Cash and Cash Equivalents [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE MEASURESMENTS - Note 2

2. FAIR VALUE MEASURESMENTS

Cash, cash equivalents, available-for-sale investments, and contingent consideration were (in thousands):

				Gross		Gross				Cash and
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		Estimated		Cash		Short-Term
As of March 31, 2017		Costs		Gain		Loss		Fair Value		Equivalents		Investments
Cash	$	29,122	$	-	$	-	$	29,122	$	29,122	$	-
Level 1:
Money market funds		11,908		-		-		11,908		11,908		-
Mutual funds		2,000		-		(194)		1,806		-		1,806
Subtotal		43,030		-		(194)		42,836		41,030		1,806
Level 2:
Commercial paper		19,144		8		-		19,152		-		19,152
Corporate debt		83,995		61		(58)		83,998		-		83,998
Asset backed securities		26,906		4		(22)		26,888		-		26,888
Mortgage backed securities		116		-		(1)		115		-		115
Agency bond		2,000		-		-		2,000		-		2,000
Subtotal		132,161		73		(81)		132,153		-		132,153
Total assets	$	175,191	$	73	$	(275)	$	174,989	$	41,030	$	133,959
Level 3:
Contingent consideration	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	148	$	-	$	-
Total liabilities	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	148	$	-	$	-

				Gross		Gross				Cash and
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		Estimated		Cash		Short-Term
As of March 31, 2016		Costs		Gain		Loss		Fair Value		Equivalents		Investments
Cash	$	18,596	$	-	$	-	$	18,596	$	18,596	$	-
Level 1:
Money market funds		14,980		-		-		14,980		14,980		-
Mutual funds		2,000		-		(187)		1,813		-		1,813
Subtotal		35,576		-		(187)		35,389		33,576		1,813
Level 2:
Commercial paper		6,794		2		-		6,796		-		6,796
Corporate debt		85,164		78		(28)		85,214		-		85,214
Municipal securities		1,007		-		(1)		1,006		-		1,006
Asset backed securities		24,614		7		(11)		24,610		-		24,610
Mortgage backed securities		2,045		-		(17)		2,028		-		2,028
Agency bond		6,805		1		-		6,806		-		6,806
International government securities		1,000		1		-		1,001		-		1,001
Subtotal		127,429		89		(57)		127,461		-		127,461
Total assets	$	163,005	$	89	$	(244)	$	162,850	$	33,576	$	129,274
Level 3:
Contingent consideration	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	341	$	-	$	-
Total liabilities	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	341	$	-	$	-

Contractual maturities of investments as of March 31, 2017 are set forth below (in thousands):

		Estimated
		Fair Value
Due within one year	$	78,039
Due after one year		55,920
Total	$	133,959

Contingent Consideration and Escrow Liability

The Company's contingent consideration liability and escrow liability, included in other accrued liabilities and noncurrent liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, is associated with the Quality Software Corporation (QSC) acquisition made in the first quarter of fiscal 2016. Amounts held in escrow were measured at fair value using present value computations at the time of acquisition. The contingent consideration was measured at fair value using a probability weighted average of the potential payment outcomes that would occur should certain contract milestones be reached. As there was no market data available to use in valuing the contingent consideration; therefore, the Company developed its own assumptions related to the achievement of the milestones to evaluate the fair value of the liability. As such, the contingent consideration is classified within Level 3 as described below.

The items are classified as Level 3 within the valuation hierarchy, consisting of contingent consideration and escrow liability related to the QSC acquisition, were valued based on an estimate of the probability of success of the milestones being achieved and present value computations, respectively. The table below presents a roll-forward of the contingent consideration and escrow liability valued using a Level 3 input (in thousands):

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016
Balance at beginning of period	$	341	$	-
Purchase price contingent consideration		-		541
Fair value adjustment		107		-
Contingent consideration payments		(300)		(200)
Balance at end of period	$	148	$	341

XML

INVENTORIES - Note 3

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Notes to Financial Statements

INVENTORIES - Note 3

3. INVENTORIES

Components of inventories were as follows (in thousands):

		March 31,
		2017		2016
Work-in-process	$	-	$	76
Finished goods		908		444
	$	908	$	520

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Note 4

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Note 4

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

		March 31,
		2017		2016
Computer equipment	$	24,293	$	18,277
Furniture and fixtures		1,411		1,067
Software		7,380		5,417
Leasehold improvements		5,579		3,667
Construction in progress		689		967
		39,352		29,395
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(22,968)		(17,020)
	$	16,384	$	12,375

XML

INTANGIBLE ASSETS - Note 5

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

INTANGIBLE ASSETS - Note 5

5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The carrying value of intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

		March 31, 2017						March 31, 2016
		Gross						Gross
		Carrying		Accumulated		Net Carrying		Carrying		Accumulated		Net Carrying
		Amount		Amortization		Amount		Amount		Amortization		Amount
Technology	$	18,685	$	(7,010)	$	11,675	$	18,640	$	(4,622)	$	14,018
Customer relationships		9,419		(6,187)		3,232		9,993		(4,847)		5,146
Trade names/domains		2,036		-		2,036		2,205		-		2,205
In-process research and development		95		-		95		95		-		95
Total acquired identifiable intangible assets	$	30,235	$	(13,197)	$	17,038	$	30,933	$	(9,469)	$	21,464

At March 31, 2017, annual amortization of definite lived intangible assets, based upon existing intangible assets and current useful lives, is estimated to be the following (in thousands):

		Amount
2018	$	3,854
2019		3,459
2020		3,009
2021		2,666
2022		1,701
Thereafter		218
Total	$	14,907

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

During the year ended March 31, 2017, the Company decided to discontinue a certain customer segment of its United Kingdom based platform-as-a-service (DXI PaaS) that was acquired in fiscal 2016 as part of the DXI acquisition. The Company evaluated long-lived assets related to the DXI reporting unit including the technology, customer relationships, and trade name intangible assets for impairment and determined that the assets were not impaired. However, the Company recorded an impairment charge equal to the remaining value of the impaired DXI PaaS customer relationship in the third fiscal quarter. The impairment recorded during the fiscal year was immaterial to the consolidated statements of operations. Revenues and net income (loss) from DXI PaaS were not material for all periods presented.

During the year ended March 31, 2016, the Company decided to end-of-life its hosted virtual desktop service (Zerigo). The Company evaluated long-lived assets related to Zerigo including the technology, customer relationships, and trade name intangible assets for impairment. The Company determined it was appropriate to record an impairment charge equal to the remaining value of the impaired long-lived assets in the third fiscal quarter. The impairment recorded during the fiscal year was $0.6 million, of which $0.4 million and $0.2 million was recorded in cost of service and sales and marketing, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations. Revenues and net income (loss) from Zerigo were not material for all periods presented.

XML

CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE COSTS - Note 6

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Notes to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE COSTS - Note 6

6. CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE COSTS

Capitalized software consisted of the following (in thousands):

Other Long-Term Assets

		March 31,
		2017		2016
Capitalized projects in service	$	1,804	$	-
Capitalized projects in process		6,461		2,753
Accumulated amortization		(588)		-
Total capitalized software costs	$	7,677	$	2,753
Application development stage costs capitalized during the year	$	5,516	$	2,095

Application development stage costs capitalized during the year in other long-term assets consists of cost related to both completed and in-process costs capitalized in accordance with ASC 350-40.

Property and Equipment

		March 31,
		2017		2016
Capitalized projects in service	$	2,904	$	1,183
Capitalized projects in process		689		967
Accumulated amortization		(871)		(250)
Total capitalized software costs	$	2,722	$	1,900
Application development stage costs capitalized during the year	$	1,452	$	756

Application development stage costs capitalized during the year in other property and equipment consists of cost related to both completed and in-process costs capitalized in accordance with ASC 350-40.

XML

GOODWILL - Note 7

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

GOODWILL - Note 7

7. GOODWILL

The following table provides a summary of the changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill by reporting segment (in thousands):

		Americas		Europe		Total
Balance at March 31, 2015	$	23,940	$	12,947	$	36,887
Additions due to acquisitions		1,789		10,125		11,914
Foreign currency translation		-		(1,381)		(1,381)
Balance at March 31, 2016		25,729		21,691		47,420
Additions due to acquisitions		1,580		-		1,580
Foreign currency translation		-		(2,864)		(2,864)
Balance at March 31, 2017	$	27,309	$	18,827	$	46,136

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - Note 8

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Notes to Financial Statements

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - Note 8

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Guarantees

Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, the Company may agree to indemnify other parties, including customers, lessors and parties to other transactions with the Company, with respect to certain matters such as breaches of representations or covenants or intellectual property infringement or other claims made by third parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its officers and directors.

It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of the Company's exposure under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by the Company under these agreements have not had a material impact on the Company's operating results, financial position or cash flows. Under some of these agreements, however, the Company's potential indemnification liability might not have a contractual limit.

Product Warranties

The Company accrues for the estimated costs that may be incurred under its product warranties upon revenue recognition.

Operating Leases

The Company's operating lease obligations consist of the Company's principal facility and various leased facilities under operating lease agreements, which expire on various dates from fiscal 2018 through fiscal 2026. The Company leases its headquarters facility in San Jose, California under an operating lease agreement that expires in October 2019.

At March 31, 2017, future minimum annual lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases were as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31:
2018	$	4,708
2019		5,596
2020		4,906
2021		2,435
2022 and Thereafter		6,908
Total	$	24,553

Rent expense for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $5.1 million, $2.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

Capital Leases

The Company has non-cancelable capital lease agreements for office and computer equipment bearing interest at various rates. At March 31, 2017, future minimum annual lease payments under non-cancelable capital leases were as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31:
2018	$	981
2019		681
2020		169
2021		5
2022		5
Total minimum payments		1,841
Less: Amount representing interest		(116)
		1,725
Less: Short-term portion of capital lease obligations		(918)
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations	$	807

Capital leases included in computer and office equipment were approximately $2.7 million and $1.6 million at March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Total accumulated amortization was approximately $1.0 million and $0.1 million at March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Minimum Third-Party Customer Support Commitments

In the third quarter of 2010, the Company amended its contract with one of its third-party customer support vendors containing a minimum monthly commitment of approximately $0.4 million effective April 1, 2010. As the agreement requires a 150-day notice to terminate, the total remaining obligation under the contract was $2.2 million at March 31, 2017.

Minimum Third-Party Network Service Provider Commitments

The Company entered into contracts with multiple vendors for third-party network service which expire on various dates in fiscal 2017 through 2018. At March 31, 2017, future minimum annual payments under these third-party network service contracts were as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31:
2018	$	1,364
2019		133
2020		8
Total minimum payments	$	1,505

Legal Proceedings

The Company, from time to time, is involved in various legal claims or litigation, including patent infringement claims that can arise in the normal course of the Company's operations. Pending or future litigation could be costly, could cause the diversion of management's attention and could upon resolution, have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

On February 22, 2011, the Company was named a defendant in Bear Creek Technologies, Inc. (BCT) v. 8x8, Inc. et al., filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware (the Delaware Court), along with 20 other defendants.  Collectively this patent litigation is referred to as In re Bear Creek Technologies, Inc.  (MDL No.: 2344).  In August 2011, the suit was dismissed without prejudice but then refiled in the Delaware Court against the Company. On November 28, 2012, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office ("USPTO") initiated a Reexamination Proceeding through which the claims of the patent asserted against the Company were found to be invalid based on four separate grounds. During the Reexamination Proceeding, the Delaware Court granted the Company's motion to stay the proceeding (July 17, 2013) and administratively closed the case on May 5, 2015 with leave to reopen if needed.  The outcome of the Reexamination Proceeding was first appealed to the USPTO Patent Trial and Appeal Board which affirmed the invalidity bases of all claims in a Decision dated Dec. 29, 2015 ("the Board Decision").  The Board Decision was then appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit ("Federal Circuit"), which also affirmed the invalidity bases of all claims as the Federal Circuit noted in a Judgment dated March 15, 2017.  On April 21, 2017, the Federal Circuit issued a Mandate, which formally concluded the appeal and, absent any unforeseen circumstances, formally ended the Federal Circuit's jurisdiction of this matter, thereby for effecting finality of the Delaware Court's May 5, 2015 decision. 

On November 14, 2016, the Company was named as a defendant in Serenitiva LLC v. 8x8, Inc., filed in U.S. District Court for the E.D. of Texas (Civil Action No. 6:16-cv-1290). Plaintiff Serenitiva sued the Company based on alleged infringement of U.S. Patent No. 6,865,268 concerning alleged activities involving the Company's Virtual Contact Center Agent Console (Plaintiff Serenitiva sued nine other defendants, concurrently, based on the same patent). Pursuant to an agreement executed by both parties in mid-April 2017, the Company settled the suit prior to answering the complaint under the terms of a settlement agreement between us and the plaintiff. Under the terms of a settlement agreement between the plaintiff and the Company, 8x8 agreed to pay plaintiff an amount that was not material to our business, and the Company was granted a limited license to the patent. A Joint Motion to Dismiss was filed April 20, 2017, and an Order of Dismissal With Prejudice should be forthcoming from the Court.

On December 2, 2016, the Company was named as a defendant in Paluxy Messaging LLC v. 8x8, Inc., filed in U.S. District Court for the E.D. of Texas, Tyler Division (Civil Action No. 6:16-cv-1346). Plaintiff Paluxy Messaging LLC sued the Company based on alleged infringement U.S. Patent No. 8,411,829 concerning alleged activities involving the Company's voicemail system (Plaintiff Paluxy Messaging sued seven other defendants, concurrently, based on the same patent). Based on the Company's subscription to certain patent risk management services, the Company settled the suit without needing to answer the complaint. Under the terms of a settlement agreement between the plaintiff and the Company, 8x8 agreed to pay plaintiff an amount that was not material to our business, and we were granted a limited license to the patent. An Order of Dismissal With Prejudice was issued March 13, 2017.

On April 16, 2015, the Company was named as a defendant in a lawsuit, Slocumb Law Firm v. 8x8, Inc., filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Alabama. The Slocumb Law Firm has alleged that it purchased certain business services from the Company that did not perform as advertised or expected, and has asserted various causes of actions including fraud, breach of contract, violations of the Alabama Deceptive Trade Practices Act and negligence. On June 10, 2015, the United States Magistrate Judge issued a Report and Recommendation that the Court grant the Company's motion to stay the case and compel the Slocumb Law Firm to arbitrate its claims in Santa Clara County, California pursuant to a clause mandating arbitration of disputes set forth in the terms and conditions to which Slocumb Law Firm agreed in connection with its purchase of business services from the Company The Court closed this case administratively when it granted the Company's motion to compel arbitration. Under the Company's standard business terms and conditions, as of March 31, 2017, the period to initiate arbitration has lapsed.

State and Municipal Taxes

From time to time, the Company has received inquiries from a number of state and municipal taxing agencies with respect to the remittance of sales, use, telecommunications, excise, and income taxes. Several jurisdictions currently are conducting tax audits of the Company's records. The Company collects or has accrued for taxes that it believes are required to be remitted. The amounts that have been remitted have historically been within the accruals established by the Company. The Company adjusts its accrual when facts relating to specific exposures warrant such adjustment.

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, the City of San Francisco levied an assessment for utility taxes against the Company. The Company plans to vigorously appeal the assessment. Based on historical experience of the Company, management has determined the probable loss relating to this exposure to be approximately $0.5 million. Although the outcome cannot be predicted, the estimated reasonable additional loss is between $0 to $0.5 million.

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - Note 9

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Equity [Abstract]

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - Note 9

9. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

2006 Stock Plan

In May 2006, the Company's board of directors approved the 2006 Stock Plan ("2006 Plan").  The Company's stockholders subsequently adopted the 2006 Plan in September 2006, and became effective in October 2006.  The Company reserved 7,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock for issuance under this plan. As of March 31, 2017, there are no shares available for future grants under the 2006 Plan.  The 2006 Plan provides for granting incentive stock options to employees and non-statutory stock options to employees, directors or consultants.  The stock option price of incentive stock options granted may not be less than the fair market value on the effective date of the grant. Other types of options and awards under the 2006 Plan may be granted at any price approved by the administrator, which generally will be the compensation committee of the board of directors. Options generally vest over four years and expire ten years after grant.  In 2009, the 2006 Plan was amended to provide for the granting of stock purchase rights. The 2006 Plan expired in May 2016.

2003 Contactual Plan

In the second fiscal quarter of 2012, the Company assumed the Amended and Restated Contactual, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan (the "2003 Contactual Plan") and registered an aggregate of 171,974 shares of the Company's common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of stock options previously granted under the 2003 Contactual Plan and assumed by the Company when it acquired Contactual. No new stock options or other awards can be granted under 2003 Contactual Plan.

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

In June 2012, the Company's board of directors approved the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan ("2012 Plan").  The Company's stockholders subsequently adopted the 2012 Plan in July 2012, and became effective in August 2012.  The Company reserved 4,100,000 shares of the Company's common stock for issuance under this plan. In August 2014 and 2016, the 2012 Plan was amended to allow for an additional 6,800,000 and 4,500,000 shares reserved for issuance, respectively. As of March 31, 2017, 4,060,411 shares remained available under the 2012 Plan.  The 2012 Plan provides for granting incentive stock options to employees and non-statutory stock options to employees, directors or consultants, and granting of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units, qualified performance-based awards and stock grants. The stock option price of incentive stock options granted may not be less than the fair market value on the effective date of the grant. Other types of options and awards under the 2012 Plan may be granted at any price approved by the administrator, which generally will be the compensation committee of the board of directors. Options, restricted stock and restricted stock units generally vest over four years and expire ten years after grant. The 2012 Plan expires in June 2022.

2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan

In September 2013, the Company's board of directors approved the 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan ("2013 Plan").  The Company reserved 1,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock for issuance under this plan. In November 2014, the 2013 Plan was amended to allow for an additional 1,200,000 shares reserved for issuance. In July 2015, the Plan was amended to allow for an additional 1,200,000 shares reserved for issuance. In connection with its approval of the August 2016 amendments to the 2012 Plan, the Board of Directors has approved the suspension of future grants under the 2013 Plan, which became effective immediately upon stockholder approval of the proposed 2012 Plan amendments in August 2016. In addition, the 2013 Plan was amended to reduce the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan to the number of shares that are then subject to outstanding awards under the 2013 Plan, leaving no shares available for future grant.  The 2013 Plan provided for granting non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock and performance units and stock grants solely to newly hired employees as a material inducement to accepting employment with the Company. Options were granted at market value on the grant date under the 2013 Plan, unless determined otherwise at the time of grant by the administrator, which generally will be the compensation committee of the board of directors. Options generally expire ten years after grant.

Stock-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense (in thousands):

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Cost of service revenue	$	1,732	$	1,159	$	692
Cost of product revenue		-		-		-
Research and development		3,762		2,914		1,495
Sales and marketing		8,832		6,133		3,748
General and administrative		7,136		6,128		3,412
Total	$	21,462	$	16,334	$	9,347

Stock Options, Stock Purchase Right and Restricted Stock Unit Activity

Stock Option activity under all the Company's stock option plans since March 31, 2014, is summarized as follows:

			Weighted
			Average
			Exercise
	Number of		Price
	Shares		Per Share
Outstanding at March 31, 2014	6,002,382	$	4.14
Granted	1,110,466		7.29
Exercised	(1,326,385)		1.87
Canceled/Forfeited	(458,556)		6.06
Outstanding at March 31, 2015	5,327,907		5.19
Granted	723,776		8.63
Exercised	(1,162,175)		2.56
Canceled/Forfeited	(96,242)		8.06
Outstanding at March 31, 2016	4,793,266		6.29
Granted	407,392		14.63
Exercised	(603,998)		2.34
Canceled/Forfeited	(134,248)		8.41
Outstanding at March 31, 2017	4,462,412	$	7.52
Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2017	4,462,412	$	7.52
Exercisable at March 31, 2017	3,191,879	$	6.47

Stock Purchase Right activity since March 31, 2014 is summarized as follows:

			Weighted	Weighted
			Average	Average
			Grant-Date	Remaining
	Number of		Fair Market	Contractual
	Shares		Value	Term (in Years)
Balance at March 31, 2014	489,627	$	4.83	1.93
Granted	31,432		7.88
Vested	(223,360)		3.98
Forfeited	(73,864)		5.39
Balance at March 31, 2015	223,835		5.92	1.50
Granted	-		-
Vested	(115,789)		5.32
Forfeited	(25,875)		7.40
Balance at March 31, 2016	82,171		6.30	0.76
Granted	-		-
Vested	(69,426)		6.00
Forfeited	(1,375)		6.72
Balance at March 31, 2017	11,370	$	8.10	1.09

Restricted Stock Unit activity since March 31, 2014 is summarized as follows:

			Weighted	Weighted Average
	Number of		Average Grant	Remaining Contractual
	Shares		Date Fair Value	Term (in Years)
Balance at March 31, 2014	1,134,856	$	9.00	2.00
Granted	1,965,786		6.68
Vested	(187,788)		9.54
Forfeited	(214,168)		8.30
Balance at March 31, 2015	2,698,686		7.33	1.88
Granted	2,681,997		8.78
Vested	(589,788)		7.79
Forfeited	(246,096)		8.15
Balance at March 31, 2016	4,544,799		8.08	1.67
Granted	2,491,877		15.15
Vested	(1,600,831)		7.89
Forfeited	(496,795)		9.56
Balance at March 31, 2017	4,939,050	$	11.57	2.47

Significant option groups outstanding at March 31, 2017 and related weighted average exercise price, contractual life, and aggregate intrinsic value information for 8x8, Inc.'s stock option plans are as follows:

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
			Weighted	Weighted					Weighted
			Average	Average					Average
			Exercise	Remaining		Aggregate			Exercise		Aggregate
			Price	Contractual		Intrinsic			Price		Intrinsic
	Shares		Per Share	Life (Years)		Value	Shares		Per Share		Value
$ 0.55 to $ 4.60	912,189	$	1.91	2.0	$	12,168,894	912,189	$	1.91	$	12,168,894
$ 5.87 to $ 6.86	1,139,300	$	6.48	6.7		9,996,307	863,274	$	6.35		7,680,449
$ 7.52 to $ 9.21	920,268	$	8.43	7.4		6,277,429	503,564	$	8.47		3,414,760
$ 9.35 to $ 10.50	904,935	$	9.73	6.6		4,998,813	758,640	$	9.71		4,206,928
$ 10.86 to $ 15.40	585,720	$	13.48	8.8		1,043,018	154,212	$	11.68		551,242
	4,462,412				$	34,484,461	3,191,879			$	28,022,273

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the aggregate difference between the closing stock price of the Company's common stock on March 31, 2017 and the exercise price for in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders if all in-the-money options had been exercised on March 31, 2017.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised in the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $7.2 million, $9.2 million and $8.1 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2017, there was $48.5 million of unamortized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options and awards which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.05 years.

Unamortized stock-based compensation expense related to shares issued as part of the DXI acquisition (see Note 13) was approximately $1.3 million, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.17 years.

Cash received from option exercises and purchases of shares under the Equity Compensation Plans for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $5.1 million, $4.8 million and $4.5 million, respectively. The total tax benefit attributable to stock options exercised in the year ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $0.5 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company's 1996 Stock Purchase Plan ("Employee Stock Purchase Plan") was adopted in June 1996 and became effective upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering in July 1997. Under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 500,000 shares of common stock were initially reserved for issuance. At the start of each fiscal year, the number of shares of common stock subject to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan increases so that 500,000 shares remain available for issuance. During fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, approximately 0.3 million, 0.4 million, and 0.3 million shares, respectively, were issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In May 2006, the Company's board of directors approved a ten-year extension of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Stockholders approved a ten-year extension of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held September 18, 2006. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan is effective until August 2017.

The Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of each two-year offering period or the end of a six month purchase period, whichever is lower. When the Employee Stock Purchase Plan was reinstated in fiscal 2005, the offering period was reduced from two years to one year. The contribution amount may not exceed ten percent of an employee's base compensation, including commissions, but not including bonuses and overtime. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides that a new exercise date will be set for each option under the plan which exercise date will occur before the date of the merger or asset sale.

As of March 31, 2017, there were approximately $0.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to employee stock purchases. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.5 years.

Assumptions Used to Calculate Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The fair value of each of the Company's option grants has been estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions:

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Expected volatility		44%		53%		61%
Expected dividend yield		-		-		-
Risk-free interest rate		1.1% to 2.2%		1.5% to 1.8%		1.4% to 1.9%
Weighted average expected option term		4.9 years		5.4 years		6.0 years
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$	5.74	$	4.17	$	4.14

The estimated fair value of stock purchase rights granted under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan was estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Expected volatility		37%		43%		49%
Expected dividend yield		-		-		-
Risk-free interest rate		0.65%		0.39%		0.12%
Weighted average expected rights term		0.75 years		0.83 years		0.80 years
Weighted average fair value of rights granted	$	4.19	$	3.25	$	2.52

Stock Repurchases

In February 2015, the Company's board of directors authorized the Company to purchase up to $20.0 million of its common stock from time to time until February 29, 2016 (the "2015 Repurchase Plan"). This tranche of shares authorized for repurchase expired in February 2016.

In October 2015, the Company's board of directors authorized the Company to purchase an additional $15.0 million of its common stock from time to time until October 20, 2016 under the 2015 Repurchase Plan. The plan expired in October 2016 with an unused authorized repurchase amount of $15.0 million.

The stock repurchase activity as of March 31, 2017 is summarized as follows:

			Weighted
			Average
	Shares		Price		Amount
	Repurchased		Per Share		Repurchased(1)
Balance as of March 31, 2015	2,488,215		7.38	$	19,200,393
Repurchase of common stock under 2015 Repurchase Plan	1,392,135		8.02		11,164,329
Balance as of March 31, 2016	3,880,350	$		$	30,364,722
Repurchase of common stock under 2015 Repurchase Plan	-				-
Balance as of March 31, 2017	3,880,350	$		$	30,364,722
(1) Amount excludes commission fees.

The total purchase price of the common stock repurchased and retired was reflected as a reduction to consolidated stockholders' equity during the period of repurchase.

In fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company also withheld 289,899, 30,702, and 15,053 shares, respectively, shares related to tax withholdings on restricted stock awards with a total price of $3.0 million, $0.5 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.

XML

INCOME TAXES - Note 10

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Notes to Financial Statements

INCOME TAXES - Note 10

10. INCOME TAXES

For the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded a (benefit) provision for income taxes of approximately ($0.1) million, ($0.8) million and $2.8 million, respectively. The components of the consolidated (benefit) provision for income taxes for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following (in thousands):

		March 31,
Current:		2017		2016		2015
Federal	$	(7)	$	97	$	92
State		588		551		457
Foreign		112		71		1
Total current tax provision		693		719		550
Deferred:
Federal		1,506		95		2,602
State		(1,095)		(854)		(363)
Foreign		(1,230)		(807)		-
Total deferred tax (benefit) provision		(819)		(1,566)		2,239
Income tax (benefit) provision	$	(126)	$	(847)	$	2,789

The Company's income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes included ($8.4) million, ($6.9) million and ($3.5) million of foreign subsidiary loss for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company is permanently reinvesting the earnings of its profitable foreign subsidiaries. The Company intends to reinvest these profits in expansion of overseas operations. If the Company were to remit these earnings, the tax impact would be immaterial.

Upon adoption of ASU 2015-17 in fiscal 2017, the Company classifies all deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities as long-term. Deferred tax assets and (liabilities) were comprised of the following (in thousands):

		March 31,
Current deferred tax assets		2017		2016
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	-	$	2,739
Inventory valuation		-		14
Reserves and allowances		-		2,740
Net current deferred tax assets		-		5,493
Net operating loss carryforwards		36,427		38,449
Research and development and other credit carryforwards		8,614		7,106
Stock-based compensation		6,942		5,577
Reserves and allowances		3,266		-
Fixed assets and intangibles		(3,688)		(6,160)
Net non-current deferred tax assets		51,561		44,972
Valuation allowance		(2,934)		(3,760)
Total	$	48,627	$	46,705

As of March 31, 2017, and 2016, management assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets based on the available evidence, including a history of taxable income and estimates of future taxable income. At March 31, 2017, management evaluated the need for a valuation allowance and determined that a valuation allowance of approximately $2.9 million was needed compared with approximately $3.8 million as of March 31, 2016. The net change in the valuation allowance for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 was a decrease of $0.8 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

At March 31, 2017, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $141.7 million and $23.2 million, respectively, which expire at various dates between 2018 and 2037. The net operating loss carryforwards include approximately $60.9 million in excess tax benefits resulting from employee exercises of non- qualified stock options or disqualifying dispositions of incentive stock options, the tax benefits of which, when realized, will be accounted for as an addition to additional paid-in capital rather than as a reduction of the provision for income taxes. In addition, at March 31, 2017, the Company had research and development credit carryforwards for federal and California tax reporting purposes of approximately $5.6 million and $7.3 million, respectively. The federal income tax credit carryforwards will expire at various dates between 2021 and 2037, while the California income tax credits will carry forward indefinitely. A reconciliation of the Company's provision (benefit) for income taxes to the amounts computed using the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% is as follows (in thousands):

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Tax provision at statutory rate	$	(1,652)	$	(2,029)	$	1,599
State income taxes before valuation allowance,
net of federal effect		108		9		269
Foreign tax rate differential		885		(769)		-
Research and development credits		(1,484)		(1,253)		(725)
Change in valuation allowance		(287)		(1,555)		(1,480)
Compensation/option differences		(246)		(471)		(331)
Non-deductible compensation		1,079		944		746
Acquisition costs		54		230		-
Expiring CA NOLs		-		1,626		1,484
Foreign loss not benefited		780		2,342		1,192
Other		637		79		35
Total income tax provision	$	(126)	$	(847)	$	2,789

For the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company realized excess tax benefits as a result of stock option exercises and stock award settlements of $0.5 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, that were recorded to additional paid-in capital.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit is measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

		Unrecognized Tax Benefits
		2017		2016		2015
Balance at beginning of year	$	2,881	$	2,420	$	2,165
Gross increase - tax positions in prior period		-		82		27
Gross decreases - tax positions in prior period		-		-		-
Gross increases - tax positions related to the current year		450		379		228
Balance at end of year	$	3,331	$	2,881	$	2,420

At March 31, 2017, the company had a liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $3.3 million, all of which, if recognized, would decrease the company's effective tax rate. The Company does not expect its unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 12 months.

The Company files U.S. federal and state income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The Company has not been under examination by income tax authorities in federal, state or other foreign jurisdictions. The tax years fiscal 1998 through fiscal 2017 generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities.

The Company's policy for recording interest and penalties associated with tax examinations is to record such items as a component of operating expense income before taxes. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits.

Utilization of the Company's net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards can become subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such an annual limitation could result in the expiration or elimination of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards before utilization. The Company has performed an analysis of its changes in ownership under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company currently believes that the Section 382 limitation will not limit utilization of the carryforwards prior to their expiration, with the exception of certain acquired loss and tax credit carryforwards of Contactual, Inc.

XML

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - Note 11

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Notes to Financial Statements

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - Note 11

11. NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in calculating basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
		(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
Numerator:
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(4,751)	$	(5,120)	$	1,926
Denominator:
Common shares		90,340		88,477		89,071
Denominator for basic calculation		90,340		88,477		89,071
Employee stock options		-		-		2,088
Employee restricted purchase rights		-		-		493
Denominator for diluted calculation		90,340		88,477		91,652
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic	$	(0.05)	$	(0.06)	$	0.02
Diluted	$	(0.05)	$	(0.06)	$	0.02

The following shares attributable to outstanding stock options and restricted stock purchase rights were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have been antidilutive (in thousands):

	Years Ended March 31,
	2017	2016	2015
Common stock options	4,462	4,793	1,812
Stock purchase rights	4,950	4,628	57
	9,412	9,421	1,869

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING - Note 12

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

SEGMENT REPORTING - Note 12

12. SEGMENT REPORTING

ASC 280, Segment Reporting, establishes annual and interim reporting standards for an enterprise's business segments and related disclosures about its products, services, geographic areas and major customers. Under ASC 280, the method for determining what information to report is based upon the way management organizes the operating segments within the Company for making operating decisions and assessing financial performance.

The Company manages its operations primarily on a geographic basis. The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, and the Chief Technology Officer or the Company's Chief Operating Decision Makers (CODMs), evaluate performance of the Company and make decisions regarding allocation of resources based on geographic results. The Company's reportable segments are the Americas and Europe. The Americas segment is primarily North America. The Europe segment is primarily the United Kingdom. Each operating segment provides similar products and services.

The Company's CODMs evaluate the performance of its operating segments based on revenues and net income. The Company does not allocate research and development, sales and marketing, general and administrative, amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense, and commitment and contingencies for each segment as management does not consider this information in its evaluation of the performance of each operating segment. Revenues are attributed to each segment based on the ordering location of the customer or ship to location.

The following tables set forth the segment and geographic information for each period (in thousands):

		Total Revenue for the Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Americas (principally US)	$	227,914	$	185,241	$	150,764
Europe (principally UK)		25,474		24,095		11,649
	$	253,388	$	209,336	$	162,413

Revenue is based upon the destination of shipments and the customers' service address. In fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 intersegment revenues of approximately $4.9 million, $1.0 million and $0, respectively, were eliminated in consolidation, and have been excluded from the table above.

		Total Depreciation and Amortization for the Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Americas (principally US)	$	6,842	$	5,776	$	4,739
Europe (principally UK)		3,595		3,231		1,374
	$	10,437	$	9,007	$	6,113

		Total Net Income (Loss) for the Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Americas (principally US)	$	2,557	$	940	$	5,433
Europe (principally UK)		(7,308)		(6,060)		(3,507)
	$	(4,751)	$	(5,120)	$	1,926

		March 31,
		2017				2016
		Total Assets		Property and Equipment, net		Total Assets		Property and Equipment, net
Americas (principally US)	$	284,011	$	11,803	$	261,886	$	9,733
Europe (principally UK)		49,844		4,581		51,566		2,642
	$	333,855	$	16,384	$	313,452	$	12,375

XML

ACQUISITIONS - Note 13

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Business Combinations [Abstract]

ACQUISITIONS - Note 13

13. ACQUISITIONS

LeChat, Inc.

On January 5, 2017, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Agreement") with the preferred and common shareholders LeChat Inc. (LeChat) for the purchase of all the outstanding preferred and common shares of LeChat. The transaction closed on January 6, 2017. The total aggregate purchase price was $3.1 million, consisting of approximately $2.4 million paid to the preferred shareholders at closing, $0.2 million paid to the common shareholders at closing, and approximately $0.5 million in cash deposited into escrow to be held for two years as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date.

The Company recorded the acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the consideration transferred over the aggregate fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill. The amount of goodwill recognized was primarily attributable to the expected contributions of the entity to the overall corporate strategy in addition to synergies and acquired workforce of the acquired business. The finite-lived intangible asset consisted of developed technology, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of two years. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management using a cost approach method. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis.

The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows (in thousands):

		Fair Value
Assets acquired:
Cash	$	231
Intangible assets		1,200
Other non-current assets		428
Total assets acquired		1,859
Liabilities assumed:
Current liabilities		(324)
Total liabilities assumed		(324)
Net identifiable assets acquired		1,535
Goodwill		1,580
Total consideration transferred	$	3,115

None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Revenue from LeChat from the date of acquisition to March 31, 2017 was immaterial. Total acquisition related costs were immaterial. Pro forma information has not been presented as the impact to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements was not material.

DXI Group Limited

On May 26, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of DXI Limited, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, (collectively DXI) for the purchase of the entire share capital of DXI. The transaction closed effective May 29, 2015. The total aggregate purchase price was approximately $22.5 million, consisting of $18.7 million in cash paid to the DXI shareholders at closing, and $3.8 million in cash deposited into escrow to be held for two years as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date. The cash escrow is to be released in annual installments over two years.

The Company recorded the acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the consideration transferred over the aggregate fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The amount of goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to the expected contributions of the entity to the overall corporate strategy in addition to synergies and acquired workforce of the acquired business. The finite-lived intangible assets consist of the following: customer relationships, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of two and five years; and developed technology, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of six years. The indefinite lived intangible asset consisted of a tradename. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management using income approach methods. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis.

The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows (in thousands):

		Fair Value
Assets acquired:
Cash	$	1,318
Current assets		2,016
Property and equipment		1,453
Intangible assets		13,374
Total assets acquired		18,161
Liabilities assumed:
Current liabilities and non-current liabilities		(5,734)
Total liabilities assumed		(5,734)
Net identifiable assets acquired		12,427
Goodwill		10,125
Total consideration transferred	$	22,552

None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

DXI contributed revenue of approximately $10.0 million and a net loss of approximately ($3.2) million for the period from the date of acquisition to March 31, 2016. Total acquisition related costs were approximately $0.9 million, which were included in general and administrative expenses. The Company determined that it is impractical to include pro forma information given the difficulty in obtaining the historical financial information of DXI. Inclusion of such information would require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding DXI's historical financial results that the Company believes may ultimately prove inaccurate.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company updated its analysis of the valuation of the assets and liabilities acquired, which resulted in an increase of approximately $1.1 million to goodwill, a decrease in intangible assets of approximately $1.3 million, and a decrease to current and non-current liabilities of $0.2 million, compared with the preliminary estimates recorded for the first quarter of fiscal 2016. The impact of the change in preliminary values on the first quarter of fiscal 2016 statement of operations was not material. Therefore, no measurement period adjustment was required.

Quality Software Corporation

On June 3, 2015, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with the shareholder of Quality Software Corporation (QSC) and other parties affiliated with the shareholder and QSC for the purchase of certain assets as per the purchase agreement. The total aggregate fair value of the consideration was approximately $2.9 million, which $2.2 million was paid in cash to the QSC shareholder at closing. As part of the aggregate purchases price, there is also $0.5 million in contingent consideration payable subject to attainment of certain revenue and product release milestones for the acquired business, and $0.3 million in cash held by the Company in escrow to be retained for two years as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date. The preliminary fair value of the contingent consideration and escrow amounts was $0.7 million at the acquisition date.

The Company recorded the acquired identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the consideration transferred over the aggregate fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The amount of goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to the expected contributions of the entity to the overall corporate strategy in addition to synergies and acquired workforce of the acquired business. The finite-lived intangible assets consist of the following: customer relationships, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of five years; and developed technology, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of six years. The indefinite lived intangible asset consisted of in-process research and development and a tradename. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management using income approach methods. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis.

The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows (in thousands):

		Fair Value
Assets acquired:
Intangible assets	$	1,100
Goodwill		1,789
Total consideration transferred	$	2,889

QSC's contributions to revenue and income for the period from the date of acquisition to March 31, 2016 were not material. Total acquisition related costs were approximately $0.1 million, which were included in general and administrative expenses. The Company determined that the acquisition was not deemed to be a material business combination and it is impractical to include such pro forma information given the difficulty in obtaining the historical financial information of QSC. Inclusion of such information would require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding QSC's historical financial results that the Company believes may ultimately prove inaccurate.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company updated its analysis of the valuation of the assets and liabilities acquired, which resulted in an increase of approximately $0.1million to goodwill, and a decrease in intangible assets of approximately $0.1 million compared with what was recorded for the third quarter of fiscal 2016. The impact of the change in preliminary values on the first quarter of fiscal 2016 statement of operations was not material. Therefore, no measurement period adjustment was required.

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN - Note 14

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Postemployment Benefits [Abstract]

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN - Note 14

14. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

401(k) Savings Plan

In April 1991, the Company adopted a 401(k) savings plan (the "Savings Plan") covering substantially all of its U.S. employees. Eligible employees may contribute to the Savings Plan from their compensation up to the maximum allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. In January 2007, the Company reactivated the employer matching contribution. The matching contribution is 100% of each employee's contributions up to $1,500, then 50% of the employee's contributions, not to exceed $3,000 per annum, in aggregate. The matching expense in 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $1.6 million, $0.9 million and $0.7 million, respectively. The Savings Plan does not allow employee contributions to be invested in the Company's common stock.

XML

PATENT SALE - Note 15

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Notes to Financial Statements

PATENT SALE - Note 15

15. PATENT SALE

In June 2012, the Company entered into a patent purchase agreement and sold a family of patents to a third party for approximately $12.0 million plus a future payment of up to a maximum of $3.0 million based on future license agreements entered into by the third-party purchaser. In August 2014 and February 2013, the third-party entered into two separate license agreements with its customers; therefore, the Company earned an additional $1.0 million each under the patent purchase agreement for fiscal 2015 and 2013. Under the terms and conditions of the patent purchase agreement, the Company has retained certain limited rights to continue to use the patents. The patent purchase agreement contains representations and warranties customary for transactions of this type.

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS - Note 16

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS - Note 16

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In May 2015, the Company had entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of DXI Limited which included cash deposited into escrow to be held for two years as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date. In April 2017, the Company agreed with the shareholders of DXI Limited to return approximately $1.4 million to the Company and release the remaining funds held in escrow to the shareholders. The Company recorded a gain in the amount of this release of approximately $1.4 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2018.

XML

CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) - Note 17

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Consolidated Quarterly Financial Data

CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) - Note 17

17. CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

In thousands, except per share data amounts:

		QUARTER ENDED
		March 31,		Dec. 31,		Sept. 30,		June 30,		March 31,		Dec. 31,		Sept. 30,		June 30,
		2017		2016		2016		2016		2016		2015		2015		2015
Service revenue	$	62,654	$	60,149	$	57,717	$	55,296	$	52,174	$	48,948	$	46,951	$	44,168
Product revenue		3,834		3,527		5,466		4,745		5,160		4,220		3,991		3,724
Total revenue		66,488		63,676		63,183		60,041		57,334		53,168		50,942		47,892
Operating expenses:
Cost of service revenue		10,803		10,525		10,837		10,235		9,720		9,713		9,186		8,459
Cost of product revenue		4,187		4,240		5,782		5,505		6,103		5,087		4,596		4,382
Research and development		7,142		7,095		6,505		6,710		6,110		6,404		6,446		5,080
Sales and marketing		38,228		35,667		33,691		31,691		31,240		27,585		26,730		23,824
General, and administrative		9,814		7,852		6,747		6,801		7,132		6,888		5,657		6,068
Total operating expenses		70,174		65,379		63,562		60,942		60,305		55,677		52,615		47,813
Income (loss) from operations		(3,686)		(1,703)		(379)		(901)		(2,971)		(2,509)		(1,673)		79
Other income, net		583		408		391		410		397		272		204		234
Income (loss) from
operations before provision
(benefit) for income taxes		(3,103)		(1,295)		12		(491)		(2,574)		(2,237)		(1,469)		313
Provision (benefit) for
income taxes		(178)		30		(15)		37		(1,498)		(557)		423		785
Net income (loss)	$	(2,925)	$	(1,325)	$	27	$	(528)	$	(1,076)	$	(1,680)	$	(1,892)	$	(472)
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic	$	(0.03)	$	(0.01)	$	0.00	$	(0.01)	$	(0.01)	$	(0.02)	$	(0.02)	$	(0.01)
Diluted	$	(0.03)	$	(0.01)	$	0.00	$	(0.01)	$	(0.01)	$	(0.02)	$	(0.02)	$	(0.01)
Shares used in per share calculations:
Basic		91,175		90,774		89,987		89,434		88,888		88,289		88,557		88,233
Diluted		91,175		90,774		93,447		89,434		88,888		88,289		88,557		88,233

XML

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Chedule Ii Valuation And Qualifying Accounts

Schedule of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure

SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in thousands)

		Balance at		Additions				Balance
		Beginning		Charged to				at End
Description		of Year		Expenses		Deductions (a)		of Year
Total Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:
Year ended March 31, 2015:	$	466	$	279	$	(329)	$	416
Year ended March 31, 2016:	$	416	$	509	$	(339)	$	586
Year ended March 31, 2017:	$	586	$	941	$	(573)	$	954

(a) The deductions related to allowance for doubtful accounts represent accounts receivable which are written off.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Notes to Financial Statements

Company

THE COMPANY

8x8, Inc. ("8x8" or the "Company") was incorporated in California in February 1987 and was reincorporated in Delaware in December 1996.

The Company is a leading provider of enterprise cloud communications solutions, including unified communications, team collaboration, contact center, and analytics, integrated over a single Software-as-a Service (SaaS) platform. The 8x8 Communications Cloud^TM offers businesses a secure, reliable and simplified approach to transitioning their legacy, on-premises communications systems to the cloud. This comprehensive solution, built from owned and managed cloud technologies, enables customers to rely on a single provider for their global communications and contact center capabilities as well as customer support requirements. 8x8 customers are spread across more than 100 countries and range from small businesses to large enterprises. Since fiscal 2004, substantially all revenue has been generated from the sale of communications services and related hardware. Prior to fiscal 2003, the Company's main business was Voice over Internet Protocol semiconductors.

Fiscal Period

The Company's fiscal year ends on March 31 of each calendar year. Each reference to a fiscal year in these notes to the consolidated financial statements refers to the fiscal year ended March 31 of the calendar year indicated (for example, fiscal 2017 refers to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017).

Acquisitions

Acquisitions

In January 2017, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of LeChat, Inc., the maker of Sameroom^TM, an interoperability platform that enables cross-team messaging and collaboration in the enterprise.

In June 2015, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with the shareholder of Quality Software Corporation and other parties affiliated with the shareholder and Quality Software Corporation, a developer of cloud-native quality management capabilities and analytics.

In May 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of DXI Limited, API Telecom Limited, Easycallnow Limited and RAS Telecom Limited, a provider of in cloud-based outbound and blended contact center solutions.

See Note 13 for further discussion.

Principles of Consolidation

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of 8x8 and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and equity and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including, but not limited to, those related to bad debts, returns reserve for expected cancellations, valuation of inventories, income and sales tax, and litigation and other contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities, and equity that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Service Revenue

Service Revenue

The Company recognizes service revenue, mainly from subscription services to its cloud-based voice, call center, video and collaboration solutions, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company defers recognition of service revenues in instances when cash receipts are received before services are delivered and recognizes deferred revenues ratably, over the course of the contract, as services are provided.

Product Revenue

Under the terms of the Company's typical subscription agreements, new customers can terminate their service within 30 days of order placement and receive a full refund of fees previously paid. The Company has determined that it has sufficient history of subscriber conduct to make a reasonable estimate of cancellations within the 30-day trial period. Therefore, the Company recognizes new subscriber revenue that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables in the month in which the new order was shipped, net of an allowance for expected cancellations. The Company recognizes revenue from product sales, mainly 8x8 IP telephones, for which there are no related services to be rendered upon shipment to customers provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, title has transferred, collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured, there are no customer acceptance requirements, and there are no remaining significant obligations. Gross outbound shipping and handling charges are recorded as revenue, and the related costs are included in cost of goods sold. Reserves for returns and allowances for customer sales are recorded at the time of shipment. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 605, Revenue Recognition, the Company records shipments to distributors, retailers, channel partners, and resellers, where the right of return exists, as deferred revenue. The Company defers recognition of revenue on product sales to distributors, retailers, channel partners, and resellers until the products have been sold to the end-customer.

The Company records revenue net of any sales and service related taxes and mandatory government charges that are billed to its customers. The Company believes this approach results in consolidated financial statements that are more easily understood by users.

Revenue Recognition for Multiple Element Arrangements

Multiple Element Arrangements

ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition - Multiple Element Arrangements, requires that revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables be divided into separate units of accounting if the deliverables in the arrangement meet specific criteria. The provisioning of the 8x8 cloud service with the accompanying 8x8 IP telephone constitutes a revenue arrangement with multiple deliverables. For arrangements with multiple deliverables, the Company allocates the arrangement consideration to all units of accounting based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the relative selling price to be used for allocating arrangement consideration to units of accounting as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value ("VSOE"), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price ("TPE"), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price ("BESP").

VSOE generally exists only when a Company sells the deliverable separately, on more than a limited basis, at prices within a relatively narrow range.  When VSOE cannot be established, the Company attempts to establish the selling price of deliverables based on relevant TPE. TPE is determined based on manufacturer's prices for similar deliverables when sold separately, when possible. As the Company has historically been unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, it uses a BESP for the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service was sold on a stand-alone basis. BESP is generally used for offerings that are not typically sold on a stand-alone basis or for new or highly customized offerings. The Company determines BESP for a product or service by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to:

• the price list established by its management which is typically based on general pricing practices and targeted gross margin of products and services sold; and
• analysis of pricing history of new arrangements, including multiple element and stand-alone transactions.

In accordance with the guidance of ASC 605-25, when the Company enters into revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables the Company allocates arrangement consideration, among the products and subscriber services based on their relative selling prices. Arrangement consideration allocated to the sold products that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables is recognized as product revenues during the period of the sale less the allowance for estimated returns during the 30-day trial period. Arrangement consideration allocated to subscriber services that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables is recognized ratably as service revenues as the related services are provided, which is generally over the initial contract term.

Deferred Cost of Goods Sold

DEFERRED COST OF GOODS SOLD

Deferred cost of goods sold represents the cost of products sold for which the end customer or distributor has a right of return. The cost of the products sold is recognized contemporaneously with the recognition of revenue, when the subscriber has accepted the service.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Management determines the appropriate categorization of its investments at the time of purchase and reevaluates the classification at each reporting date. The cost of the Company's investments is determined based upon specific identification.

The Company's investments are comprised of mutual funds, commercial paper, corporate debt, municipal securities, asset backed securities, mortgage backed securities, agency bonds, international government securities, certificates of deposit and money market funds. At March 31, 2017 and 2016, all investments were classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value, based either upon quoted prices in active markets, quoted prices in less active markets, or quoted market prices for similar investments, with unrealized gains and losses, net of related tax, if any, included in other comprehensive income (loss) and disclosed as a separate component of consolidated stockholders' equity. Realized gains and losses on sales of all such investments are reported within the caption of other income in the consolidated statements of operations and computed using the specific identification method. The Company classifies its investments as current based on the nature of the investments and their availability for use in current operations. The Company's investments in marketable securities are monitored on a periodic basis for impairment. In the event that the carrying value of an investment exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment charge is recorded and a new cost basis for the investment is established. These available-for-sale investments are primarily held in the custody of one major financial institution.

Accounts Receivable Allowance

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ALLOWANCE

The Company estimates the amount of uncollectible accounts receivable at the end of each reporting period based on the aging of the receivable balance, current and historical customer trends, and communications with its customers.  Amounts are written off only after considerable collection efforts have been made and the amounts are determined to be uncollectible.

Inventory

INVENTORY

Inventory is stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates actual cost using the first-in, first-out method, or market. Any write-down of inventory to the lower of cost or market at the close of a fiscal period creates a new cost basis that subsequently would not be marked up based on changes in underlying facts and circumstances. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates inventory for obsolescence and slow-moving items. This evaluation includes analysis of sales levels, sales projections, and purchases by item, as well as raw material usage related to the Company's manufacturing facilities. If the Company's review indicates a reduction in utility below carrying value, it reduces inventory to a new cost basis. If future demand or market conditions are different than the Company's current estimates, an inventory adjustment may be required, and would be reflected in cost of goods sold in the period the revision is made.

Property and Equipment

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method. Estimated useful lives of three years are used for equipment and software and five years for furniture and fixtures. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the shorter of the remaining facility lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvements.

Maintenance, repairs and ordinary replacements are charged to expense. Expenditures for improvements that extend the physical or economic life of the property are capitalized. Gains or losses on the disposition of property and equipment are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Construction in progress primarily relates to costs to acquire or internally develop software for internal use not fully completed as of March 31, 2017.

Accounting for Long-Lived Assets

ACCOUNTING FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS

The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, definite lived intangibles or capitalized software, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate that the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Examples of such events could include a significant disposal of a portion of such assets, an adverse change in the market involving the business employing the related asset or a significant change in the operation or use of an asset. The assessment of possible impairment is based on the Company's ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset or asset group, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The measurement of impairment requires management to estimate the fair value of long-lived assets and asset groups through future cash flows. See Note 5 for further discussion on impairment charges incurred.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill represents the excess fair value of consideration transferred over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but are tested annually for impairment and more often if there is an indicator of impairment. The Company has determined that it has three reporting units, and allocates goodwill to the reporting units for the purposes of its annual impairment test.

The Company's annual goodwill impairment test is performed on January 1 each year. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded in the periods presented.

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods benefited. Amortization expense for the customer relationship intangible asset is included in sales and marketing expenses. Amortization expense for technology is included in cost of service revenue.

Warranty Expense

WARRANTY EXPENSE

The Company accrues for estimated product warranty cost upon revenue recognition. Accruals for product warranties are calculated based on the Company's historical warranty experience adjusted for any specific requirements.

Research, Development and Software Costs

RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND SOFTWARE COSTS

Computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal Use Software (ASC 350-40), is capitalized during the application development stage. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company begins to capitalize our costs to develop software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. Once the project has been completed, these costs are amortized on a straight - line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally estimated to be three years. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria together with costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred and recorded in research and development expense on our consolidated statements of operations. The Company classifies application development costs associated with the development of the Company's products and services as other long-term assets. The Company classifies application development costs associated with purchased software as property and equipment. See Note 6 for further details.

Advertising Costs

ADVERTISING COSTS

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were $9.5 million, $8.5 million and $6.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

The Company has determined that the functional currency of each of its foreign subsidiaries are the subsidiary's local currency. The Company believes this most appropriately reflects the current economic facts and circumstances of the Company's subsidiaries' operations. The assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries are translated at the applicable exchange rate as of the end of the balance sheet period and revenue and expenses are translated at an average rate over the period presented. Resulting currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss within the stockholder's equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

Business Segments

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

The Company has two reportable segments, Americas and Europe. The Company's chief operating decision makers, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Technology Officer, evaluate performance of the Company and makes decisions regarding allocation of resources based on geographical results (see Note 12).

Customer Acquisition Costs

CUSTOMER ACQUISITION COSTS

Customer acquisition costs are expensed as incurred and include the advertising, marketing, promotions, commissions, rebates and equipment subsidy costs associated with the Company's efforts to acquire new subscribers.

Income Taxes

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability approach. Under the asset and liability approach, a current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on tax returns for the current year. A deferred tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributed to temporary differences and carryforwards. If necessary, the deferred tax assets are reduced by the amount of benefits that, based on available evidence, is more likely than not expected to be realized.

Concentrations

CONCENTRATIONS

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, investments and trade accounts receivable. The Company has cash equivalents and investment policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution and restrict placement of these funds to financial institutions evaluated as highly credit-worthy. The Company has not experienced any material losses relating to its investment instruments.

The Company sells its products to business customers and distributors. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally does not require collateral from its customers. At March 31, 2017 and 2016, no customer accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable.

The Company purchases all of its hardware products from suppliers that manufacturer the hardware directly. The inability of any supplier to fulfill supply requirements of the Company could materially impact future operating results, financial position or cash flows.

The Company also relies primarily on third-party network service providers to provide telephone numbers and PSTN call termination and origination services for its customers. If these service providers failed to perform their obligations to the Company, such failure could materially impact future operating results, financial position and cash flows.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal market or the most advantageous market in which it would transact.

The accounting guidance for fair value measurement requires the Company to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company's assumptions about the factors that market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The standard establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the level of independent, objective evidence surrounding the inputs used to measure fair value by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. A financial instrument's categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

• Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
• Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets).
• Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which fair value is derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable, including the Company's own assumptions.

The estimated fair value of financial instruments is determined by the Company using available market information and valuation methodologies considered to be appropriate. The carrying amounts of the Company's cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. The Company's investments are carried at fair value.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company accounts for its employee stock options, stock purchase rights, restricted stock units and restricted performance stock units granted under the 2006 Stock Plan, the 2003 Contactual Plan, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan and stock purchase rights under the 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (collectively "Equity Compensation Plans") under the provisions of ASC 718 - Stock Compensation. Under the provisions of ASC 718, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee's requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant), net of estimated forfeitures.

To value option grants under the Equity Compensation Plans for stock-based compensation the Company used the Black-Scholes option valuation model. Fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model varies based on assumptions used for the expected stock prices volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rates and future dividend payments. The Company used the historical volatility of its stock over a period equal to the expected life of the options. The expected life assumptions represent the weighted-average period stock-based awards are expecting to remain outstanding. These expected life assumptions were established through the review of historical exercise behavior of stock-based award grants with similar vesting periods. The risk-free interest rates were based on the closing market bid yields of actively traded U.S. treasury securities in the over-the-counter market for the expected term equal to the expected term of the option. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company's history and expectation of future dividend payout.

Compensation expense for stock-based payment awards is recognized using the straight-line single-option method and includes the impact of estimated forfeitures.

The Company issued restricted performance stock units (PSUs) to a group of executives with vesting that is contingent on both market performance and continued service during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017:

• These PSUs vest (1) 50% on September 22, 2018 and (2) 50% on September 27, 2019, in each case subject to the performance of the Company's common stock relative to the Russell 2000 Index (the benchmark) during the period from grant date through such vesting date. A 2x multiplier will be applied to the total shareholder returns (TSR) for each 1% of positive or negative relative TSR, and the number of shares earned will increase or decrease by 2% of the target numbers. In the event the Company's common stock performance is below negative 30%, relative to the benchmark, no shares will be issued.

The Company issued PSUs to a group of executives with vesting that is contingent on both market performance and continued service during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016:

• These PSUs vest (1) 50% on September 22, 2017 and (2) 50% on September 27, 2018, in each case subject to performance of the Company's common stock relative to the Russell 2000 Index during the period from grant date through such vesting date. A 2x multiplier will be applied to the (TSR) for each 1% of positive or negative relative TSR, and the number of shares earned will increase or decrease by 2% of the target numbers. In the event 8x8's common stock performance is below negative 30%, relative to the benchmark, no shares will be issued.

The Company issued PSUs to a group of executives with vesting that is contingent on both market performance and continued service. For the market-based restricted performance stock units issued during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015:

• the number of shares of the Company's stock to be received at vesting if applicable service requirements are also met will range from 0% to 100% of the target amount based total shareholder return ("TSR"), which compares the performance of the price per share of the Company's common stock with the NASDAQ Composite Index ("Index") for the three performance periods ending March 31, 2016, March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015; and for the three performance periods ending March 31, 2015, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, in the following manner: where in each such measurement period, (1) if the performance return on the price per share of the Company's common stock exceeds the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, (which shall be determined by subtracting the percentage return on the NASDAQ Composite Index from the percentage return on the price per share of the Common Stock), then all of the TSR Performance Shares for such measurement period will be deemed earned and will vest; (2) if the performance return on the price per share of Common Stock is more than 50% lower than the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, then none of the TSR Performance Shares for such measurement period will be deemed earned and will vest; and (3) if the performance return on the price per share of Common Stock is between 0% and 50% lower than the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, then the number of TSR Performance Shares deemed earned and vesting for such measurement period will be reduced by 2% for each 1% by which the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index exceeds the performance return on the Common Stock, (4) if the performance return on the price per share of Common Stock is between 0% and 50% higher than the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, then the number of TSR Performance Shares deemed earned and vesting for such measurement period will increase by 2% for each 1% by which the performance return on the Common Stock exceeds the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, and
• the number of shares of the Company's stock to be received at vesting will range from 0% or 100% of the target amount based on four tranches, with each tranche vesting at the later of (a) the satisfaction of the applicable service-based vesting requirement for that tranche, and (b) on the first date that the average stock price of the Company's common stock for a consecutive 30 trading day period exceeds 150% of the grant date stock price. The minimum service vesting requirement for each tranche is as follows:

Tranche 1: One year following the date of the grant

Tranche 2: Two years following the date of the grant

Tranche 3: Three years following the date of the grant

Tranche 4: Four years following the date of the grant

Market-based restricted performance stock units are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model on the date of grant. Fair value determined using the Monte Carlo simulation model varies based on the assumptions used for the expected stock price volatility, the correlation coefficient between the Company and the NASDAQ Composite Index, risk-free interest rates, and future dividend payments.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

Comprehensive (loss) income, as defined, includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from non-owner sources. The difference between net income (loss) and comprehensive (loss) income is due to foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains or losses on investments classified as available-for-sale.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders (numerator) by the weighted average number of vested, unrestricted common shares outstanding during the period (denominator). Diluted net income per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of shares of common stock plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. Dilutive potential common shares include outstanding stock options and employee restricted purchase rights.

Deferred Rent

DEFERRED RENT

In April 2012, the Company entered into an 87-month lease agreement for its new headquarters. Under the terms of the lease agreement:

• the Company received a three-month rent holiday from rental payments;
• base rent is $130,821 for the 15 months after the rent holiday; and
• rent expense increases 3% each year thereafter.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company received a $1.7 million allowance for reimbursement for the cost of tenant improvements that the Company included in cash flows from operating activities. In accordance with the guidance in ASC 840-20, Leases, the Company accounts for its headquarters facility operating lease as follows:

Rent Holidays. The Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis at the earlier of the first rent payment or the date of possession of the leased property. The difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid is recorded as deferred lease incentives and amortized over the lease term.

Rent Escalations. The Company recognizes escalating rent provisions on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid is recorded as deferred lease incentives and amortized over the lease term.

Tenant Improvement Allowance. The tenant improvement allowance is deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease as a reduction to rent expense.

In January 2016, the Company entered into a 48-month lease for additional office space near the Company's US headquarters. In April 2016, the lease was amended for actual move in date. Base rent begins at $105,628 and increases 3% each year thereafter. Future minimum annual lease payments under this lease is included in "Leases" in Note 8.

At March 31, 2017, total deferred rent included in other accrued liabilities and non-current liabilities was $1.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively. At March 31, 2016, total deferred rent included in other accrued liabilities and non-current liabilities was $0.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements: Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), this ASU provides guidance regarding management's responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company's ability to continue as a going concern. Certain disclosures will be required if conditions give rise to substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern. The amendment is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. The adoption of this update did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. This update provides guidance in evaluating whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the software license element of the arrangement should be accounted for as an acquisition of a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The guidance does not change generally accepted accounting principles for a customer's accounting for service contracts. This update is effective for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Therefore, the Company has prospectively adopted this new standard on April 1, 2016. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes - Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (Topic 740). This ASU requires all deferred tax liabilities and assets to be presented in the balance sheet as noncurrent. As permitted, the Company early adopted this standard prospectively during the quarter ended June 30, 2016. The adoption of this standard resulted in reclassifying current deferred income tax assets to noncurrent deferred income tax assets and current deferred income tax liabilities to noncurrent deferred income tax liabilities. No prior periods were retrospectively adjusted.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, along with amendments issued in 2015 and 2016, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. The new standard will become effective for the Company on April 1, 2018. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company has preliminary selected the modified retrospective method as the transition method.

The Company is in the initial stages of the assessment of the impact of the new standard on the Company's accounting policies, processes and system requirements. The Company has assigned internal resources and engaged third-party service providers to assist with the assessment and implementation. The Company currently believes the most significant impact relates to the allocation of consideration in a contract between product and service performance obligations.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which provides guidance for measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which provides guidance on how certain cash receipts and cash payments are to be presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

In October 2016, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory, which provides guidance on how an entity should recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), which provides guidance on how restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

In January 2017, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill but rather require an entity to record an impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit's carrying value over its fair value. This amendment is effective for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires companies to generally recognize on the balance sheet operating and financing lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets. The update also requires qualitative and quantitative disclosures designed to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases.  The update requires the use of a modified retrospective transition approach, which includes a number of optional practical expedients that entities may elect to apply. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting ("ASU 2016-09"), which is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. As a result of the adoption, stock-based compensation excess tax benefits or tax deficiencies will be reflected in the consolidated statement of operations within the provision for income taxes rather than in the consolidated balance sheet within additional paid-in capital. The amount of the impact to the provision for income taxes will depend on the difference between the market value of share-based awards at vesting or settlement and the grant date fair value. The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

Indemnifications

Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, the Company may agree to indemnify other parties, including customers, lessors and parties to other transactions with the Company, with respect to certain matters such as breaches of representations or covenants or intellectual property infringement or other claims made by third parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its officers and directors.

It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of the Company's exposure under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by the Company under these agreements have not had a material impact on the Company's operating results, financial position or cash flows. Under some of these agreements, however, the Company's potential indemnification liability might not have a contractual limit.

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Fair Value Measurements Tables

Fair Value Measurements, Recurring and Nonrecurring (Tables)

Cash, cash equivalents, available-for-sale investments, and contingent consideration were (in thousands):

				Gross		Gross				Cash and
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		Estimated		Cash		Short-Term
As of March 31, 2017		Costs		Gain		Loss		Fair Value		Equivalents		Investments
Cash	$	29,122	$	-	$	-	$	29,122	$	29,122	$	-
Level 1:
Money market funds		11,908		-		-		11,908		11,908		-
Mutual funds		2,000		-		(194)		1,806		-		1,806
Subtotal		43,030		-		(194)		42,836		41,030		1,806
Level 2:
Commercial paper		19,144		8		-		19,152		-		19,152
Corporate debt		83,995		61		(58)		83,998		-		83,998
Asset backed securities		26,906		4		(22)		26,888		-		26,888
Mortgage backed securities		116		-		(1)		115		-		115
Agency bond		2,000		-		-		2,000		-		2,000
Subtotal		132,161		73		(81)		132,153		-		132,153
Total assets	$	175,191	$	73	$	(275)	$	174,989	$	41,030	$	133,959
Level 3:
Contingent consideration	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	148	$	-	$	-
Total liabilities	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	148	$	-	$	-

				Gross		Gross				Cash and
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		Estimated		Cash		Short-Term
As of March 31, 2016		Costs		Gain		Loss		Fair Value		Equivalents		Investments
Cash	$	18,596	$	-	$	-	$	18,596	$	18,596	$	-
Level 1:
Money market funds		14,980		-		-		14,980		14,980		-
Mutual funds		2,000		-		(187)		1,813		-		1,813
Subtotal		35,576		-		(187)		35,389		33,576		1,813
Level 2:
Commercial paper		6,794		2		-		6,796		-		6,796
Corporate debt		85,164		78		(28)		85,214		-		85,214
Municipal securities		1,007		-		(1)		1,006		-		1,006
Asset backed securities		24,614		7		(11)		24,610		-		24,610
Mortgage backed securities		2,045		-		(17)		2,028		-		2,028
Agency bond		6,805		1		-		6,806		-		6,806
International government securities		1,000		1		-		1,001		-		1,001
Subtotal		127,429		89		(57)		127,461		-		127,461
Total assets	$	163,005	$	89	$	(244)	$	162,850	$	33,576	$	129,274
Level 3:
Contingent consideration	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	341	$	-	$	-
Total liabilities	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	341	$	-	$	-

Contractual maturities of investments as of March 31, 2017 are set forth below (in thousands):

		Estimated
		Fair Value
Due within one year	$	78,039
Due after one year		55,920
Total	$	133,959

Rollforward of contingent consideration liabilities (Tables)

The table below presents a roll-forward of the contingent consideration and escrow liability valued using a Level 3 input (in thousands):

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016
Balance at beginning of period	$	341	$	-
Purchase price contingent consideration		-		541
Fair value adjustment		107		-
Contingent consideration payments		(300)		(200)
Balance at end of period	$	148	$	341

XML

Inventory (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Inventory Tables

Inventory (Tables)

Components of inventories were as follows (in thousands):

		March 31,
		2017		2016
Work-in-process	$	-	$	76
Finished goods		908		444
	$	908	$	520

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Property And Equipment Tables

Components of Property, Plant and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

		March 31,
		2017		2016
Computer equipment	$	24,293	$	18,277
Furniture and fixtures		1,411		1,067
Software		7,380		5,417
Leasehold improvements		5,579		3,667
Construction in progress		689		967
		39,352		29,395
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(22,968)		(17,020)
	$	16,384	$	12,375

XML

Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Intangible Assets Tables

Carrying values of intangible assets

The carrying value of intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

		March 31, 2017						March 31, 2016
		Gross						Gross
		Carrying		Accumulated		Net Carrying		Carrying		Accumulated		Net Carrying
		Amount		Amortization		Amount		Amount		Amortization		Amount
Technology	$	18,685	$	(7,010)	$	11,675	$	18,640	$	(4,622)	$	14,018
Customer relationships		9,419		(6,187)		3,232		9,993		(4,847)		5,146
Trade names/domains		2,036		-		2,036		2,205		-		2,205
In-process research and development		95		-		95		95		-		95
Total acquired identifiable intangible assets	$	30,235	$	(13,197)	$	17,038	$	30,933	$	(9,469)	$	21,464

Finite-lived intangible assets - future amortization expense

At March 31, 2017, annual amortization of definite lived intangible assets, based upon existing intangible assets and current useful lives, is estimated to be the following (in thousands):

		Amount
2018	$	3,854
2019		3,459
2020		3,009
2021		2,666
2022		1,701
Thereafter		218
Total	$	14,907

XML

Capitalized Software Costs (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Capitalized Software Costs Tables

Schedule of Capitalized Software

Capitalized software consisted of the following (in thousands):

Other Long-Term Assets

		March 31,
		2017		2016
Capitalized projects in service	$	1,804	$	-
Capitalized projects in process		6,461		2,753
Accumulated amortization		(588)		-
Total capitalized software costs	$	7,677	$	2,753
Application development stage costs capitalized during the year	$	5,516	$	2,095

Capitalized software consisted of the following (in thousands):

Property and Equipment

		March 31,
		2017		2016
Capitalized projects in service	$	2,904	$	1,183
Capitalized projects in process		689		967
Accumulated amortization		(871)		(250)
Total capitalized software costs	$	2,722	$	1,900
Application development stage costs capitalized during the year	$	1,452	$	756

XML

Goodwill (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Goodwill Tables

Carrying amounts of goodwill

The following table provides a summary of the changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill by reporting segment (in thousands):

		Americas		Europe		Total
Balance at March 31, 2015	$	23,940	$	12,947	$	36,887
Additions due to acquisitions		1,789		10,125		11,914
Foreign currency translation		-		(1,381)		(1,381)
Balance at March 31, 2016		25,729		21,691		47,420
Additions due to acquisitions		1,580		-		1,580
Foreign currency translation		-		(2,864)		(2,864)
Balance at March 31, 2017	$	27,309	$	18,827	$	46,136

XML

Commitments And Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Commitments And Contingencies Tables

Future minimum annual operating lease payments

At March 31, 2017, future minimum annual lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases were as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31:
2018	$	4,708
2019		5,596
2020		4,906
2021		2,435
2022 and Thereafter		6,908
Total	$	24,553

Future annual lease payments under noncancelable capital leases

At March 31, 2017, future minimum annual lease payments under non-cancelable capital leases were as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31:
2018	$	981
2019		681
2020		169
2021		5
2022		5
Total minimum payments		1,841
Less: Amount representing interest		(116)
		1,725
Less: Short-term portion of capital lease obligations		(918)
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations	$	807

Minimum third party network service provider commitments

At March 31, 2017, future minimum annual payments under these third-party network service contracts were as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31:
2018	$	1,364
2019		133
2020		8
Total minimum payments	$	1,505

XML

Distribution of Stock-Based Compensation Plan Expense (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Distribution Of Stock-based Compensation Plan Expense Tables

Schedule Of Stock-Based Compensation Expense By Statement Of Operations Line Item

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense (in thousands):

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Cost of service revenue	$	1,732	$	1,159	$	692
Cost of product revenue		-		-		-
Research and development		3,762		2,914		1,495
Sales and marketing		8,832		6,133		3,748
General and administrative		7,136		6,128		3,412
Total	$	21,462	$	16,334	$	9,347

XML

Stock-Based Compensation And Employee Purchase Plan (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Schedule of Share-based Payment Award, Stock Options, Valuation Assumptions

The estimated fair value of stock purchase rights granted under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan was estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Expected volatility		37%		43%		49%
Expected dividend yield		-		-		-
Risk-free interest rate		0.65%		0.39%		0.12%
Weighted average expected rights term		0.75 years		0.83 years		0.80 years
Weighted average fair value of rights granted	$	4.19	$	3.25	$	2.52

Option Grants

Disclosure Of Share-Based Compensation Arrangements By Share-Based Payment Award

Stock Option activity under all the Company's stock option plans since March 31, 2014, is summarized as follows:

			Weighted
			Average
			Exercise
	Number of		Price
	Shares		Per Share
Outstanding at March 31, 2014	6,002,382	$	4.14
Granted	1,110,466		7.29
Exercised	(1,326,385)		1.87
Canceled/Forfeited	(458,556)		6.06
Outstanding at March 31, 2015	5,327,907		5.19
Granted	723,776		8.63
Exercised	(1,162,175)		2.56
Canceled/Forfeited	(96,242)		8.06
Outstanding at March 31, 2016	4,793,266		6.29
Granted	407,392		14.63
Exercised	(603,998)		2.34
Canceled/Forfeited	(134,248)		8.41
Outstanding at March 31, 2017	4,462,412	$	7.52
Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2017	4,462,412	$	7.52
Exercisable at March 31, 2017	3,191,879	$	6.47

Schedule of Share-based Payment Award, Stock Options, Valuation Assumptions

The fair value of each of the Company's option grants has been estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions:

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Expected volatility		44%		53%		61%
Expected dividend yield		-		-		-
Risk-free interest rate		1.1% to 2.2%		1.5% to 1.8%		1.4% to 1.9%
Weighted average expected option term		4.9 years		5.4 years		6.0 years
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$	5.74	$	4.17	$	4.14

Stock Purchase Rights

Disclosure Of Share-Based Compensation Arrangements By Share-Based Payment Award

Stock Purchase Right activity since March 31, 2014 is summarized as follows:

			Weighted	Weighted
			Average	Average
			Grant-Date	Remaining
	Number of		Fair Market	Contractual
	Shares		Value	Term (in Years)
Balance at March 31, 2014	489,627	$	4.83	1.93
Granted	31,432		7.88
Vested	(223,360)		3.98
Forfeited	(73,864)		5.39
Balance at March 31, 2015	223,835		5.92	1.50
Granted	-		-
Vested	(115,789)		5.32
Forfeited	(25,875)		7.40
Balance at March 31, 2016	82,171		6.30	0.76
Granted	-		-
Vested	(69,426)		6.00
Forfeited	(1,375)		6.72
Balance at March 31, 2017	11,370	$	8.10	1.09

Restricted Stock Units

Disclosure Of Share-Based Compensation Arrangements By Share-Based Payment Award

Restricted Stock Unit activity since March 31, 2014 is summarized as follows:

			Weighted	Weighted Average
	Number of		Average Grant	Remaining Contractual
	Shares		Date Fair Value	Term (in Years)
Balance at March 31, 2014	1,134,856	$	9.00	2.00
Granted	1,965,786		6.68
Vested	(187,788)		9.54
Forfeited	(214,168)		8.30
Balance at March 31, 2015	2,698,686		7.33	1.88
Granted	2,681,997		8.78
Vested	(589,788)		7.79
Forfeited	(246,096)		8.15
Balance at March 31, 2016	4,544,799		8.08	1.67
Granted	2,491,877		15.15
Vested	(1,600,831)		7.89
Forfeited	(496,795)		9.56
Balance at March 31, 2017	4,939,050	$	11.57	2.47

XML

Stock Options Outstanding And Exercisable (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Stock Options Outstanding And Exercisable Tables

Summary Of Outstanding And Exercisable Stock Options

Significant option groups outstanding at March 31, 2017 and related weighted average exercise price, contractual life, and aggregate intrinsic value information for 8x8, Inc.'s stock option plans are as follows:

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
			Weighted	Weighted					Weighted
			Average	Average					Average
			Exercise	Remaining		Aggregate			Exercise		Aggregate
			Price	Contractual		Intrinsic			Price		Intrinsic
	Shares		Per Share	Life (Years)		Value	Shares		Per Share		Value
$ 0.55 to $ 4.60	912,189	$	1.91	2.0	$	12,168,894	912,189	$	1.91	$	12,168,894
$ 5.87 to $ 6.86	1,139,300	$	6.48	6.7		9,996,307	863,274	$	6.35		7,680,449
$ 7.52 to $ 9.21	920,268	$	8.43	7.4		6,277,429	503,564	$	8.47		3,414,760
$ 9.35 to $ 10.50	904,935	$	9.73	6.6		4,998,813	758,640	$	9.71		4,206,928
$ 10.86 to $ 15.40	585,720	$	13.48	8.8		1,043,018	154,212	$	11.68		551,242
	4,462,412				$	34,484,461	3,191,879			$	28,022,273

XML

Stock Repurchases (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Stock Repurchases Tables

Stock Repurchases [Table Text Block]

The stock repurchase activity as of March 31, 2017 is summarized as follows:

			Weighted
			Average
	Shares		Price		Amount
	Repurchased		Per Share		Repurchased(1)
Balance as of March 31, 2015	2,488,215		7.38	$	19,200,393
Repurchase of common stock under 2015 Repurchase Plan	1,392,135		8.02		11,164,329
Balance as of March 31, 2016	3,880,350	$		$	30,364,722
Repurchase of common stock under 2015 Repurchase Plan	-				-
Balance as of March 31, 2017	3,880,350	$		$	30,364,722
(1) Amount excludes commission fees.

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Income Taxes Tables

Components of tax provision

The components of the consolidated (benefit) provision for income taxes for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following (in thousands):

		March 31,
Current:		2017		2016		2015
Federal	$	(7)	$	97	$	92
State		588		551		457
Foreign		112		71		1
Total current tax provision		693		719		550
Deferred:
Federal		1,506		95		2,602
State		(1,095)		(854)		(363)
Foreign		(1,230)		(807)		-
Total deferred tax (benefit) provision		(819)		(1,566)		2,239
Income tax (benefit) provision	$	(126)	$	(847)	$	2,789

Schedule of tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and (liabilities) were comprised of the following (in thousands):

		March 31,
Current deferred tax assets		2017		2016
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	-	$	2,739
Inventory valuation		-		14
Reserves and allowances		-		2,740
Net current deferred tax assets		-		5,493
Net operating loss carryforwards		36,427		38,449
Research and development and other credit carryforwards		8,614		7,106
Stock-based compensation		6,942		5,577
Reserves and allowances		3,266		-
Fixed assets and intangibles		(3,688)		(6,160)
Net non-current deferred tax assets		51,561		44,972
Valuation allowance		(2,934)		(3,760)
Total	$	48,627	$	46,705

Reconciliation of U.S. statutory income tax rate to company's effective tax rate

A reconciliation of the Company's provision (benefit) for income taxes to the amounts computed using the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% is as follows (in thousands):

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Tax provision at statutory rate	$	(1,652)	$	(2,029)	$	1,599
State income taxes before valuation allowance,
net of federal effect		108		9		269
Foreign tax rate differential		885		(769)		-
Research and development credits		(1,484)		(1,253)		(725)
Change in valuation allowance		(287)		(1,555)		(1,480)
Compensation/option differences		(246)		(471)		(331)
Non-deductible compensation		1,079		944		746
Acquisition costs		54		230		-
Expiring CA NOLs		-		1,626		1,484
Foreign loss not benefited		780		2,342		1,192
Other		637		79		35
Total income tax provision	$	(126)	$	(847)	$	2,789

Reconciliation of beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

		Unrecognized Tax Benefits
		2017		2016		2015
Balance at beginning of year	$	2,881	$	2,420	$	2,165
Gross increase - tax positions in prior period		-		82		27
Gross decreases - tax positions in prior period		-		-		-
Gross increases - tax positions related to the current year		450		379		228
Balance at end of year	$	3,331	$	2,881	$	2,420

XML

Net Income Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Net Income Per Share Tables

Net Income Per Share

The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in calculating basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

		Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
		(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
Numerator:
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(4,751)	$	(5,120)	$	1,926
Denominator:
Common shares		90,340		88,477		89,071
Denominator for basic calculation		90,340		88,477		89,071
Employee stock options		-		-		2,088
Employee restricted purchase rights		-		-		493
Denominator for diluted calculation		90,340		88,477		91,652
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic	$	(0.05)	$	(0.06)	$	0.02
Diluted	$	(0.05)	$	(0.06)	$	0.02

Schedule of Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share

The following shares attributable to outstanding stock options and restricted stock purchase rights were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have been antidilutive (in thousands):

	Years Ended March 31,
	2017	2016	2015
Common stock options	4,462	4,793	1,812
Stock purchase rights	4,950	4,628	57
	9,412	9,421	1,869

XML

Segment Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Segment Information Tables

Schedule of Revenue from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets, by Geographical Areas

The following tables set forth the segment and geographic information for each period (in thousands):

		Total Revenue for the Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Americas (principally US)	$	227,914	$	185,241	$	150,764
Europe (principally UK)		25,474		24,095		11,649
	$	253,388	$	209,336	$	162,413

		Total Depreciation and Amortization for the Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Americas (principally US)	$	6,842	$	5,776	$	4,739
Europe (principally UK)		3,595		3,231		1,374
	$	10,437	$	9,007	$	6,113

		Total Net Income (Loss) for the Years Ended March 31,
		2017		2016		2015
Americas (principally US)	$	2,557	$	940	$	5,433
Europe (principally UK)		(7,308)		(6,060)		(3,507)
	$	(4,751)	$	(5,120)	$	1,926

		March 31,
		2017				2016
		Total Assets		Property and Equipment, net		Total Assets		Property and Equipment, net
Americas (principally US)	$	284,011	$	11,803	$	261,886	$	9,733
Europe (principally UK)		49,844		4,581		51,566		2,642
	$	333,855	$	16,384	$	313,452	$	12,375

XML

Acquisitions (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

LeChat

Schedule of Purchase Price Allocation

The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows (in thousands):

		Fair Value
Assets acquired:
Cash	$	231
Intangible assets		1,200
Other non-current assets		428
Total assets acquired		1,859
Liabilities assumed:
Current liabilities		(324)
Total liabilities assumed		(324)
Net identifiable assets acquired		1,535
Goodwill		1,580
Total consideration transferred	$	3,115

DXI

Schedule of Purchase Price Allocation

The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows (in thousands):

		Fair Value
Assets acquired:
Cash	$	1,318
Current assets		2,016
Property and equipment		1,453
Intangible assets		13,374
Total assets acquired		18,161
Liabilities assumed:
Current liabilities and non-current liabilities		(5,734)
Total liabilities assumed		(5,734)
Net identifiable assets acquired		12,427
Goodwill		10,125
Total consideration transferred	$	22,552

QSC

Schedule of Purchase Price Allocation

The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows (in thousands):

		Fair Value
Assets acquired:
Intangible assets	$	1,100
Goodwill		1,789
Total consideration transferred	$	2,889

XML

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Consolidated Quarterly Financial Data

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

In thousands, except per share data amounts:

		QUARTER ENDED
		March 31,		Dec. 31,		Sept. 30,		June 30,		March 31,		Dec. 31,		Sept. 30,		June 30,
		2017		2016		2016		2016		2016		2015		2015		2015
Service revenue	$	62,654	$	60,149	$	57,717	$	55,296	$	52,174	$	48,948	$	46,951	$	44,168
Product revenue		3,834		3,527		5,466		4,745		5,160		4,220		3,991		3,724
Total revenue		66,488		63,676		63,183		60,041		57,334		53,168		50,942		47,892
Operating expenses:
Cost of service revenue		10,803		10,525		10,837		10,235		9,720		9,713		9,186		8,459
Cost of product revenue		4,187		4,240		5,782		5,505		6,103		5,087		4,596		4,382
Research and development		7,142		7,095		6,505		6,710		6,110		6,404		6,446		5,080
Sales and marketing		38,228		35,667		33,691		31,691		31,240		27,585		26,730		23,824
General, and administrative		9,814		7,852		6,747		6,801		7,132		6,888		5,657		6,068
Total operating expenses		70,174		65,379		63,562		60,942		60,305		55,677		52,615		47,813
Income (loss) from operations		(3,686)		(1,703)		(379)		(901)		(2,971)		(2,509)		(1,673)		79
Other income, net		583		408		391		410		397		272		204		234
Income (loss) from
operations before provision
(benefit) for income taxes		(3,103)		(1,295)		12		(491)		(2,574)		(2,237)		(1,469)		313
Provision (benefit) for
income taxes		(178)		30		(15)		37		(1,498)		(557)		423		785
Net income (loss)	$	(2,925)	$	(1,325)	$	27	$	(528)	$	(1,076)	$	(1,680)	$	(1,892)	$	(472)
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic	$	(0.03)	$	(0.01)	$	0.00	$	(0.01)	$	(0.01)	$	(0.02)	$	(0.02)	$	(0.01)
Diluted	$	(0.03)	$	(0.01)	$	0.00	$	(0.01)	$	(0.01)	$	(0.02)	$	(0.02)	$	(0.01)
Shares used in per share calculations:
Basic		91,175		90,774		89,987		89,434		88,888		88,289		88,557		88,233
Diluted		91,175		90,774		93,447		89,434		88,888		88,289		88,557		88,233

XML

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Valuation And Qualifying Accounts Tables

Schedule of Valuation Allowance for Impairment of Recognized Servicing Assets [Table Text Block]

SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in thousands)

		Balance at		Additions				Balance
		Beginning		Charged to				at End
Description		of Year		Expenses		Deductions (a)		of Year
Total Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:
Year ended March 31, 2015:	$	466	$	279	$	(329)	$	416
Year ended March 31, 2016:	$	416	$	509	$	(339)	$	586
Year ended March 31, 2017:	$	586	$	941	$	(573)	$	954

(a) The deductions related to allowance for doubtful accounts represent accounts receivable which are written off.

XML

Description of the Business (Narrative) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017
Description Of Business Narrative Details
Year Founded	1987
Entity Incorporation, Date of Incorporation	Dec. 31, 1996
Entity Incorporation, State Country Name	Delaware
Fiscal Year End Date	--03-31

XML

Significant Accounting Policies Service and Product Revenue (Narrative) (Details)	Mar. 31, 2017
Significant Accounting Policies Service And Product Revenue Narrative Details
Trial period offered with all new services, days	30

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Advertising Costs) (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Significant Accounting Policies Advertising Costs Narrative Details
Advertising expense	$ 9.5	$ 8.5	$ 6.8

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Deferred Rent) (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Millions

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Mar. 31, 2016

Deferred rent recorded in other accrued liabilities

$ 1.1

$ 0.3

Deferred rent recorded in other non-current liabilities

$ 0.8

$ 1.0

Headquarters

Lease agreement terms

In April 2012, the Company entered into an 87-month lease agreement for its new headquarters. Under the terms of the lease agreement:

• the Company received a three-month rent holiday from rental payments;
• base rent is $130,821 for the 15 months after the rent holiday; and
• rent expense increases 3% each year thereafter.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company received a $1.7 million allowance for reimbursement for the cost of tenant improvements that the Company included in cash flows from operating activities. In accordance with the guidance in ASC 840-20, Leases, the Company accounts for its headquarters facility operating lease as follows:

Rent Holidays. The Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis at the earlier of the first rent payment or the date of possession of the leased property. The difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid is recorded as deferred lease incentives and amortized over the lease term.

Rent Escalations. The Company recognizes escalating rent provisions on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid is recorded as deferred lease incentives and amortized over the lease term.

Tenant Improvement Allowance. The tenant improvement allowance is deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease as a reduction to rent expense.

Term of contract

7 years 3 months

Tenant improvement allowance

$ 1.7

Near Headquarters

Lease agreement terms

In January 2016, the Company entered into a 48-month lease for additional office space near the Company's US headquarters. In April 2016, the lease was amended for actual move in date. Base rent begins at $105,628 and increases 3% each year thereafter. Future minimum annual lease payments under this lease is included in "Leases" in Note 8.

Term of contract

4 years

XML

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments with Hierarchy (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Amortized Costs	$ 175,191	$ 163,005
Gross Unrealized Gains	73	89
Gross Unrealized Loss	(275)	(244)
Estimated Fair Value	174,989	162,850
Cash and cash equivalents	41,030	33,576	$ 53,110	$ 59,159
Short-term marketable investments	133,959	129,274
Liabilities, Fair Value Disclosure	148	341	$ 0
Aavailable-for-sale investments due within one year	78,039
Aavailable-for-sale investments due after one year	55,920
Level 1
Amortized Costs	43,030	35,576
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	0
Gross Unrealized Loss	(194)	(187)
Estimated Fair Value	42,836	35,389
Cash and cash equivalents	41,030	33,576
Short-term marketable investments	1,806	1,813
Level 2
Amortized Costs	132,161	127,429
Gross Unrealized Gains	73	89
Gross Unrealized Loss	(81)	(57)
Estimated Fair Value	132,153	127,461
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Short-term marketable investments	132,153	127,461
Level 3
Amortized Costs	0	0
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	0
Gross Unrealized Loss	0	0
Estimated Fair Value	148	341
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Short-term marketable investments	0	0
Liabilities, Fair Value Disclosure	148	341
Cash
Amortized Costs	29,122	18,596
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	0
Gross Unrealized Loss	0	0
Estimated Fair Value	29,122	18,596
Cash and cash equivalents	29,122	18,596
Short-term marketable investments	0	0
Money Market Funds | Level 1
Amortized Costs	11,908	14,980
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	0
Gross Unrealized Loss	0	0
Estimated Fair Value	11,908	14,980
Cash and cash equivalents	11,908	14,980
Short-term marketable investments	0	0
Mutual Funds | Level 1
Amortized Costs	2,000	2,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	0
Gross Unrealized Loss	(194)	(187)
Estimated Fair Value	1,806	1,813
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Short-term marketable investments	1,806	1,813
Commercial Paper | Level 2
Amortized Costs	19,144	6,794
Gross Unrealized Gains	8	2
Gross Unrealized Loss	0	0
Estimated Fair Value	19,152	6,796
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Short-term marketable investments	19,152	6,796
Corporate Debt | Level 2
Amortized Costs	83,995	85,164
Gross Unrealized Gains	61	78
Gross Unrealized Loss	(58)	(28)
Estimated Fair Value	83,998	85,214
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Short-term marketable investments	83,998	85,214
Municipal Securities | Level 2
Amortized Costs		1,007
Gross Unrealized Gains		0
Gross Unrealized Loss		(1)
Estimated Fair Value		1,006
Cash and cash equivalents		0
Short-term marketable investments		1,006
Asset-backed Securities | Level 2
Amortized Costs	26,906	24,614
Gross Unrealized Gains	4	7
Gross Unrealized Loss	(22)	(11)
Estimated Fair Value	26,888	24,610
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Short-term marketable investments	26,888	24,610
Mortgage backed Securities | Level 2
Amortized Costs	116	2,045
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	0
Gross Unrealized Loss	(1)	(17)
Estimated Fair Value	115	2,028
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Short-term marketable investments	115	2,028
Agency Bond | Level 2
Amortized Costs	2,000	6,805
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	1
Gross Unrealized Loss	0	0
Estimated Fair Value	2,000	6,806
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Short-term marketable investments	2,000	6,806
International Government Securities | Level 2
Amortized Costs		1,000
Gross Unrealized Gains		1
Gross Unrealized Loss		0
Estimated Fair Value		1,001
Cash and cash equivalents		0
Short-term marketable investments		1,001
Contingent Consideration | Level 3
Amortized Costs	0	0
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	0
Gross Unrealized Loss	0	0
Estimated Fair Value	148	341
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Short-term marketable investments	0	0
Liabilities, Fair Value Disclosure	$ 148	$ 341

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Contingent Consideration Liability) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016
Contingent consideration liabilities [Roll Forward]
Contingent considerations, beginning of period	$ 341	$ 0
Purchase price contigent consideration	0	541
Fair value adjustment	107
Contingent consideration payments	(300)	(200)
Contingent consideration, end of period	$ 148	$ 341

XML

Inventory (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016
Inventory Details
Work-in-process	$ 0	$ 76
Finished goods	908	444
Inventory, net	$ 908	$ 520

XML

Property and Equipment (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016
Property And Equipment Details
Computer equipment	$ 24,293	$ 18,277
Furniture and fixtures	1,411	1,067
Software	7,380	5,417
Leasehold improvements	5,579	3,667
Construction in progress	689	967
Gross	39,352	29,395
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization	(22,968)	(17,020)
Net	$ 16,384	$ 12,375

XML

Intangible Assets Schedule Of Intangibles (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016
Gross Carrying Amount	$ 30,235	$ 30,933
Accumulated Amortization	(13,197)	(9,469)
Net Carrying Amount	17,038	21,464
Technology
Gross Carrying Amount	18,685	18,640
Accumulated Amortization	(7,010)	(4,622)
Net Carrying Amount	11,675	14,018
Customer relationships
Gross Carrying Amount	9,419	9,993
Accumulated Amortization	(6,187)	(4,847)
Net Carrying Amount	3,232	5,146
Trade names/domains
Gross Carrying Amount	2,036	2,205
Accumulated Amortization	0	0
Net Carrying Amount	2,036	2,205
In-process research and development
Gross Carrying Amount	95	95
Accumulated Amortization	0	0
Net Carrying Amount	$ 95	$ 95

XML

Intangible Assets Schedule Of Future Amortization Of Intangibles (Details) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2017 USD ($)
Intangible Assets Schedule Of Future Amortization Of Intangibles Details
2018	$ 3,854
2019	3,459
2020	3,009
2021	2,666
2022	1,701
Thereafter	218
Total	$ 14,907

XML

Intangible Assets Impairmrent of Long-Lived Assets (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Millions

3 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Mar. 31, 2017

Intangible Assets Impairmrent Of Long-lived Assets Narrative Details

Impaired Intangible Asset, Description

The Company evaluated long-lived assets related to Zerigo including the technology, customer relationships, and trade name intangible assets for impairment.

During the year ended March 31, 2017, the Company decided to discontinue a certain customer segment of its United Kingdom based platform-as-a-service (DXI PaaS) that was acquired in fiscal 2016 as part of the DXI acquisition. The Company evaluated long-lived assets related to the DXI reporting unit including the technology, customer relationships, and trade name intangible assets for impairment and determined that the assets were not impaired. However, the Company recorded an impairment charge equal to the remaining value of the impaired DXI PaaS customer relationship in the third fiscal quarter. The impairment recorded during the fiscal year was immaterial to the consolidated statements of operations. Revenues and net income (loss) from DXI PaaS were not material for all periods presented.

Impaired Intangible Asset, Facts and Circumstances Leading to Impairment

The Company determined it was appropriate to record an impairment charge equal to the remaining value of the impaired long-lived assets in the third fiscal quarter.

Impaired Intangible Asset, Segment Classification

During the year ended March 31, 2016, the Company decided to end-of-life its hosted virtual desktop service (Zerigo).

Impairment of Intangible Assets, Finite-lived

$ 0.6

Impaired Intangible Asset, Income Statement Classification

The impairment recorded during the fiscal year was $0.6 million, of which $0.4 million and $0.2 million was recorded in cost of service and sales and marketing, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations.

XML

Capitalized Software Costs by Asset Classification (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016
Capitalized projects in service	$ 7,380	$ 5,417
Software Development Costs - Other Long-Term Assets
Capitalized projects in service	1,804	0
Capitalized projects in process	6,461	2,753
Accumulated amortization	(588)	0
Total capitalized software costs	7,677	2,753
Application development stage costs capitalized during the year	5,516	2,095
Software and Software Development - Property and Equipment
Capitalized projects in service	2,904	1,183
Capitalized projects in process	689	967
Accumulated amortization	(871)	(250)
Total capitalized software costs	2,722	1,900
Application development stage costs capitalized during the year	$ 1,452	$ 756

XML

Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill by Location (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016
Goodwill, beginning balance	$ 47,420	$ 36,887
Additions due to acquisitions	1,580	11,914
Foreign currency translation	(2,864)	(1,381)
Goodwill, ending balance	46,136	47,420
Americas
Goodwill, beginning balance	25,729	23,940
Additions due to acquisitions	1,580	1,789
Foreign currency translation	0	0
Goodwill, ending balance	27,309	25,729
Europe
Goodwill, beginning balance	21,691	12,947
Additions due to acquisitions	0	10,125
Foreign currency translation	(2,864)	(1,381)
Goodwill, ending balance	$ 18,827	$ 21,691

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Operating Leases) (Details) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2017 USD ($)
Year ending March 31:
2018	$ 4,708
2019	5,596
2020	4,906
2021	2,435
2022 and Thereafter	6,908
Total	$ 24,553

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Capital Leases) (Details) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2017 USD ($)
Year ending March 31:
2018	$ 1,004
2019	736
2020	163
Total minimum payments	1,903
Less: Amount representing interest	(116)
Total payments, net of interest	1,787
Less: Short-term portion of capital lease obligations	(918)
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations	$ 869

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Service Provider Contracts) (Details) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2017 USD ($)
Year ending March 31:
2018	$ 1,364
2019	133
2020	8
Total minimum payments	$ 1,505

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Leases - Rent Expense) (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Commitments And Contingencies Leases - Rent Expense Narrative Details
Rent expense	$ 5.1	$ 2.1	$ 1.8

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (CustomerSupport Commitments) (Narrative) (Details) $ in Millions	Mar. 31, 2017 USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2016 USD ($)
Commitments And Contingencies Customersupport Commitments Narrative Details
Third party customer support vendor minimum monthly commitment	$ 0.4
Third party customer support vendor maximum obligation	$ 2.2
Advance termination notice required, days	150
Property and equipment under capital lease	$ 2.7	$ 1.6
Accumulated depreciation related to assets under capital lease	$ 1.0	$ 0.1

XML

Stockholders' Equity Stock-Based Compensation Expense By Statement Of Operations (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Stock-based employee compensation expense related to employee stock options and employee stock purchases, net of tax	$ 21,462	$ 16,334	$ 9,347
Cost of service revenue
Stock-based employee compensation expense related to employee stock options and employee stock purchases, net of tax	1,732	1,159	692
Cost of product revenue
Stock-based employee compensation expense related to employee stock options and employee stock purchases, net of tax	0	0	0
Research and development
Stock-based employee compensation expense related to employee stock options and employee stock purchases, net of tax	3,762	2,914	1,495
Sales and marketing
Stock-based employee compensation expense related to employee stock options and employee stock purchases, net of tax	8,832	6,133	3,748
General and administrative
Stock-based employee compensation expense related to employee stock options and employee stock purchases, net of tax	$ 7,136	$ 6,128	$ 3,412

XML

Stockholders' Equity Option Activity (Details) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Stockholders Equity Option Activity Details
Balance at beginning of period	4,793,266	5,327,907	6,002,382
Granted	407,392	723,776	1,110,466
Exercised	(603,998)	(1,162,175)	(1,326,385)
Cancelled/forfeited	(134,248)	(96,242)	(458,556)
Balance at end of period	4,462,412	4,793,266	5,327,907
Options, Vested and expected to vest	4,462,412
Options, Exercisable at end of period	3,191,879
Weighted-average exercise price of options outstanding, at beginning of period	$ 6.29	$ 5.19	$ 4.14
Weighted-average exercise price of options granted during period	14.63	8.63	7.29
Weighted-average exercise price of options exercised during the period	2.34	2.56	1.87
Weighted-average exercise price of options forfeited, cancelled or expired during the period	8.41	8.06	6.06
Weighted-average exercise price of options outstanding at end of period	7.52	$ 6.29	$ 5.19
Options, Vested and Expected to Vest, Weighted Average Exercise Price	7.52
Weighted-Average Exercise Prices, Exercisable at end of period	$ 6.47

XML

Stockholders' Equity Stock Purchase Right Activity (Details) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Stockholders Equity Stock Purchase Right Activity Details
Balance at beginning of year	82,171	223,835	489,627
Granted	0	0	31,432
Vested	(69,426)	(115,789)	(223,360)
Forfeited	(1,375)	(25,875)	(73,864)
Balance at end of year	11,370	82,171	223,835	489,627
Weighted-average grant date fair value, beginning balance	$ 6.30	$ 5.92	$ 4.83
Weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock rights granted	0	0	7.88
Weighted-average grant date fair value, released during period	6.00	5.32	3.98
Weighted-average grant date fair value, forfeited during period	6.72	7.40	5.39
Weighted-average grant date fair value, ending balance	$ 8.10	$ 6.30	$ 5.92	$ 4.83
Weighted-average remaining contractual term, in years, ending balance	1 year 32 days	274 days	1 year 180 days	1 year 335 days

XML

Stockholders' Equity Restricted Stock Unit Activity (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017 $ / shares shares	Mar. 31, 2016 $ / shares shares	Mar. 31, 2015 $ / shares shares	Mar. 31, 2014
Stockholders Equity Restricted Stock Unit Activity Details
Balance at beginning of period | shares	4,544,799	2,698,686	1,134,856
Granted | shares	2,491,877	2,681,997	1,965,786
Vested | shares	(1,600,831)	(589,788)	(187,788)
Forfeited | shares	(496,795)	(246,096)	(214,168)
Balance at end of period | shares	4,939,050	4,544,799	2,698,686
RSU weighted-average remaining contractual term, in years	2.47	1.67	1.88	2.00
Beginning of period, weighted-average purchase price | $ / shares	$ 8.08	$ 7.33	$ 9.00
Granted, weighted-average purchase price | $ / shares	15.15	8.78	6.68
Vested, weighted-average purchase price | $ / shares	7.89	7.79	9.54
Forfeited, weighted-average purchase price | $ / shares	9.56	8.15	8.30
End of period, weighted-average purchase price | $ / shares	$ 11.57	$ 8.08	$ 7.33

XML

Stockholder's Equity Stock Options Outstanding And Exercisable (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Options Outstanding, Number of Shares	4,462,412	4,793,266	5,327,907	6,002,382
Options Outstanding, Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 7.52	$ 6.29	$ 5.19	$ 4.14
Options Exercisable, Number of Shares	3,191,879
Options Exercisable, Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 6.47
$0.55 - $4.60
Range of Exercise Prices, Minimum	0.55
Range of Exercise Prices, Maximum	$ 4.60
Options Outstanding, Number of Shares	912,189
Options Outstanding, Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 1.91
Options Outstanding, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)	2 years
Options Outstanding, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 12,168,894
Options Exercisable, Number of Shares	912,189
Options Exercisable, Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 1.91
Options Exercisable, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 12,168,894
$5.87 - $6.86
Range of Exercise Prices, Minimum	$ 5.87
Range of Exercise Prices, Maximum	$ 6.86
Options Outstanding, Number of Shares	1,139,300
Options Outstanding, Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 6.48
Options Outstanding, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)	6 years 252 days
Options Outstanding, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 9,996,307
Options Exercisable, Number of Shares	863,274
Options Exercisable, Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 6.35
Options Exercisable, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 7,680,449
$7.52 - $9.21
Range of Exercise Prices, Minimum	$ 7.52
Range of Exercise Prices, Maximum	$ 9.21
Options Outstanding, Number of Shares	920,268
Options Outstanding, Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 8.43
Options Outstanding, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)	7 years 144 days
Options Outstanding, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 6,277,429
Options Exercisable, Number of Shares	503,564
Options Exercisable, Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 8.47
Options Exercisable, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 3,414,760
$9.35 - $10.50
Range of Exercise Prices, Minimum	$ 9.35
Range of Exercise Prices, Maximum	$ 10.50
Options Outstanding, Number of Shares	904,935
Options Outstanding, Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 9.73
Options Outstanding, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)	6 years 216 days
Options Outstanding, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 4,998,813
Options Exercisable, Number of Shares	758,640
Options Exercisable, Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 9.71
Options Exercisable, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 4,206,928
$10.86 - $15.40
Range of Exercise Prices, Minimum	$ 10.86
Range of Exercise Prices, Maximum	$ 15.40
Options Outstanding, Number of Shares	585,720
Options Outstanding, Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 13.48
Options Outstanding, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)	8 years 288 days
Options Outstanding, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 1,043,018
Options Exercisable, Number of Shares	154,212
Options Exercisable, Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 11.68
Options Exercisable, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 551,242
$0.55 - $15.40
Range of Exercise Prices, Minimum	$ 0.55
Range of Exercise Prices, Maximum	$ 15.40
Options Outstanding, Number of Shares	4,462,412
Options Outstanding, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 34,484,461
Options Exercisable, Number of Shares	3,191,879
Options Exercisable, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 28,022,273

XML

Stockholder's Equity Assumptions Used In Black-Scholes Model (Details) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Option Grants
Expected volatility	44.00%	53.00%	61.00%
Expected dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Risk-free interest rate, minimum	1.10%	1.50%	1.40%
Risk-free interest rate, maximum	2.20%	1.80%	1.90%
Weighted average expected option term, in years	4 years 324 days	5 years 144 days	6 years
Weighted average fair value of options granted, per share	$ 5.74	$ 4.17	$ 4.14
Employee Stock Purchase
Expected volatility	37.00%	43.00%	49.00%
Expected dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Risk-free interest rate	0.65%	0.39%	0.12%
Weighted average expected option term, in years	270 days	299 days	288 days
Weighted average fair value of options granted, per share	$ 4.19	$ 3.25	$ 2.52

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) shares in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Cash received from option exercises and purchases of shares under the Purchase Plans	$ 5,100,000	$ 4,800,000	$ 4,500,000
Stock-Based Awards
Total intrinsic value of options exercised	7,200,000	9,200,000	8,100,000
Unamortized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock awards	$ 48,500,000
Weighted average period of recognition for unrecognized compensation costs (in years)	2 years 18 days
Tax benefit attributable to stock options exercised	$ 500,000	$ 200,000	$ 200,000
DXI Plan
Unamortized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock awards	$ 1,300,000
Weighted average period of recognition for unrecognized compensation costs (in years)	2 years 61 days
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Employee Stock Purchase Plan Shares Issued	0.3	0.4	0.3
Percentage of market value price of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		85.00%
Maximum contribution percentage amount of employee's base compensation		10.00%

XML

Stockholders' Equity Repurchases of Common Shares (Detail) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016		Mar. 31, 2015
Stock repurchased and retired during period, value	$ (3,005,000)	$ (11,653,000)		$ (19,371,000)
Stock repurchased and retired at end of period, value	$ 30,364,722
February 2015
Stock repurchased and retired during period, shares	0	1,392,135
Stock repurchased and retired during period, value	$ 0	$ 11,164,329	[1]	$ 19,200,393	[1]
Stock repurchased, weighted average price per share		$ 8.02		$ 7.38
Stock repurchased and retired at end of period, shares	3,880,350	3,880,350		2,488,215
Stock repurchased and retired at end of period, value	$ 30,364,722	$ 30,364,722
Stock repurchase program, authorized amount	$ 20,000,000
Stock repurchase program expiration date	Oct. 20, 2016	Feb. 29, 2016
October 2015
Stock repurchase program, authorized amount	$ 15,000,000
Total Plan 2015
Stock repurchase program, remaining authorized repurchase amount	$ 15,000,000

[1] Amount excludes commission fees.

XML

Inome Taxes (Income Tax Provision) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Sep. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2016	Mar. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Sep. 30, 2015	Jun. 30, 2015	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Current:
Federal									$ (7)	$ 97	$ 92
State									588	551	457
Foreign									112	71	1
Total current income tax provision									693	719	550
Deferred:
Federal									1,506	95	2,602
State									(1,095)	(854)	(363)
Foreign									(1,230)	(807)	0
Total deferred tax (benefit) provision									(819)	(1,566)	2,239
Income tax (benefit) provision	$ (178)	$ 30	$ (15)	$ 37	$ (1,498)	$ (557)	$ 423	$ 785	$ (126)	$ (847)	$ 2,789

XML

Income taxes (Deferred Tax Assets) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016
Current deferred tax assets
Net operating loss carryforwards	$ 0	$ 2,739
Inventory valuation	0	14
Reserves and allowances	0	2,740
Net current deferred tax assets	0	5,493
Net operating loss carryforwards	36,427	38,449
Research and development and other credit carryforwards	8,614	7,106
Stock-based compensation	6,942	5,577
Reserves and allowances	3,266	0
Fixed assets and intangibles	(3,688)	(6,160)
Net non-current deferred tax assets	51,561	44,972
Valuation allowance	(2,934)	(3,760)
Total	$ 48,627	$ 46,705

XML

Income Taxes (Reconciliation of Taxes Provided to Federal Statutory Rate) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Sep. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2016	Mar. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Sep. 30, 2015	Jun. 30, 2015	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Income Taxes Reconciliation Of Taxes Provided To Federal Statutory Rate Details
Tax provision at statutory rate									$ (1,652)	$ (2,029)	$ 1,599
State income taxes before valuation allowance, net of federal effect									108	9	269
Foreign tax rate differential									885	(769)	0
Research and development credits									(1,484)	(1,253)	(725)
Change in valuation allowance									(287)	(1,555)	(1,480)
Compensation/option differences									(246)	(471)	(331)
Non-deductible compensation									1,079	944	746
Acquisition costs									54	230	0
Expiring CA NOLs									0	1,626	1,484
Foreign loss not benefited									780	2,342	1,192
Other									637	79	35
Total income tax (benefit) provision	$ (178)	$ 30	$ (15)	$ 37	$ (1,498)	$ (557)	$ 423	$ 785	$ (126)	$ (847)	$ 2,789

XML

Income Taxes (Unrecognized Tax Benefits) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Income Taxes Unrecognized Tax Benefits Details
Balance at beginning of year	$ 2,881	$ 2,420	$ 2,165
Gross increases - tax position in prior period	0	82	27
Gross decreases - tax position in prior period	0	0	0
Gross increases - tax positions related to the current year	450	379	228
Balance at end of year	$ 3,331	$ 2,881	$ 2,420

XML

Net Income Per Share (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Sep. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2016	Mar. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Sep. 30, 2015	Jun. 30, 2015	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Numerator:
Net income available to common stockholders	$ (2,925)	$ (1,325)	$ 27	$ (528)	$ (1,076)	$ (1,680)	$ (1,892)	$ (472)	$ (4,751)	$ (5,120)	$ 1,926
Denominator:
Common shares	91,175	90,774	89,987	89,434	88,888	88,289	88,557	88,233	90,340	88,477	89,071
Denominator for basic calculation	91,175	90,774	89,987	89,434	88,888	88,289	88,557	88,233	90,340	88,477	89,071
Employee stock options									0	0	2,088
Employee stock purchase rights									0	0	493
Denominator for diluted calculation	91,175	90,774	93,447	89,434	88,888	88,289	88,557	88,233	90,340	88,477	91,652
Net loss per share:
Basic	$ (0.03)	$ (0.01)	$ 0.00	$ (0.01)	$ (0.01)	$ (0.02)	$ (0.02)	$ (0.01)	$ (0.05)	$ (0.06)	$ 0.02
Diluted	$ (0.03)	$ (0.01)	$ 0.00	$ (0.01)	$ (0.01)	$ (0.02)	$ (0.02)	$ (0.01)	$ (0.05)	$ (0.06)	$ 0.02

XML

Net Income Per Share Options and Rights Excluded (Details) - shares shares in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Anti-dilutive shares	9,412	9,421	1,869
Employee stock options
Anti-dilutive shares	4,462	4,793	1,812
Stock purchase rights
Anti-dilutive shares	4,950	4,628	57

XML

Segment Reporting Revenue and Property and Equipment by Geographic Area (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Sep. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2016	Mar. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Sep. 30, 2015	Jun. 30, 2015	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Net revenue									$ 253,388	$ 209,336	$ 162,413
Depreciation and amortization expense									10,437	9,007	6,113
Net income (loss)	$ (2,925)	$ (1,325)	$ 27	$ (528)	$ (1,076)	$ (1,680)	$ (1,892)	$ (472)	(4,751)	(5,120)	1,926
Total assets	333,855				313,452				333,855	313,452
Property and equipments, net	16,384				12,375				16,384	12,375
Americas
Net revenue									227,914	185,241	150,764
Depreciation and amortization expense									6,842	5,776	4,739
Net income (loss)									2,557	940	5,433
Total assets	284,011				261,886				284,011	261,886
Property and equipments, net	11,803				9,733				11,803	9,733
Europe
Net revenue									25,474	24,095	11,649
Depreciation and amortization expense									3,595	3,231	1,374
Net income (loss)									(7,308)	(6,060)	$ (3,507)
Total assets	49,844				51,566				49,844	51,566
Property and equipments, net	$ 4,581				$ 2,642				$ 4,581	$ 2,642

XML

Acquisitions (Purchase Information) (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands

1 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2017

Jun. 30, 2015

May 31, 2015

LeChat

Effective date of purchase agreement

Jan. 06, 2017

Business Acquisition, Description of Acquired Entity

On January 5, 2017, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Agreement") with the preferred and common shareholders LeChat Inc. (LeChat) for the purchase of all the outstanding preferred and common shares of LeChat. The transaction closed on January 6, 2017. The total aggregate purchase price was $3.1 million, consisting of approximately $2.4 million paid to the preferred shareholders at closing, $0.2 million paid to the common shareholders at closing, and approximately $0.5 million in cash deposited into escrow to be held for two years as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date.

The Company recorded the acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the consideration transferred over the aggregate fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill. The amount of goodwill recognized was primarily attributable to the expected contributions of the entity to the overall corporate strategy in addition to synergies and acquired workforce of the acquired business. The finite-lived intangible asset consisted of developed technology, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of two years. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management using a cost approach method. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis.

Assets acquired:

Cash

$ 231

Intangible assets

1,200

Other non-current assets

428

Total assets acquired

1,859

Liabilities assumed:

Current and non-current liabilities

(324)

Total liabilities assumed

(324)

Net identifiable assets acquired

1,535

Goodwill

1,580

Total consideration transferred

$ 3,115

DXI

Effective date of purchase agreement

May 26, 2015

Business Acquisition, Description of Acquired Entity

On May 26, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of DXI Limited, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, (collectively DXI) for the purchase of the entire share capital of DXI. The transaction closed effective May 29, 2015. The total aggregate purchase price was approximately $22.5 million, consisting of $18.7 million in cash paid to the DXI shareholders at closing, and $3.8 million in cash deposited into escrow to be held for two years as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date. The cash escrow is to be released in annual installments over two years.

Assets acquired:

Cash

$ 1,318

Current assets

2,016

Property and equipment

1,453

Intangible assets

13,374

Total assets acquired

18,161

Liabilities assumed:

Current and non-current liabilities

(5,734)

Total liabilities assumed

(5,734)

Net identifiable assets acquired

12,427

Goodwill

10,125

Total consideration transferred

$ 22,552

QSC

Effective date of purchase agreement

Jun. 03, 2015

Business Acquisition, Description of Acquired Entity

On June 3, 2015, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with the shareholder of Quality Software Corporation (QSC) and other parties affiliated with the shareholder and QSC for the purchase of certain assets as per the purchase agreement. The total aggregate fair value of the consideration was approximately $2.9 million, which $2.2 million was paid in cash to the QSC shareholder at closing. As part of the aggregate purchases price, there is also $0.5 million in contingent consideration payable subject to attainment of certain revenue and product release milestones for the acquired business, and $0.3 million in cash held by the Company in escrow to be retained for two years as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date. The preliminary fair value of the contingent consideration and escrow amounts was $0.7 million at the acquisition date.

Assets acquired:

Intangible assets

$ 1,100

Total assets acquired

1,100

Liabilities assumed:

Net identifiable assets acquired

1,100

Goodwill

1,789

Total consideration transferred

$ 2,889

XML

Employee Benefit Plan (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Millions

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2017

Mar. 31, 2016

Mar. 31, 2015

Employee Benefit Plan Narrative Details

401(k) Savings Plan

In April 1991, the Company adopted a 401(k) savings plan (the "Savings Plan") covering substantially all of its U.S. employees. Eligible employees may contribute to the Savings Plan from their compensation up to the maximum allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. In January 2007, the Company reactivated the employer matching contribution. The matching contribution is 100% of each employee's contributions up to $1,500, then 50% of the employee's contributions, not to exceed $3,000 per annum, in aggregate.

Matching 401(k) expense

$ 1.6

$ 0.9

$ 0.7

XML

Patent Sale (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	1 Months Ended
	Aug. 31, 2014	Feb. 28, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Patent Sale Narrative Details
Sale of patents	$ 1.0	$ 1.0	$ 12.0
Future maximum patent license collection			$ 3.0

XML

Subsequent Events (Narrative) (Details) - DXI Subsequent Event

1 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2017

Subsequent Event, Date

Apr. 30, 2017

Subsequent Event, Description

In May 2015, the Company had entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of DXI Limited which included cash deposited into escrow to be held for two years as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date. In April 2017, the Company agreed with the shareholders of DXI Limited to return approximately $1.4 million to the Company and release the remaining funds held in escrow to the shareholders.

XML

Consolidated Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Sep. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2016	Mar. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Sep. 30, 2015	Jun. 30, 2015	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Quarterly Financial Data Details
Service revenue	$ 62,654	$ 60,149	$ 57,717	$ 55,296	$ 52,174	$ 48,948	$ 46,951	$ 44,168	$ 235,816	$ 192,241	$ 148,208
Product revenue	3,834	3,527	5,466	4,745	5,160	4,220	3,991	3,724	17,572	17,095	14,205
Total revenue	66,488	63,676	63,183	60,041	57,334	53,168	50,942	47,892	253,388	209,336	162,413
Operating expenses:
Cost of service revenue	10,803	10,525	10,837	10,235	9,720	9,713	9,186	8,459	42,400	37,078	29,701
Cost of product revenue	4,187	4,240	5,782	5,505	6,103	5,087	4,596	4,382	19,714	20,168	15,863
Research and development	7,142	7,095	6,505	6,710	6,110	6,404	6,446	5,080	27,452	24,040	15,118
Sales and marketing	38,228	35,667	33,691	31,691	31,240	27,585	26,730	23,824	139,277	109,379	80,667
General and administrative	9,814	7,852	6,747	6,801	7,132	6,888	5,657	6,068	31,214	25,745	18,182
Total operating expenses	70,174	65,379	63,562	60,942	60,305	55,677	52,615	47,813	260,057	216,410	158,531
Income (loss) from operations	(3,686)	(1,703)	(379)	(901)	(2,971)	(2,509)	(1,673)	79	(6,669)	(7,074)	3,882
Other income, net	583	408	391	410	397	272	204	234	1,792	1,107	833
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes	(3,103)	(1,295)	12	(491)	(2,574)	(2,237)	(1,469)	313	(4,877)	(5,967)	4,715
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	(178)	30	(15)	37	(1,498)	(557)	423	785	(126)	(847)	2,789
Net income (loss)	$ (2,925)	$ (1,325)	$ 27	$ (528)	$ (1,076)	$ (1,680)	$ (1,892)	$ (472)	$ (4,751)	$ (5,120)	$ 1,926
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic	$ (0.03)	$ (0.01)	$ 0.00	$ (0.01)	$ (0.01)	$ (0.02)	$ (0.02)	$ (0.01)	$ (0.05)	$ (0.06)	$ 0.02
Diluted	$ (0.03)	$ (0.01)	$ 0.00	$ (0.01)	$ (0.01)	$ (0.02)	$ (0.02)	$ (0.01)	$ (0.05)	$ (0.06)	$ 0.02
Shares used in per share calculations:
Basic	91,175	90,774	89,987	89,434	88,888	88,289	88,557	88,233	90,340	88,477	89,071
Diluted	91,175	90,774	93,447	89,434	88,888	88,289	88,557	88,233	90,340	88,477	91,652

XML

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2015
Total Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Balance at Beginning of Year		$ 586	$ 416	$ 466
Additions Charged to Expenses		941	509	279
Deductions	[1]	(573)	(339)	(329)
Balance At End of Year		$ 954	$ 586	$ 416

[1] The deductions related to allowance for doubtful accounts represent accounts receivable which are written off.